ZXC10 BSSB CDMA2000 Base Station System PDF

ZXC10 BSSB
CDMA2000 Base Station System

1x Release A Radio Parameters
Manual
Version 8.0.1.9
ZTE CORPORATION
ZTE Plaza, Keji Road South,
Hi-Tech Industrial Park,
Nanshan District, Shenzhen,
P. R. China
518057
Tel: (86) 755 26771900 800-9830-9830
Fax: (86) 755 26772236
URL: http://support.zte.com.cn
E-mail: doc@zte.com.cn
LEGAL INFORMATION
Copyright © 2006 ZTE CORPORATION.
The contents of this document are protected by copyright laws and international treaties. Any reproduction or
distribution of this document or any portion of this document, in any form by any means, without the prior written
consent of ZTE CORPORATION is prohibited. Additionally, the contents of this document are protected by
contractual confidentiality obligations.
All company, brand and product names are trade or service marks, or registered trade or service marks, of ZTE
CORPORATION or of their respective owners.
This document is provided “as is”, and all express, implied, or statutory warranties, representations or conditions
are disclaimed, including without limitation any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose,
title or non-infringement. ZTE CORPORATION and its licensors shall not be liable for damages resulting from the
use of or reliance on the information contained herein.
ZTE CORPORATION or its licensors may have current or pending intellectual property rights or applications
covering the subject matter of this document. Except as expressly provided in any written license between ZTE
CORPORATION and its licensee, the user of this document shall not acquire any license to the subject matter
herein.
The contents of this document and all policies of ZTE CORPORATION, including without limitation policies related to
support or training are subject to change without notice.
Revision History
Date Revision No. Serial No. Reason for Revision

18/05/2007 R1.0 sjzl20070510 First edition
19/07/2007 R1.1 Sjzl20070719 Second edition
ZTE CORPORATION
Values Your Comments & Suggestions!
Your opinion is of great value and will help us improve the quality of our product
documentation and offer better services to our customers.
Please fax to: (86) 755-26772236; or mail to Documentation R&D Department,
ZTE CORPORATION, ZTE Plaza, A Wing, Keji Road South, Hi-Tech Industrial Park,
Shenzhen, P. R. China 518057.
Thank you for your cooperation!
Document ZXC10 BSSB (V 8.0.1.9) CDMA2000 Base Station System 1x Release A Radio Parameters
Name Manual
Document Revision
Product Version V 8.0.1.9 R1.0
Number
Equipment Installation Date
Presentation:
(Introductions, Procedures, Illustrations, Completeness, Level of Detail, Organization,
Appearance)
£ Good £ Fair £ Average £ Poor £ Bad £ N/A
Your evaluation Accessibility:

of this
(Contents, Index, Headings, Numbering, Glossary)
documentation
Intelligibility:
(Language, Vocabulary, Readability & Clarity, Technical Accuracy, Content)
Please check the suggestions which you feel can improve this documentation:
£ Improve the overview/introduction £ Make it more concise/brief
£ Improve the Contents £ Add more step-by-step procedures/tutorials
£ Improve the organization £ Add more troubleshooting information
£ Include more figures £ Make it less technical
Your £ Add more examples £ Add more/better quick reference aids
suggestions for £ Add more detail £ Improve the index
improvement of
this £ Other suggestions
documentation __________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
# Please feel free to write any comments on an attached sheet.
If you wish to be contacted regarding your comments, please complete the following:
Name Company
Postcode Address
Telephone E-mail
This page is intentionally blank.
Contents
About this Manual ............................................................i

Purpose............................................................................... i
Intended Audience ................................................................ i
Prerequisite Skill and Knowledge ............................................. i
What is in This Manual........................................................... i
Related Documentation......................................................... ii
Conventions........................................................................ ii
How to Get in Touch............................................................ iii
Chapter 1.........................................................................1
BSC Node Parameters .....................................................1

1X Parameters................................................................. 2
Market ID........................................................................... 2
Switch number .................................................................... 2
Generating entity ID............................................................. 2
MS MCC (000 ~ 999)............................................................ 3
MS MNC (00 ~ 99)............................................................... 3
MS IMSI_11_12 (00 ~ 99) .................................................... 3
K parameter ....................................................................... 4
1/2 power offset .................................................................. 4
1/4 power offset .................................................................. 4
1/8 power offset .................................................................. 5
Intercurrent voice and data supported indicator ........................ 5
Packet data services zone id .................................................. 6
UM interface version............................................................. 6
A interface version ............................................................... 6
A interface major version ...................................................... 7
A interface minor version ...................................................... 7
A interface release version .................................................... 8
Preferred land circuit supported.............................................. 8
Access entry handoff permitted indicator ................................. 9
Access handoff permitted indicator..........................................9
Smssecap ......................................................................... 10
Soft leg supported number .................................................. 10
DCCH supported indication .................................................. 10
5ms frame supported indication............................................ 11
Frame sequence number adjust............................................ 11
Two frames ahead.............................................................. 12
Preference of PTT support.................................................... 12
Walsh Code alloc strategy.................................................... 13
PTT select PN threshold....................................................... 14
Use dormant in data handoff................................................ 14
Is linkfailure to dormant in data traffic ................................... 14
MSC type.......................................................................... 15
Send handoff performed indicator ......................................... 16
SMS send connecting indicator ............................................. 16
BS service request information encoding indicator ................... 17
Page slot cycle indicator ...................................................... 17
PLD in paging tag indicator .................................................. 18
SMS SO indicator ............................................................... 18
Class mark information type 2.............................................. 19
Ignore handoff block indicator .............................................. 20
SCCP included indicator....................................................... 20
MSC get GPS time from BSC indicator.................................... 21
MSC support group CIC operation indicator............................. 21
RM drop value (0.5dB) ........................................................ 22
Dynamic handoff threshold supported option .......................... 22
Dynamic handoff threshold .................................................. 23
Frame error rate threshold................................................... 23
Forbid data service hard handoff during PPP negotiation ........... 23
Time of forbidding data service hard handoff (ms) ................... 24
Access handoff carrier selected threshold (0.5dB).................... 24
bsspttver .......................................................................... 25
bscinterfacetype ................................................................ 25
voiceframenum.................................................................. 25
hardhandoff_comp ............................................................. 26
signalanswer_timer ............................................................ 26
hardhandoff_timer ............................................................. 26
Ptt_bcpa_trans_mode ......................................................... 27
bscpcifd............................................................................ 27
accecamreptimerstep ......................................................... 28
Naccecamreptimerstep ....................................................... 28
Access ECAM repeat timer ................................................... 28
Non-access ECAM repeat timer............................................. 29
Maximum number of ECAM repeat ........................................ 29
bsfchforrc ......................................................................... 30
bsfchrevrc ........................................................................ 31
bsdcchforrc....................................................................... 31
bsdcchrevrc ...................................................................... 31
hardhobsfchforrc ............................................................... 31
hardhobsfchrevrc ............................................................... 32
hardhobsdcchforrc ............................................................. 32
hardhobsdcchforrc ............................................................. 32
bcam_repeat_count ........................................................... 32
noresbcamresndtimes......................................................... 33
pttbccallmsgsendnum ......................................................... 33
smsolthreshold .................................................................. 33
frameworktype .................................................................. 33
v5inactivetime................................................................... 34
paca_supported................................................................. 34
reservedresourcenum ......................................................... 35
Mbrspktimer ..................................................................... 35
inactivetimer..................................................................... 35
Forward Power Control Parameters .................................. 36
Upper limit of power transmit1............................................. 36
Lower limit of power transmit1............................................. 36
Initial power transmit1 ....................................................... 37
Bigger up delta1 ................................................................ 37
Bigger down delta1 ............................................................ 38
Ratio of bigger up delta to smaller down delta1....................... 38
Quick down frames count1 .................................................. 39
Ratio of quick down delta to smaller down delta1 .................... 39
Forward link power control delay1 ........................................ 40
Upper limit of power transimit2 ............................................ 41
Lower limit of power transimit2 ............................................ 41
Initial power transmit2 ....................................................... 41
Bigger up delta2 ................................................................ 42
Nominal up delta2.............................................................. 43
Smaller up delta2 .............................................................. 44
Bigger down delta2 ............................................................ 44
Ratio of bigger up delta to smaller down delta2 ....................... 45
Quick down frames count2................................................... 46
Ratio of quick down delta to smaller down delta2..................... 47
Forward link power control delay2......................................... 48
1X Forward Power Control Parameters.............................. 49

MS power control step size1/2/3........................................... 49
pwr_cntl_step1/2/3_ptt....................................................... 49
Forward power control sub channel relative gain 1/2/3 ............. 50
ptt_fch_init_pwr ................................................................ 50
ptt_sch_init_pwr ................................................................ 50
ptt_bc_fpc_mode ............................................................... 50
Reverse Power Control Parameters................................... 51

Outer loop control enabled indicator ...................................... 51
Cumulative full rate good frame threshold 1/2/3/4................... 52
Continuous good frame threshold1/2/3/4 ............................... 52
Continuous full rate frame threshold1/2/3/4 ........................... 53
Continuous full rate error frame threshold1/2/3/4.................... 54
Continuous full rate good frame down step1/2/3/4 .................. 54
Full rate down delta1/2/3/4 ................................................. 55
Full rate uprise delta1/2/3/4 ................................................ 56
Slow down step1/2/3/4 of continuous low rate good frame........ 56
Low rate frame slow down step1/2/3/4 .................................. 57
Bad frame uprise step1/2/3/4 .............................................. 58
Initial uprise step 1/2/3/4.................................................... 58
Delay threshold1/2/3/4 ....................................................... 59
Initial threshold1/2/3/4....................................................... 59
Minimum threshold1/2/3/4 .................................................. 60
Maximum threshold1/2/3/4 ................................................. 60
2X/4X/8X/16X/32X Initial threshold3/4.................................. 61
initial_thred_ptt ................................................................. 61
max_thred_ptt .................................................................. 61
Gain Parameters............................................................ 62
Gain adjustment of reverse traffic channel relative to reverse pilot
channel ............................................................................ 62
Gain adjustment of reverse supplemental channel relative to
reverse pilot channel .......................................................... 62
Reverse link attribute gain value included indicator .................. 63
Reverse link attribute gain value type .................................... 64
FCH/DCCH/SCH0/SCH1 channel adjustment gain included indicator
...................................................................................... 64
Channel adjustment gain for the reverse FCH/DCCH/SCH0/SCH165
Basic reverse link attribute gain value included indicator .......... 65
Basic reverse link attribute gain value type ............................ 66
Low rate reverse link attribute gain value type indicator ........... 66
Reverse link attribute adjustment gain for low rate RC3/RC5 of
20ms frame included .......................................................... 68
Reverse link attribute adjustment gain for rate
1500/2700/4800/9600 bps.................................................. 69
Reverse link attribute adjustment gain for rate 9600bps (with
19200/38400/76800/153600/307200 bps convolutional SCH) ... 69
Reverse link attribute adjustment gain for rate 9600bps (with
19200/ 38400/76800/153600/307200bps Turbo SCH) ............. 70
Basic reverse link attribute adjustment gain for RC4/RC6 of 20ms
frame included .................................................................. 71
Reverse link attribute gain adjustment for rate
1800/3600/7200/14400 bps ................................................ 72
Reverse link attribute gain adjustment for rate 14400bps (with
28800/57600/15200/230400/460800bps convolutional SCH) .... 72
Reverse link attribute gain adjustment for 14400bps (with
28800/57600/115200/230400/ 460800bps Turbo SCH) ........... 73
High rate reverse link attribute gain value included indicator ..... 74
High rate reverse link attribute gain value type ....................... 74
High rate reverse link attribute adjustment gain value type
indicator........................................................................... 75
Reverse link attribute adjustment gain for high rate RC3/RC5 of
High rate reverse link attribute gain adjustment for
19200/38400/76800/153600/307200bps convolutional code..... 77
19200/38400/76800/153600/307200bps Turbo code............... 78
Reverse link attribute adjustment gain for high rate RC4/RC6 of
28800/57600/115200/230400/460800bps convolutional code ... 80
28800/57600/115200/230400/460800bps Turbo code ............. 80
ptt_rlgain_adj ................................................................... 81
ptt_fch_chan_adj_gain ....................................................... 81
signal_pwrstep .................................................................. 82
RLP Parameters ............................................................. 82

BS generates the parameter indicator ................................... 82
Type of RLP block of bits ..................................................... 83
Current RLP protocol version................................................ 83
Synchronization delay......................................................... 83
Force reset when initializing ................................................. 84
Encryption indicator............................................................ 84
BS extended sequence number............................................. 85
MS extended sequence number ............................................ 85
MS forward NAK ROUND maximum number............................ 85
MS reverse NAK ROUND maximum number ............................ 86
BS forward NAK ROUND number........................................... 86
BS reverse NAK ROUND number ........................................... 87
NAK number of 1st-8th forward (reverse) re-transmit .............. 87
PTT SCH Parameters ...................................................... 88

PTT SCH preferred RC......................................................... 88
PTT SCH coding type .......................................................... 88
PTT SCH maximum rate ...................................................... 88
PTT mux option ................................................................. 89
BSS Neighbor Cell Parameters......................................... 89

Global neighbor cell ............................................................ 89
Global neighbor cell type ..................................................... 89
CI discriminator ................................................................. 90
Market Id.......................................................................... 91
Switch number .................................................................. 91
Neighbor cell office Id ......................................................... 91
MS MCC (000 ~ 999).......................................................... 91
MS MNC (00 ~ 99) ............................................................. 92
LAC ................................................................................. 92
CI.................................................................................... 92
Pilot_PN (64Pn) ................................................................. 93
Pilot_PN increment ............................................................. 93
Search window size of private neighbor set............................. 93
BCCH support indicator ....................................................... 94
Protocol revision level ......................................................... 95
Minimum protocol revision level............................................ 95
Band class ........................................................................ 96
Base station latitude ........................................................... 97
Base station longitude......................................................... 97
PTT dispatch location area ID ............................................... 98
Cell mode ......................................................................... 98
BSC type .......................................................................... 98
Hard handoff support RC3 and up indicator............................. 99
SOWD and TOWD include hardware delay ............................ 100
Parameters as Search window are default ............................ 100
BSS Neighbor Carrier Parameters .................................. 101
Band class ...................................................................... 101
CDMA channel frequency assignment .................................. 101
Page channel number ....................................................... 102
First list indicator............................................................. 102
Is beacon indicator........................................................... 103
BSC Handoff Parameters............................................... 103

HO1XsupportInd.............................................................. 103
HWDelaylnd .................................................................... 104
SRCHWINParalnd............................................................. 105
Billing Center Parameters.............................................. 105

alias_b........................................................................... 105
payphonenumber............................................................. 106
payphoneprtclver............................................................. 106
Special Number Parameters .......................................... 107
alias_b........................................................................... 107
specialnumber................................................................. 107
specialfunction ................................................................ 107
Switch Parameters ....................................................... 108

OBSTRUCTPUSH .............................................................. 108
Presend AMC indicator ...................................................... 108
Resend ECAM indicator ..................................................... 109
Cancel hand shake indicator .............................................. 109
Mobility limited type ......................................................... 110
Switch6.......................................................................... 110
Switch7.......................................................................... 111
Switch8.......................................................................... 111
Switch9.......................................................................... 111
Switch10 ........................................................................ 112
Switch11 ........................................................................ 112
Switch12 ........................................................................ 113
Switch13 ........................................................................ 113
Switch14 ........................................................................ 113
Switch15 ........................................................................ 114
Switch16 ........................................................................ 114
Switch17 ........................................................................ 114
Switch18 ........................................................................ 115
Switch19 ........................................................................ 115
Switch20 ........................................................................ 115
Switch21 ........................................................................ 116
Switch22 ........................................................................ 116
Switch23 ........................................................................ 117
Switch24 ........................................................................ 117
Switch25 ........................................................................ 117
Switch26 ........................................................................ 118
Switch27 ........................................................................ 118
Switch28 ........................................................................ 118
Switch29 ........................................................................ 119
Switch30 ........................................................................ 119
Switch31 ........................................................................ 119
Switch32 ........................................................................ 120
Switch33 ........................................................................ 120
Switch34 ........................................................................ 121
Switch35 ........................................................................ 121
Switch36 ........................................................................ 121
Switch37 ........................................................................ 122
Switch38 ........................................................................ 122
Switch39 ........................................................................ 122
Switch40 ........................................................................ 123
Switch41 ........................................................................ 123
Switch42 ........................................................................ 124
Switch43 ........................................................................ 124
Switch44 ........................................................................ 124
Switch45 ........................................................................ 125
Chapter 2.....................................................................127
BTS Node Parameters .................................................127

1X Forward Power Control Parameters............................ 128
Forward power uprise step size (1/2/3 leg)........................... 128
Forward power down step size (1/2/3 leg)............................ 128
fpc_rcc2_fchinit_pwr......................................................... 129
PTT fundamental channel initial power ................................. 129
fpc_sch_min_pwr............................................................. 129
Forward SCH maximum power delta.................................... 130
FSCH uprise threshold....................................................... 130
FSCH down threshold........................................................ 131
FSCH uprise threshold of 32X............................................. 132
16X8X supplemental channel maximum power...................... 132
4X2X supplemental channel maximum power ....................... 133
Forward power transmit report indicator .............................. 134
Forward power transmit report period ................................. 135
FCH power transmit report indicator.................................... 135
FCH power transmit report period ....................................... 136
R-SCH Ec/Io report indicator.............................................. 136
R-SCH Ec/Io report period ................................................. 137
Forward SCH nominal power (1/2/3 leg) .............................. 137
FSCH power delta (1/2/3 leg) ............................................ 138
SCH power uprise step (1/2/3 leg)...................................... 139
SCH power down step (1/2/3 leg)....................................... 139
SCH FPC sub channel gain (1/2/3 leg) ................................. 140
PTT power step size up 1/2/3............................................. 140
PTT power step size down 1/2/3......................................... 140
2X/4X/8X/16X/32X supplemental channel minimum power ..... 141
RCC2 FCH initial power (voice)........................................... 142
RCC2 FCH initial power (Data) ........................................... 142
Nominal transmit power for voice (1/2/3 leg) ....................... 142
Nominal transmit power for data (1/2/3 leg) ........................ 143
nominal_pwr1/2/3_ptt...................................................... 144
Power region for voice (1/2/3 leg) ...................................... 144
Power region for data (1/2/3 leg) ....................................... 145
delta_pwr1/2/3_ptt .......................................................... 145
RCC2 FCH initial power delta.............................................. 146
FCH initial power uprise threshold....................................... 146
expenergypwroptienbl ...................................................... 147
fch_init_pwr_up............................................................... 147
expenergyerafrmnum ....................................................... 147
fsnrejectsendalm ............................................................. 147
fsnrejectlmt .................................................................... 148
fsnrejecttimelmt .............................................................. 148
Switch1.......................................................................... 149
Switch2.......................................................................... 149
Switch4.......................................................................... 149
Switch5.......................................................................... 150
Chapter 3.....................................................................151
1X Cell Parameters......................................................151
Cell Parameters ........................................................... 152
BSS ............................................................................... 152
BTS ............................................................................... 152
Cell................................................................................ 152
Cell alias......................................................................... 152
SID................................................................................ 153
NID ............................................................................... 153
LAC ............................................................................... 153
CI.................................................................................. 154
PTT dispatch location area ID ............................................. 154
Pilot_PN ......................................................................... 154
Pilot_PN increment ........................................................... 154
Band class ...................................................................... 155
Search window size for the active set and candidate set ......... 156
Search window size for neighbor set.................................... 157
Search window size for remaining set .................................. 158
Neighbor set maximum AGE .............................................. 159
Rescan indicator .............................................................. 160
Gain adjustment of the RTCH relative to the RPCH for radio
configurations.................................................................. 160
Gain adjustment of the RSCH relative to the RPCH for radio
configuration ................................................................... 160
Radius............................................................................ 161
Maximum RACH search scope............................................. 162
Maximum RACH separation ................................................ 162
Protocol revision level ....................................................... 162
Minimum protocol revision level.......................................... 164
Standard protocol revision level support indicator .................. 164
Base station latitude ......................................................... 164
Base station longitude....................................................... 164
Supplemental channel request message pilot intensity reporting
offset ............................................................................. 165
Encryption fields included .................................................. 165
Rcclass2_support ............................................................. 166
Neighbor cell number........................................................ 166
Handoff mode.................................................................. 167
diversitymode.................................................................. 167
Pilot intensity threshold..................................................... 167
status ............................................................................ 168
Overlap LAC1 mode.......................................................... 168
Overlap LAC1 .................................................................. 169
Overlap LAC2 mode.......................................................... 169
Overlap LAC2 .................................................................. 170
Switch1.......................................................................... 170
Switch2.......................................................................... 171
Switch3.......................................................................... 171
maxcalldistance............................................................... 171
Supported sync channel disposal type ................................. 171
gos_b ............................................................................ 172
Cell mode ....................................................................... 172
ptt_bcast_index............................................................... 173
sign_slot_cycle_ind .......................................................... 173
max_ptt_sci.................................................................... 173
fix_search_window........................................................... 174
max_resend_num ............................................................ 174
tr_length ........................................................................ 174
pr_length ....................................................................... 175
carrierkepppwr_voice ....................................................... 175
carrierkeeppwr_data ........................................................ 176
loadbalancepwr_voice....................................................... 176
loadbalancepwr_data........................................................ 177
carrierkeepfch_voice ........................................................ 177
carrierkeepfch_data ......................................................... 178
loadbalancefch_voice........................................................ 178
loadbalancefch_data......................................................... 179
System Parameters...................................................... 179

reg_zone........................................................................ 179
zone_timer ..................................................................... 179
mult_sids ....................................................................... 180
mult_nids ....................................................................... 180
base_id .......................................................................... 181
base_class...................................................................... 181
home_reg....................................................................... 181
for_nid_reg..................................................................... 182
for_nid_reg..................................................................... 182
power_up_reg................................................................. 182
power_down_reg ............................................................. 182
parameter_reg ................................................................ 183
reg_prd .......................................................................... 183
reg_dist.......................................................................... 183
auth .............................................................................. 183
rand .............................................................................. 184
Reselect included indicator................................................. 184
Pilot power threshold ........................................................ 184
Pilot Ec/Io threshold ......................................................... 185
Offset of local time from system time (30min) ...................... 185
Maximum slot cycle index.................................................. 186
Paging channel data rate ................................................... 186
Preferred access channel mobile station ID type .................... 186
Broadcast slot cycle index.................................................. 187
Daylight savings time indicator........................................... 187
Extended system parameters message indicator.................... 188
Extended neighbor list message indicator ............................. 189
General neighbor list message indicator ............................... 189
Global service redirection message indicator ......................... 190
Private neighbor list message indicator ................................ 191
user_zone_id................................................................... 192
Extended global dervice redirection message indicator............ 192
Extended CDMA chanel list message indicator ....................... 193
Delete foreign TMSI.......................................................... 194
Use TMSI indicator ........................................................... 194
IMSI_T support indicator ................................................... 195
max_altso....................................................................... 195
Pilot_report..................................................................... 195
Neighbor set access entry handoff information included indicator
..................................................................................... 196
Access entry handoff permitted indicator.............................. 196
Neighbor set access handoff included indicator...................... 197
Access handoff permitted indicator...................................... 197
Access handoff permitted for message response indicator ....... 198
Access probe handoff permitted indicator ............................. 199
Access handoff list update permitted indicator....................... 199
Access probe handoff permitted for other messages............... 200
Maximum number of times that MS is permitted to perform an
access probe handoff ........................................................ 201
Broadcast GPS assist indicator............................................ 201
Short data burst supported indicator ................................... 202
Reverse power control delay included indicator...................... 202
Reverse power control delay .............................................. 203
Autonomous message interval............................................ 203
Mobile station requests QoS parameter settings in the origination
message ........................................................................ 204
Sync ID supported indicator............................................... 205
Primary broadcast channel supported indicator ..................... 206
MS initiated position location determination supported indicator206
Pilot information request supported indicator ........................ 207
Allocating CHM resource averagely for RCC1 call ................... 208
reg_checksum_rep........................................................... 209
reg_prd_overload ............................................................ 209
ptt_service_sup_ind ......................................................... 209
Power Control Reporting Parameters .............................. 210

Power control reporting threshold ....................................... 210
Power control reporting frame count ................................... 210
Threshold report mode indicator......................................... 211
Periodic report mode indicator............................................ 212
Power report delay........................................................... 212
Handoff Parameters ..................................................... 213
Pilot detection threshold (Voice) ......................................... 213
Pilot detection threshold (Data).......................................... 214
Pilot drop threshold (Voice) ............................................... 214
Pilot drop threshold (Data) ................................................ 215
Active set versus candidate set comparisons threshold (Voice) 215
Active set versus candidate set comparison threshold (Data)... 216
Drop timer value (Voice) ................................................... 216
Drop timer value (Data).................................................... 217
Handoff option ................................................................ 219
Pilot set intensity threshold ............................................... 219
Hard handoff versus soft handoff comparison threshold (Voice) 220
Hard handoff versus soft handoff comparison threshold (Data) 220
Foreign BSS handoff versus BSS hard handoff comparison
threshold (Voice ) ............................................................ 221
Foreign BSS handoff versus BSS hard handoff comparison
threshold (Data) .............................................................. 222
Drop threshold of source BSS when BSS hard handoff for Data
traffic ............................................................................ 222
Slop of source BSS when BSS hard handoff for data traffic...... 223
Slope in the inequality criterion for adding or dropping a pilot
(Voice)........................................................................... 224
Slope in the inequality criterion for adding or dropping a pilot
(Data)............................................................................ 225
Intercept in the inequality criterion for adding a pilot to active set
(Voice)........................................................................... 226
Intercept in the inequality criterion for adding a pilot to active set
(Data)............................................................................ 226
Intercept in the inequality criterion for dropping a pilot from the
active set (Voice) ............................................................. 227
Intercept in the inequality criterion for dropping a pilot from the
active set (Data).............................................................. 227
Search type .................................................................... 228
Time between successive searches on candidate frequency for
periodic searches ............................................................. 229
Search mode................................................................... 230
Align timing indicator........................................................ 230
Search offset................................................................... 231
Serving frequency total pilot Ec threshold............................. 231
Serving frequency total pilot Ec/Io threshold......................... 232
Minimum difference in received power ................................. 232
Minimum total pilot Ec/Io .................................................. 233
Pilot delectation threshold of candidate frequency.................. 234
Total maximum wait time on target frequency ...................... 235
Pilot search parameter update indicator ............................... 235
Search mode for candidate frequency search set ................... 236
fschcomparethresh ........................................................... 236
FSCH detection threshold .................................................. 237
FSCH drop threshold......................................................... 237
Add to FSCH active set comparison threshold........................ 238
FSCH drop timer value ...................................................... 239
FSCH active set size ......................................................... 239
FSCH hard handoff comparison threshold ............................. 240
RSCH handoff type ........................................................... 240
Reverse SCH select leg algorithm........................................ 241
RSCH detection threshold .................................................. 241
RSCH drop threshold ........................................................ 242
Add to RSCH active set comparison threshold ....................... 242
RSCH drop timer value...................................................... 243
RSCH active set size ......................................................... 244
RSCH hard handoff comparison threshold............................. 244
Maximum comparison count of RSCH setup possibility ............ 245
Report by threshold indicator ............................................. 245
rreportupthreshold ........................................................... 246
rreportlowthreshold.......................................................... 246
Periodic report indicator .................................................... 246
RSCH report period .......................................................... 246
FSCH handoff type ........................................................... 247
FSCH select cell algorithm ................................................. 247
trizweakpsthreshold ......................................................... 248
trizstrongpsdelta.............................................................. 248
trizweakpsdelta ............................................................... 249
trizfschslope ................................................................... 249
trizmaxfschhonum ........................................................... 249
fschdroppossibility ........................................................... 250
trizfschecio32Xcon ........................................................... 250
fschsetupthreshold........................................................... 250
Maximum comparison count of FSCH setup possibility ............ 251
Power scope of two reverse leg considered as equal............... 251
Hard handoff vs. soft handoff comparison threshold for PTT(0.5dB)
.................................................................................... 252
Foreign BSS handoff vs. BSS hard handoff comparison threshold
for PTT(0.5dB) ................................................................ 252
soft_slope_bs.................................................................. 252
add_intercept_bs ............................................................. 253
drop_intercept_bs............................................................ 253
t_comp_drop .................................................................. 253
Reverse Link Overload Parameters................................. 254

Reverse power control mode.............................................. 254
deltarssi ......................................................................... 255
RSSI reverse overload threshold......................................... 255
RSSI reverse protected threshold ....................................... 255
RC2 correction factor........................................................ 256
CoeffCODE...................................................................... 258
CoeffFER ........................................................................ 259
EQNU reverse protected threshold ...................................... 259
EQNU reverse overload threshold ....................................... 260
SCH Rate Parameters ................................................... 260

RSCH set leg PS threshold of 1X......................................... 260
RSCH set leg PS threshold of 2X......................................... 261
RSCH set leg PS threshold of 4X ......................................... 262
RSCH set leg PS threshold of 8X ......................................... 262
RSCH set leg PS threshold of 16X ....................................... 263
RSCH set leg PS threshold of 32X ....................................... 263
RSCH (1X and up) Ec/Io threshold ...................................... 264
RSCH (16X and up) Ec/Io threshold..................................... 266
RSCH (32X and up) Ec/Io threshold..................................... 266
RSCH (4X and up) 1 way delay........................................... 267
RSCH (2X) 1 way delay ..................................................... 267
RSCH (1X) 1 way delay ..................................................... 267
RSCH (over 4X) Eb/Nt threshold ......................................... 268
RSCH (2X) Eb/Nt threshold ................................................ 268
RSCH (1X) Eb/Nt threshold ................................................ 269
RSCH (4X and up) FER threshold ........................................ 269
RSCH (2X) FER threshold .................................................. 270
RSCH (1X) FER threshold .................................................. 271
Wireless environment ....................................................... 271
Correct factor .................................................................. 272
RSCH forward PS compare times ........................................ 273
rschfwdpscompthres ......................................................... 273
RSCH forward leg PS compare times ................................... 273
RSCH forward leg PS compare threshold .............................. 274
FSCH rate assign algorithm................................................ 275
2X Convolutional FSCH Ec/Io threshold (-0.5dB).................... 275
2X Convolutional FSCH initial power (0.25dB) ....................... 276
16X Convolutional FSCH Ec/Io threshold (-0.5dB).................. 280
16X Convolutional FSCH initial power (0.25dB)...................... 281
32X Convolutional FSCH Ec/Io threshold (-0.5dB).................. 282
32X Convolutional FSCH initial power (0.25dB)...................... 283
Redirect Message Parameters........................................ 284

Enable SRDM indicator ...................................................... 284
Return if failed indicator .................................................... 284
Delete TMSI indicator ....................................................... 285
SRDM redirect type .......................................................... 286
SRDM record type ............................................................ 286
SRDM band class ............................................................. 287
SRDM expected SID ......................................................... 287
SRDM expected NID ......................................................... 288
SRDM CDMA channel 0~14................................................ 288
Neighbor Frequency Parameters .................................... 289

Band class ...................................................................... 289
Corresponding pilot is to be searched indicator ..................... 290
Is preferred neighbor cell .................................................. 290
Neighbor carrier ID .......................................................... 291
Neighbor CDMA channel frequency...................................... 291
Neighbor pilot channel search window size ........................... 292
Pilot channel search priority............................................... 294
Use timing indicator ......................................................... 294
ECAM Information Repeat Parameters ............................ 295
acchoecamrepnum ........................................................... 295
accecamreporigdly0~4 ..................................................... 295
accecamrepnorigdly0~4.................................................... 296
ecamrepdly0~4 ............................................................... 296
maxecamcampwr............................................................. 296
ecamcampwrstep............................................................. 296
Chapter 4.....................................................................298
1X Carriers Parameters...............................................298
Carrier Parameters....................................................... 299
Group ID........................................................................ 299
Sector ID in group ........................................................... 299
BDS subsystem ID ........................................................... 299
RFS subsystem ID............................................................ 300
TRX element ID ............................................................... 300
Band class ...................................................................... 300
CDMA frequency assignment.............................................. 302
QPCH hash indicator......................................................... 303
QPCH support indicator..................................................... 303
RC3, 4, 5 support indicator................................................ 303
BCCH support Indicator .................................................... 304
Transmit diversity mode ................................................... 304
Transmit diversity hash indicator ........................................ 304
Transmit power level ........................................................ 305
Nominal transmit power offset............................................ 305
Extended nominal transmit power ....................................... 306
First list.......................................................................... 306
Maximum Ideal pilot power................................................ 307
Control threshold ............................................................. 308
Adjustment proportion ...................................................... 308
Filter parameter............................................................... 308
Carrier call threshold ........................................................ 309
Threshold of changing carrier ............................................. 309
Is beacon ....................................................................... 311
Carrier type .................................................................... 311
status ............................................................................ 311
Reverse preamble length................................................... 312
MS DROP SSHO threshold (For Voice).................................. 313
RTD Threshold (For Voice) ................................................. 313
MS DROP SSHO threshold (For Data)................................... 314
RTD threshold (For Data) .................................................. 314
Is in critical cell ............................................................... 314
sectorgain....................................................................... 315
switch1 .......................................................................... 315
Power Control Message Parameters................................ 316

Forward power control operation mode indicator,................... 316
Forward power control operation mode used during FSC
assignment interval .......................................................... 317
Power control subchannel indicator ..................................... 318
Setpoint report threshold included indicator.......................... 318
Setpoint report threshold,.................................................. 319
Reverse traffic channel power relative to access power, .......... 319
Reverse eighth gating mode indicator .................................. 320
Initial supplemental channel outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint option .. 320
SCH setpoint report threshold included indicator.................... 320
SCH setpoint report threshold ............................................ 321
Forward link power control parameter included indicator......... 321
Reverse power control parameter included indicator............... 321
Fundamental channel OLPC parameter included indicator ........ 322
DCCH outer loop power control parameter include indicator..... 322
DCCH target frame error rate ............................................. 323
Minimum DCCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint ............................ 323
Maximum DCCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint ........................... 323
Master supplemental channel index..................................... 324
FCH target frame error rate(Voice) ..................................... 324
FCH target frame error rate(Data) ...................................... 325
fpc_fch_fer_ptt................................................................ 325
Initial FCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint(data)........................... 326
Initial SCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint ................................... 326
Initial FCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint(Voice).......................... 327
Maximum FCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint(Voice) .................... 327
Maximum FCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint(Data) ..................... 328
Maximum SCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint,............................. 328
Minimum FCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint(Data)...................... 329
Minimum FCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint(Voice) ..................... 329
Minimum SCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint, ............................. 330
Power threshold of supplemental target frame error rate of
overload (%) .................................................................. 330
Supplemental channel target frame error rate of overload....... 331
Supplemental channel target frame error rate of 32x ............. 332
Supplemental channel target frame error rate of 16x ............. 332
Supplemental channel target frame error rate of 8x............... 333
Supplemental channel target frame error rate....................... 334
Forward Power Overload Parameters .............................. 335

Forward power overload control enabled .............................. 335
Forward power overload control period ................................ 335
Forward power overload control report period ....................... 336
SCH setup threshold......................................................... 336
Call setup threshold ......................................................... 337
Soft handoff threshold ...................................................... 337
Power up threshold .......................................................... 337
Rating power(mw) ........................................................... 338
Cell power(mw)............................................................... 339
HPA gain ........................................................................ 339
Environment Type............................................................ 340
Ratio of pilot to maximum overload power ........................... 340
Maximum overload power ................................................. 340
Calibrate value ................................................................ 341
RFE lower power .............................................................. 341
Periodic Pilot Measurement Request Order Parameters ..... 342

Include setpoint information indicator.................................. 342
ORDQ for semi-soft handoff ............................................... 342
ORDQ for SCH ................................................................. 343
Threshold of total received Ec of pilots in active set................ 343
Pilot measurement request order period............................... 344
Pilot strength threshold of serving frequency ........................ 344
Traffic Parameters ....................................................... 345

Search offset of traffic channel ........................................... 345
Search window of TCH acquisition ....................................... 345
Search window of TCH demodulation ................................... 346
Power control subchannel gain ........................................... 346
Power control subchannel gain offset ................................... 346
Traffic symbol gain ........................................................... 346
Forward distributing delay of hardware ................................ 347
Reverse distributing delay of hardware ................................ 347
Transmit power decay....................................................... 348
Estimate time of digital transmit power (sec) ........................ 348
Forward power estimate enable .......................................... 348
TCH outlock threshold....................................................... 349
TCH inlock threshold......................................................... 349
TCH combine threshold ..................................................... 349
TCH acquisition search threshold ........................................ 349
TCH demodulation search threshold .................................... 350
Initial TCH finger inlock power............................................ 350
Index of Ew/No................................................................ 350
Nominal gain ratio of traffic to pilot ..................................... 351
Outer loop power control enable ......................................... 351
FSCH gain....................................................................... 351
Reverse power control mode .............................................. 351
Reverse power control subchannel pattern............................ 352
Consult FSCH parameter included indicator........................... 353
Maximum rate of FSCH ..................................................... 353
FSCH coding type............................................................. 354
Preferring options of FSCH................................................. 354
Consult RSCH parameter included indicator .......................... 355
Maximum rate of RSCH ..................................................... 356
Preferring RC of RSCH....................................................... 356
RSCH coding type ............................................................ 357
Preferring options of RSCH ................................................ 357
Reverse DTX duration....................................................... 357
Initial reverse outer loop setpoint ....................................... 358
Access Parameters....................................................... 358
Initial power offset for access,............................................ 358
Power increment.............................................................. 359
Number of access probes .................................................. 359
Maximum Access Channel message capsule size ................... 360
Access Channel preamble length ........................................ 360
Persistence value for access overload class 0~9 .................... 361
Persistence value for access overload class 10 (test mobile stations)
.................................................................................... 361
Persistence value for access overload class 11 (emergency mobile
stations) ........................................................................ 362
Persistence value for access overload class 12/13/14/15 ........ 363
Persistence modifier for Access Channel attempts for message
transmissions.................................................................. 363
Persistence modifier for access channel attempts for registrations
.................................................................................... 364
Time randomization for access channel probes...................... 365
Acknowledgment timeout .................................................. 365
Access channel probe backoff range .................................... 365
Access channel probe sequence backoff range ...................... 366
Maximum number of access probe sequences for an access
channel request............................................................... 366
Maximum number of access probe sequences for an access
channel respond, ............................................................. 367
ACCT information included indicator.................................... 367
ACCH message monitor included indicator............................ 367
Emergency persistence included indicator ............................ 368
Persistence value for emergency call for access overload classes
0~9............................................................................... 368
Access channel acquisition search window width ................... 369
Access channel demodulation search window width................ 369
Access channel outlock threshold........................................ 369
Access channel inlock threshold.......................................... 370
Access channel combination threshold ................................. 370
Access channel acquisition threshold, .................................. 370
Access channel demodulation threshold ............................... 371
Initial access channel finger inlock power............................. 371
Access channel monitor timer(min) ..................................... 371
Parallel demodulate channel preamble length........................ 371
Parallel demodulate channel capability ................................. 372
Maximum parallel demodulate channel count ........................ 372
Global Redirect Message Parameters .............................. 373
Redirect access overload class (0~15) ................................. 373
Return If fail indicator....................................................... 373
Delete TMSI indicator ....................................................... 374
GSRDM excluded indicator ................................................. 374
Protocol revision of redirected MS indicator........................... 375
Excluded MS protocol revision indicator................................ 375
Minimum redirect protocol revision...................................... 376
Maximum redirect protocol revision ..................................... 376
GSRDM record type .......................................................... 376
GSRDM band class ........................................................... 377
GSRDM expected SID ....................................................... 377
GSRDM expected NID ....................................................... 378
GSRDM CDMA channel (0~14) ........................................... 378
PTT SCH Power Control Parameters................................ 379
Forward power control operation mode indicator.................... 379
Forward link power control parameter included indicator......... 380
PTT SCH FER report indicator ............................................. 381
Forward power control mode during PTT FSCH assignment interval
..................................................................................... 381
Initial PTT SCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint option .................... 381
PTT SCH target frame error rate ......................................... 382
Initial PTT SCH output loop Eb/Nt setpoint............................ 382
Minimum PTT SCH output loop Eb/Nt setpoint ....................... 383
Maximum PTT SCH output loop Eb/Nt setpoint ...................... 383
PTT SCH setpoint report threshold included indicator.............. 384
PTT SCH setpoint report threshold ...................................... 384
PTT SCH initial power........................................................ 384
PTT SCH minimum power .................................................. 385
PTT SCH maximum power ................................................. 385
Neighbor Cell List Parameters........................................ 385

Access and access probe handoff permitted .......................... 385
Access entry handoff permitted indicator.............................. 386
Additional pilot information included indicator ....................... 387
Frequency fields included .................................................. 387
Frequency included indicator.............................................. 388
Neighbor configuration and PN offset included ...................... 388
Neighbor configuration...................................................... 389
Neighbor pilot channel search window offset included............. 390
Neighbor pilot channel search window offset......................... 391
Neighbor pilot record type ................................................. 391
Neighbor search mode ...................................................... 392
Neighbor transmit time duration......................................... 393
Neighbor transmit time offset ............................................ 393
Neighbor transmit time period............................................ 393
Pilot channel search priority............................................... 394
Timing included indicator .................................................. 395
Using timing indicator....................................................... 395
Chapter 5.....................................................................399
Control Channel Parameters .......................................399

Pilot Channel Parameters .............................................. 400
Channel index Id ............................................................. 400
Chip unit Id .................................................................... 400
Pilot channel gain(-7.5dB) ................................................. 400
Unit Id ........................................................................... 400
Sync Channel Parameters ............................................. 401

Channel index ................................................................. 401
Chip unit Id .................................................................... 401
Sync channel gain(-17.5dB)............................................... 401
The number of leap seconds .............................................. 401
Time to take effect........................................................... 402
Unit Id ........................................................................... 402
Paging Channel Parameters........................................... 402

Channel index Id ............................................................. 402
Chip unit Id .................................................................... 403
Delete message number threshold ...................................... 403
Overload slot number threshold.......................................... 403
Page channel gain(-9dB)................................................... 404
Report time interval(min).................................................. 405
Unit Id ........................................................................... 405
Access Channel Parameters........................................... 406

Channel index Id ............................................................. 406
Chip unit Id .................................................................... 406
Unit Id ........................................................................... 406
quick_acc_ch_incl ............................................................ 406
Quick-paging Channel Parameters.................................. 407
CCI bit gain..................................................................... 407
CCI index ....................................................................... 408
CCI support indicator........................................................ 408
Chip unit Id..................................................................... 408
PI bit gain....................................................................... 409
PI index.......................................................................... 409
QPCH rate....................................................................... 410
Slot cycle multiplier .......................................................... 410
Unit Id ........................................................................... 410
Abbreviations ..............................................................411
Physical Channel.......................................................... 411
Message ..................................................................... 412
Other ......................................................................... 413
Figures.........................................................................417
Tables ..........................................................................419
Index ...........................................................................427
About this Manual
Purpose
This manual introduces the essential parameters to be
configured in CDMA2000 Base Station System 1x Release A
configuration via NetNumenTM M31 (ZXC10 BSSB) system.
This manual helps to:
n Understand the recommendations in parameter settings
n Know why the balanced parameter setting is necessary.
Intended Audience
This document is intended for network planning engineers,
customer service engineers and maintenance personnel of
network operators who perform operation activities on the
ZXC10 BSSB Base Station System.
Prerequisite Skill and Knowledge

To use this document effectively, users should have a general
understanding of wireless telecommunications technology.
Familiarity with the following is helpful:
n ZXC10 BSSB system and its various NEs
n User interfaces on NetNumenTM M31 (ZXC10 BSSB)
What is in This Manual

This Manual contains the following chapters:
T ABLE 1 CHAPT ER SUMMARY
Chapter Summary
Chapter 1 BSC Node Describes BSC radio parameters which
Parameters enable the Release A service.
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION i

ZXC10 BSSB (V 8.0.1.9) 1x Release A Radio Parameters Manual
Chapter Summary
Chapter 2 BTS Node Describes BTS radio parameters which
Chapter 3 1X Cell Describes the BTS cell parameters which
Chapter 4 1X Carriers Describes the BTS carrier parameters
Parameters which enable the Release A service.
Chapter 5 Control Describes BTS Control Channel Parameters
Channel Parameters which enable the Release A service.
Related Documentation
The following documentation is related to this manual:
n ZXC10 BSSB (V 8.0.1.9) CDMA2000 Base Station System
PTT Parameters Manual
n ZXC10 BSSB (V 8.0.1.9) CDMA2000 Base Station System 1x
EV-DO Rev.A Radio Parameters Manual
n ZXC10 BSSB (V 8.0.1.9) CDMA2000 Base Station System
Signaling Parameters Manual
n ZXC10 BSSB (V 8.0.1.9) CDMA2000 Base Station System V5
Interface Parameters Manual
Conventions
Typographical ZTE documents employ the following typographical conventions.
Conventions
T ABLE 2 T YPOGRAPHICAL CONVENT IONS
Typeface Meaning
Italics References to other Manuals and documents.
“Quotes” Links on screens.
Bold Menus, menu options, function names, input
fields, radio button names, check boxes, drop-
down lists, dialog box names, window names.
CAPS Keys on the keyboard and buttons on screens
and company name.
Constant width Text that you type, program code, files and
directory names, and function names.
[] Optional parameters.
{} Mandatory parameters.
| Select one of the parameters that are delimited
ii Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

About this Manual
Typeface Meaning
by it.
Note: Provides additional information about a
certain topic.
Checkpoint: Indicates that a particular step needs
to be checked before proceeding further.
Tip: Indicates a suggestion or hint to make things
easy or more productive for the reader.
Mouse
Operation T AB L E 3 M OU SE OPER AT I ON CON VENT I ON S
Conventions Typeface Meaning
Click Refers to clicking the primary mouse button (usually
the left mouse button) once.
Double-click Refers to quickly clicking the primary mouse button
(usually the left mouse button) twice.
Right-click Refers to clicking the secondary mouse button
(usually the right mouse button) once.
Drag Refers to pressing and holding a mouse button and
moving the mouse.
How to Get in Touch

The following sections provide information on how to obtain
support for the documentation and the software.
Customer If you have problems, questions, comments, or suggestions
Support regarding your product, contact us by e-mail at
support@zte.com.cn. You can also call our customer support
center at (86) 755 26771900 and (86) 800-9830-9830.
Documentation ZTE welcomes your comments and suggestions on the quality
Support and usefulness of this document. For further questions,
comments, or suggestions on the documentation, you can
contact us by e-mail at doc@zte.com.cn; or you can fax your
comments and suggestions to (86) 755 26772236. You can also
browse our website at http://support.zte.com.cn, which contains
various interesting subjects like documentation, knowledge base,
forum and service request.
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION iii

iv Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Chapter 1
BSC Node Parameters
This chapter describes:

n 1X Parameters
n Forward Power Control Parameters
n 1X Forward Control Parameters
n Reverse Power Control Parameters
n Gain Parameters
n RLP Parameters
n PTT SCH Parameters
n BSS Neighbor Cell Parameters
n BSS Neighbor Carrier Parameters
n BSC Handoff Parameters
n Billing Center Parameters
n Special Number Parameters
n Switch Parameters
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 1

1X Parameters
Market ID
Description This parameter is only applicable to BSC.
This parameter is specified by service provider. The first 16
digits of MSCID represent Market ID and the last 8 digits
represent switch number.
Value Range 0 ~ 255.
Setting Network operator maintains this parameter.
Related n Switch number
Parameters
n Generating entity ID
n MSC ID
Switch number
Service provider specifies this parameter. The first 16 digits
represent Market ID. The last 8 digits represent Switch number.
Related n Market ID
Parameters
n Generating entity ID
n Switch number
Generating entity ID
Description The unique code specified by entity operator who generates
reference number of call connection.
This parameter is only applicable to BSC.
Service provider designates this parameter.
Related n Switch number
Parameters
n Market IDMSC ID
2 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Chapter 1 BTS Node Parameters
MS MCC (000 ~ 999)

Description Mobile Country Code.
This parameter is the component of IMSI and is only applicable
to BSC.
MCC is an ESPM parameter. It is correlated to MS IMSI_O.
Related n MS IMSI_11_12 (00 ~ 99)
Parameters
n MS MNC (00 ~ 99)
MS MNC (00 ~ 99)

Description Mobile Network Code.
This parameter is part of IMSI and is only applicable to BSC.
Value Range 0 ~ 99.
Related n MS IMSI_11_12 (00 ~ 99)
Parameters
n MS MMC (00 ~ 999)
MS IMSI_11_12 (00 ~ 99)

Description This parameter is part of IMSI. Its effective range is local BSC.
The 11th and 12th digit of IMSI. If IMSI is formed of 12 or more
digits, the IMSI_11_12 stands for the 11th and 12th digit of IMSI.
If IMSI is formed of less than 12 digits, add 0 to form 12 digits.
IMSI_11_12 stands for the 11th and 12th digit of IMSI. For Class
0 IMSI (15 digits), there is no difference between IMSI_11_12
and MNC.
MS IMSI_11_12 is an ESPM parameter. It is correlated to MS
IMSI_O.
Related n 00 ~ 99.
Parameters
n MS MCC(000..999)
n MS MNC(00..99)

K parameter
Description Aggregation of receiving signal (noise) power without load and
expecting transmitting pilot power.
This parameter is only applicable to RF subsystem of BSC.
Default 1.
Setting This parameter is applicable to cell breath and is reserved.
1/2 power offset

Description Modification coefficient of the frame at 1/2 speed. With the same
S/N, the FER of frames at 1/2, 1/4 and 1/8 speed is smaller than
the one of the frame at full speed. In addition, the target FER of
the frame at low speed is higher than the one of the frame at full
speed. Therefore, it is feasible to turn down its power.
This parameter is only applicable to the frames at 1/2 speed of
BSC.
Value Range 0 ~ 100. Unit: %.
Default 90.
Setting This parameter is reserved.
Related n 1/4 power offset
Parameters
n 1/8 power offset
1/4 power offset

S/N, the FER of frames at 1/2, 1/4 and 1/8 speeds is smaller
than the one of the frame at full speed. In addition, the target
FER of the frame at low speed is higher than the one of the
frame at full speed. Therefore, it is feasible to turn down its
power.
This parameter is only applicable to the frames at 1/4 speed of
BSC.
Default 90.
Parameters
n 1/8 power offset

1/8 power offset

S/N, the FER of frames at 1/2, 1/4 and 1/8 speed is smaller than
the one of the frame at full speed. In addition, the target FER of
the frame at low speed is higher than the one of the frame at full
speed. Therefore, it is feasible to turn down its power.
Effective range is the frame at 1/8 speed of local BSC.
Default 90.
Parameters
n 1/4 power offset
Intercurrent voice and data

supported indicator
Description Indication of BS concurrent service being supported.
This parameter is only applicable to BSC .
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 4 describes the value range of intercurrent voice and data
supported indicator.
T ABLE 4 VALUE RANGE OF INT ERCURRENT VOICE AND DAT A SUPPORT ED

INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not Support Intercurrent Voice and data
1 Support Intercurrent Voice and data
Default 0.
Setting Set according to BS software version. If BS supports concurrent
service, use ‘1’, otherwise, use ‘0’.

Packet data services zone id

Description ID of BS packet data service zone.
MS is able to save up to 15 PZIDs of the visited packet data
service zones. When the packet data service call control function
is idle, an unsaved none-zero PZIP is detected.
n If the packet data dormant timer is enabled, MS postpone
any packet data service till the timer expires.
n If the mobile station is in the idle state, MS initializes packet
data service option connection and the packet data service
call control function will be in the reconnect state.
n If the mobile station is not in the idle state, the MS not
supports concurrent signaling.
n If the MS supports concurrent signaling, and the mobile
station control is in the traffic channel state, the packet data
service call control function will be in the reconnect state.
Default 1.
Setting Set it as ‘0’ if BS not supports packet data service. Otherwise,
network planner should set it.
UM interface version
Description Air interface version of BS, which corresponds to P_REV field of
ITSPM.
Value Range 1 ~ 7.
Default 6.
Setting Depending on the actual air interface setting.
Related n A interface minor version
Parameters
n A interface release version
n A Interface version
A interface version
Description BS A interface version.


Default 0.
Related n A interface minor version
Parameters
n A interface release version
n Um interface version
A interface major version

Description The major version of A interface on BS. A interface major
version is 4. The version of A interface on BS is IOS4.*.*.
The options of parameter ‘Interface type’ may vary according to
different settings of ‘A interface major version’.
Value Range 4 ~ 6.
Default 4.
Setting Set according to the A interface in use.
Related n A interface release version
Parameters
n A interface minor version
n A interface version
n Interface type
A interface minor version

Description The minor version of A interface on BS. A interface minor
version is 1 .The version of A interface on BS is IOS*.1.*.
Value Range 0 ~ 9.
Default 1.
Setting Set according to the version of A interface in use.
Related n A interface release version
Parameters
n A interface Major version

A interface release version

Description The release version of A interface on BS. A interface release
version is 0.The version of A interface on BS is IOS*.*.0.
Value Range 0 ~ 9.
Default 0.
Setting Set according to the version of A interface in use.
Related n A interface major version
Parameters
n A interface minor version
Preferred land circuit supported

Description Indication of preferentially selecting CIC.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 5 describes the value range of preferred land circuit
supported.
T AB L E 5 V AL U E R AN G E O F PR E F E R R E D LAN D C I R C U IT S U P P O R T E D
Value Meaning
0 Not support Preferred Land circuit
1 Support Preferred Land circuit
Default 0.
Setting n 1: CIC resource is allocated by BS according to resource
conditions and load balancing.
n 0: CIC resource is allocated by MSC randomly.
Related n Two Frame ahead
Parameters
n 5ms frame supported indication
n DCCH supported indication

Access entry handoff permitted

indicator
Description Indication of access entrance handoff.
This parameter is only applicable to BSC and corresponds to the
ACCESS_ENTRY_HO field in ESPM.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 6 describes the value range of access entry handoff
permitted indicator.
T A B L E 6 V A L U E R A N G E O F A C C E S S E N T R Y H A N D O F F P E R MI T T E D I N D I C A T O R
Value Meaning
0 Not support
1 Support
Default Not supported [0].

Setting Set according to BS software version. If BS supports, set it as ‘1’,
otherwise, set it as ‘0’.
Related Access handoff permitted indicator
Parameters
Reference 3GPP2: Data Service Options for Spread Spectrum Systems,

C.S0017-0, Version 5.0
Access handoff permitted indicator

Description Indication of access handoff being supported.
This parameter is only applicable to BSC and corresponds to the
ACCESS_HO_ALLOWED field of ESPM.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 7 describes the value range of Access handoff permitted
indicator.
T A B L E 7 V A L U E R A N G E O F A C C E S S H A N D O F F P E R MI T T E D I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not Support
1 Support

Default 0.
Setting Set according to BS software version. If BS supports, set it as ‘1’,
otherwise, set it as ‘0’.
Related Access entry handoff permitted indicator.
Parameters
Smssecap
Description Allow SMS idle SE resource lower limit.
Value Range 0 ~ 60
Default 30
Setting When the number of SE idle less than this parameter, SMS
service will not be available to ensure voice service not affected
by SMS.
Soft leg supported number

Description The number of supportable soft handoff legs.
Value Range 1 ~6.
Default 4.
Setting If soft leg supported number is too high, CE resource will be
wasted, and forward capacity will be reduced. If soft leg
supported number is too low, useful pilots cannot be added into
active set, so service quality decreases and the reverse
interference increases, but CE resource and forward capacity is
saved.
DCCH supported indication

Description Indication of DCCH being supported by BS.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 8 describes the value range of DCCH supported indication.
T A B L E 8 V A L U E R A N G E O F DC C H S U P P O R T E D I N D I C A T I O N
Value Meaning
0 Not support DCCH supported indication

Value Meaning
1 Support DCCH supported indication

Setting In the case of ‘0’, BS does not allow DCCH establishment; if MS
supports DCCH, DCCH establishment is allowed.
Related n Two frame ahead
Parameters
n Preferred land circuit supported
5ms frame supported indication

Description Indication of 5ms frame is supported.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 9 describes the value range of 5ms frame supported
indication.
T ABLE 9 VALUE RANGE OF 5 MS FR AME SUPPORT ED INDICAT ION
Value Meaning
0 Not support 5ms frame supported indication
1 Support 5ms frame supported indication

Setting 5ms frame is currently not supported.
Related n Two frame ahead
Parameters
n DCCH supported indication
Frame sequence number adjust

Description Frame Sequence Number (FSN) adjusting mode.
Value Range 0 ~ 2.
Table 10 describes the value range of Frame sequence number
adjust.

T A B L E 1 0 V A L U E R A N G E O F F R A M E S E Q U E N C E N U MB E R A D J U S T
Value Meaning
Calculate according to system time, always two frames
0
ahead
1 Fully PATE adjust
2 PATE adjust (FSN >=2)
Default 0.
Two frames ahead

Description Indication of two frames ahead sending.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 11 describes the value range of two frames ahead.
T AB L E 11 VAL U E R AN GE OF T WO FR A ME S AH EAD
Value Meaning
0 Not support Two Frame ahead
1 Support Two Frame ahead
Default 2.
Setting This parameter is used in access handoff. It takes effect when
preferred land circuit supported to ‘1’.
Related n DCCH supported indication
Parameters
Preference of PTT support

Description Indication of PTT service being supported preferentially. Indicate
whether the enhanced PTT group call service have precedence
over data service SCH. Both PTT-SCH and data service F-SCH
need to use F-SCH CW resource. In addition, PTT-SCH also
needs to use CE-FO resource. If F-SCH has priority over data
service, data service F-SCH will be released in case of lack of F-
SCH CE resource, and data service R-SCH will be released in
case of lack of CE-FO resource.

Value Range 0, 1.
Table 12 describes the value range of preference of PTT support.
T A B L E 1 2 V A L U E R A N G E O F P R E F E R E N C E O F PT T S U P P O R T
Value Meaning
0 PTT service is not preferential
1 PTT service is preferential
Default 0.
Setting ‘1’ increases the success rate of enhanced PTT group call, but
the forward/reverse throughput of data service decreases; ‘0’
does not increase the success rate of enhanced PTT group call
and the forward/reverse throughput of data service does not
decrease.
Related Walsh Code alloc strategy
Parameters
Walsh Code alloc strategy

Description Walsh code allocation strategy.
Value Range 0 ~ 2.
Table 13 describes the value range of Walsh code alloc strategy.
T AB L E 13 VAL U E R AN GE OF W AL SH C OD E AL L OC ST R AT EGY
Value Meaning
0 All service only use the Walsh code with QOF=0
1 PTT can use the Walsh code with QOF=0, 1, 2 and 3
All service can use the Walsh code with QOF=0, 1, 2 and
2
3
Default 1.
Setting Using the Walsh code with QOF=0, 1, 2 and 3 allows the system
have more Walsh code resources. But service quality decreases;
on the contrary, if not use the Walsh code with QOF=0, 1, 2 and
3, service quality is better but call establishment may fail
because of lacking of Walsh code resources. PTT service has
many subscribers. Therefore, ‘1’ is recommended.
Related Preference of PTT support
Parameters

PTT select PN threshold

Description Pilot strength comparative threshold of PN that can be used by
PTT in reference frequency selection.
This parameter is only applicable to an enhanced PTT group calls
service of BSC.
Value Range 0 ~ 15. Scale: 0. 5dB.
Default 4.
Setting If setting it to high value, the probability of selecting reference
frequency increases and forward system capacity increases
accordingly but pilot strength may decrease and call drop rate
increases. If setting it to low value, it is difficult to select
reference frequency and forward system capacity decreases
accordingly.
Use dormant in data handoff

Description Use dormant pattern in hard handoff of data service.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 14 describes the value range of use dormant in data
handoff.
T AB L E 14 VAL U E R AN GE OF USE DOR MAN T I N DAT A H AN D OF F
Value Meaning
0 Not use
1 use
Default 0.
Setting In the hard handoff of data service, MS releases dormant first,
and then MS initializes dormant handoff.
Related Is linkfailure to dormant in data traffic.
Parameters
Is linkfailure to dormant in data traffic

Description Indication of dormant status when data traffic link fails.
This parameter is only applicable to the data service of BSC.
Value Range 0, 1.

Table 15 describes the value range of Is linkfailure to dormant in

data traffic.
T AB L E 15 VAL U E R AN GE OF IS LI N K F AI L U R E T O DOR MAN T I N DAT A T R AF F I C
Value Meaning
0 Release to NULL status
1 Release to Dormant status
Default 1.
Setting 0: release MS to NULL status when data traffic link fails.
1: release MS to dormant status when data traffic link fails. In
this case, MS does not require PPP connection establishment.
Avoid require PPP connection establishment repeatedly increases
the success rate of PPP connection establishment.
Related Use dormant in data handoff.
Parameters
MSC type
Description The type of MSC connected with BSC. This parameter is only
applicable to BSC.
Value Range 0 ~ 10.
Table 16 describes the value range of MSC Type.
T ABLE 16 VALUE R ANGE OF M SC T YPE
Value MSC Type

0 ZTE MSC
1 Bell MSC
2 Lucent MSC
5 Motorola MSC
6 Samsung MSC
7 Nortel MSC
8 Ericsson MSC
9 HW MSC
10 Other vendor’s MSC
Default 0.
Setting Set according to the actual network.
Related BSC type.
Parameters

Send handoff performed indicator

Description Send A1rHandoffPerformed instruction to MSC upon handoff
completion in BSC.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 17 describes the value range of send handoff performed
indicator.
T A B L E 1 7 V A L U E R A N G E O F S E N D H A N D O F F P E R F O R M E D I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not send
1 Send
Default 0.
Related n SMS SO indicator
Parameters
n BS service request information encoding indicator
n SMS send connecting indicator
n Class mark information type 2
SMS send connecting indicator

Description Indication to send A1rAssignmentComplete out after traffic
channel receiving SMS and sending A1rAssignmentComplete to
MSC.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 18 describes the value range of SMS send connecting
indicator.
T ABLE 18 VALUE R ANGE OF SM S SEND CONNECT ING INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not send SMS send connecting indicator
1 Send SMS send connecting indicator
Default 0.
Setting Set the parameter ‘1’ if the BSC connects with MSC produced by
Bell, Lucent or Ericsson.


Parameters
n Send handoff performed indicator
BS service request information

encoding indicator
Description Indication of BS service request/response message coding
method. In IOS4.1, A1 element identifier (0x0D) is added into
IMSI part of BS service request/response message.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 19 describes the value range of BS service request
information encoding indicator.
T A B L E 1 9 V A L U E R A N G E O F BS S E R V I C E R E Q U E S T I N F O R M A T I O N E N C O D I N G
INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 IOS4.0 coding
1 IOS4.1 coding
Default IOS4.0 [0].

Setting Set according to the version of A interface connects with MSC.
Parameters
Page slot cycle indicator

Description Indication of permanently using slot cycle exponent 2 in paging
message.
Value Range 0, 1.

Table 20 describes the value range of page slot cycle indicator.
T AB L E 20 V AL U E R AN G E O F PA G E S L O T C Y C L E IN D IC AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Use the value forwarded by MSC
1 Permanently use slot cycle exponent 2
Default 0.
Related n SCCP included indicator
Parameters
n MSC get GPS time from BSC indicator
n Ignore handoff block indicator
n PLD in paging tag indicator
PLD in paging tag indicator

Description Indication of tag field of paging message contains triangle-
positioning information.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 21 describes the value range of PLD in paging tag indicator.
T A B L E 2 1 V A L U E R A N G E O F PL D I N P A G I N G T A G I N D I C A T O R
Value Meaning
0 Contain
1 Not contain
Default 1.
Parameters
n Page slot cycle indicator
SMS SO indicator
Description Indication of using SO of MS (SMS option) when sending paging
response to MSC.

This parameter is only applicable to the SMS service of BSC.

Value Range 0, 1.
Table 22 describes the value range of SMS SO indicator.
T ABLE 22 VALUE R ANGE OF SM S SO INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 SO = 6
1 Use the SO in MS paging response
Default 0.
Setting This setting depends on the type of MSC connects with the BSC.
If the MSC is supplied by Bell, set ‘1’.
Related n BS service request information encoding indicator
Parameters
Class mark information type 2

Description This parameter is used in connecting with MSC and is only
applicable to BSC.
See List of Entries unit coding style in Class mark Information
Type2.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 23 describes the value range of class mark information
type 2.
T ABLE 23 VALUE R ANGE OF CLASS M ARK INFORMAT ION T YPE 2
Value Meaning
0 See List of Entries = 1[0]
1 See List of Entries = 0 [1]
Default See List of Entries = 1[0].

Setting This setting depends on whether the connected MSC supports
See List of Entries = 1.
Parameters

Ignore handoff block indicator

Description Indication of ignore switch congestion.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 24 describes the value range of Ignore handoff block
indicator.
T AB L E 24 VAL U E R AN GE OF IGN OR E HAN D OF F BL OC K IN D I C AT OR
Value Meaning
0 Ignore
1 Not ignore
Default 0.
Parameters
SCCP included indicator

Description Indication of SCCP primitive adopts abbreviated format.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 25 describes the value range of SCCP included indicator.
T ABLE 25 VALUE R ANGE OF SCC P INCLUDED INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Adopt
1 Not adopt
Default 1.

Related n MSC get GPS time from BSC indicator

Parameters
MSC get GPS time from BSC

indicator
Description Indicate that MSC is able to receive GPS clock from BSC side.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 26 describes the value range of MSC get GPS time from
BSC indicator.
T A B L E 2 6 V A L U E R A N G E O F M S C G E T G PS T I ME F R O M B S C I N D I C A T O R
Value Meaning
0 Not support
1 Support
Default 1.
Parameters
MSC support group CIC operation

indicator
Description Indication of MSC supports group CIC operation.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 27 describes the value range of MSC support group CIC
operation indicator.

T AB L E 27 VAL U E R AN GE OF M SC SU PPOR T G R OU P CIC OP ER AT I ON

INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not support
1 Support
Default 1.
RM drop value (0.5dB)

Description Switch threshold in triangle positioning (T_ADD, T_DROP,
ADD_INTERCEPT, and DROP_INTERCEPT) and change step
length.
Default 0.
Dynamic handoff threshold

supported option
Description Dynamic modification options of handoff threshold (T_ADD,
T_DROP, ADD_INTERCEPT, and DROP_INTERCEPT).
Value Range 0 ~ 3.
Table 28 describes the value range of Dynamic handoff threshold
supported option.
T A B L E 2 8 V A L U E R A N G E O F D Y N A MI C H A N D O F F T H R E S H O L D S U P P O R T E D
OPT I ON
Value Meaning
0 dynamic modification is unavailable
1 dynamic modification according to pilot strength
2 dynamic modification according to FER
3 dynamic modification according to pilot strength & FER

Setting When dynamic handoff threshold supported option is 0, dynamic
handoff threshold is deactivated.

When dynamic handoff threshold supported option is 0 or 1,

frame error rate threshold is deactivated.
Related n Dynamic handoff threshold
Parameters
n Frame error rate threshold
Dynamic handoff threshold

Description Handoff threshold dynamically modifies step length.
Value Range 0~14.Unit: 0.5dB.
Default 0.
Setting When dynamic handoff threshold supported option is ‘0’,
dynamic handoff threshold is deactivated.
Related n Dynamic handoff threshold supported option
Parameters
n Frame error rate threshold
Frame error rate threshold

Description Frame error rate threshold of handoff threshold modification.
Value Range 0 ~ 100. Unit:%.
Default 0.
Setting When dynamic handoff threshold supported option is 0 or 1,
frame error rate threshold is deactivated.
Related n Dynamic handoff threshold supported option
Parameters
n Dynamic handoff threshold
Forbid data service hard handoff

during PPP negotiation
Description Indicate that hard handoff is not allowed in data service PPP
negotiation.
Effective range is the data service of local BSC.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 29 describes the value range of forbid data service hard
handoff during PPP negotiation.

T AB L E 29 VAL U E R AN GE OF FOR B I D D AT A SER VI C E H AR D HAN D OF F DU R I N G

PPP NE GOT I AT I ON
Value Meaning
0 Allowed
1 Disallowed
Default Forbid [1].

Setting Disallowing hard handoff of data service in PPP negotiation
increases the success rate of PPP negotiation. But it may cause
call drop meanwhile.
Related Time of forbidding data service hard handoff (ms)
Parameters
Time of forbidding data service hard

handoff (ms)
Description Hard handoff forbidden duration in data service PPP negotiation.
This parameter is only applicable to the data service of BSC.
Value Range 0 ~ 65535. Unit: ms.
Default 5000.
Setting Time of forbidding data service hard handoff (ms) should ensure
the PPP negotiation complete within it. However, if the value is
too high, the performance of MS hard handoff decreases.
Related Forbid data service hard handoff during PPP negotiation.
Parameters
Access handoff carrier selected

threshold (0.5dB)
Description Threshold ratio of access carrier and maximum pilot strength,
which is selected by access handoff carrier. It is used in access
handoff.
This parameter is only applicable to the voice service (include
PTT service) of BSC.
Default 0.
Setting Setting as high value increases the possibility of selecting access
carriers in access handoff. In this case, pilot strength may be
weak, and call drop rate increases.
Setting as low value, if there is no much difference between
access carrier and maximum pilot strength, maximum pilot

strength is selected. In this case, cross-carrier occurs more.

Setting as ‘0’ always selects the maximum pilot.
bsspttver
Refer to ZXC10 BSSB (V 3.08.19.00) CDMA2000 Base Station
System PTT Parameters Manual.
bscinterfacetype
Description Interface type in BSC.
Value Range 1~4
Table 30 describes the bscinterfacetype.
T ABLE 30 BSCINT ERFACET YPE
bscintercaetype Explanation
1 A interface
2 V5 interface
3 V5, A interface co-exist
4 Ap interface
5 Ap interface on E1
Default 1
Setting Set according to the actual interfaces of BSC and MSC.
There are three types of interfaces:
n A interface: corresponding bscinterfacetype is 1
n V5 interface: corresponding bscinterfacetype is 2, 3
n Ap interface: corresponding bscinterfacetype is 4, 5
voiceframenum
Description Amount of SDU assembly/disassembly voice frame.
Value Range 1~6
Default 1

Setting If amount of assembly increases and number of packet increases,

end to end delay in system increases but A2p bandwidth in use
decreases and vice versa.
Note: In modification, make sure the 3GCN version supports
multi-frame and inconsistent BSCs.
hardhandoff_comp
signalanswer_timer
Description Reverse shared channel signaling acknowledgement timer.
Value Range 0~5
Table 31 describes the timer length corresponds to each value.
T A B L E 3 1 T I ME R L E N G T H C O R R E S P O N D S T O E A C H V A L U E
Value Timer length

0 320 ms
1 400 ms
2 480 ms
3 560 ms
4 640 ms
5 720 ms
Default 3
Setting A high value will affect floor request speed and a low value may
cause floor request failure and increase system load, so it is not
recommanded to modify this value.
hardhandoff_timer

Ptt_bcpa_trans_mode
Description PTT classical group call parameter information sending mode.
Value Range 0~7
Table 32 describes the ptt_bcpa_trans_mode value.
T A B L E 3 2 P T T _ B C P A _ T R A N S - MO D E V A L U E
Value Explanation
0 Not send
send in broadcasting channel
1
assighnment message only
send in PTT system parameter overhead
2
message only
send in both broadcasting channel
3 assighnment message and PTT system
parameter message
send in PTT neighbor cell channel
4
configuration message only
send in broadcasting channel
5 assighnment message and neighbor cell
configuration message
send in PTTsystem parameter overhead
6 message and neighbor cell channel
configuration message
7 send in all messages
Default 2
Setting If it is set to 0, PTT classical group call parameter information
will not be sent and classical group function will be affected.
When using a default value, try to reduce system load. It is not
recommanded to change this value.
bscpcifd
Description BSC number in PDSN.
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Default 0
Setting Not Applicable

accecamreptimerstep
Description Access handoff call origination cell ECAM message resending
timer step length.
Value Range 0 ~ 12000
Default 2000, Unit: ms
Setting This is the second layer ECAM message resend timer length. For
the cells in poor radio conditions, if handset capture rate is very
low, it is recommended to turn on the ECAM message second
layer resend switch (in background settings, select support
ECAM message resend mechanism), adjust second time resend
timer step length (it is recommended the value should be
between [1000ms, 2500ms]) after step length adjustment
(because MIN (Tsetupvoicecall, T10,T42m)＝５ s, second layer
resend time is not more than 4).
Naccecamreptimerstep
Description Non-access handoff call origination cell ECAM message resending
timer step length.
Default 2000
Setting This is the second layer ECAM message resend timer length. For
the cells in poor radio conditions, if handset capture rate is very
low, it is recommended to turn on ECAM message second layer
resend switch (in background settings, select support ECAM
message resend mechanism), adjust second time resend timer
step length （it is recommended the value should be between
[1000ms, 2500ms] after step length adjustment (because MIN
(Tsetupvoicecall, T10, T42m)＝ 5s, second layer resend time is
not more than ４).
Access ECAM repeat timer

Description Access handoff CAM, ECAM layer 1/layer 2 repeat timer duration.
The layer 1 repeat of CAM/ECAM is enabled by CES.
Effective range is local BSC.
Value Range 0 ~ 12000. Unit: ms.
Default 1600.
Setting CAM/ECAM repeat increases MS’s possibility of receiving
CAM/ECAM. Call success rate is improved. In access handoff,
ECAM repeat is more important because MS may handoff to

another cell before receiving ECAM message. Too many repeats

reduce system capacity.
Set duration for timer:
n Ensure the layer 1 repeat complete within the layer 1 repeat
duration
n Layer 2 repeat duration must be no less than the layer 1
duration
This parameter is unavailable for change in NETNUMENTM M3
(ZXC10 BSSB).
Related n Maximum number of ECAM repeat
Parameters
n Non-access ECAM repeat timer
Non-access ECAM repeat timer

Description Duration of non-access handoff CAM and ECAM layer 1/layer 2
repeat timer. The layer 1 repeat of CAM/ECAM is enabled by CES.
Value Range 0 ~ 12000. Unit: ms
Default 200.
CAM/ECAM and call success rate. In access handoff, ECAM
repeat is more important because MS may handoff to another
cell before receiving ECAM message. Too many repeats reduce
system forward capacity.
Timer duration settings:
n Ensure the layer 1 repeat complete within the layer 1 timer
duration
n Layer 2 repeat duration must be no less than layer 1
duration
This parameter is unchangeable in NETNUMENTM M3 (ZXC10
BSSB).
Related n Access ECAM repeat timer
Parameters
n Maximum number of ECAM repeat
Maximum number of ECAM repeat

Description Maximum repeat of CAM and ECAM. The CAM/ECAM layer 1
repeat is enabled by CES.
Effective range is local BSC.

Value Range 0 ~ 127. Unit: times.

Default 2.
CAM/ECAM and call success rate. In access handoff, ECAM
repeat is more important because MS may handoff to another
cell before receiving ECAM message. Too many repeats reduce
system forward capacity.
Timer duration settings:
n Ensure the layer 1 repeat complete within the layer 1 timer
duration
n Layer 2 repeat duration must be no less than layer 1
duration
n Access ECAM repeat timer
Related Non-access ECAM repeat timer.
Parameters
bsfchforrc
Description Data service forward fundamental channel RC value.
Value Range 3~5
Default 3
Setting n Forward/reverse FCH/DCCH RC value should comply with the
following relationship.
F-FCH/DCCH R-FCH/DCCH
5 4
4 3
3 3
„ When forward channel RC value is 5, corresponding

channel RC value must be 4.
reverse channel RC value must be 3.
reverse channel RC value must be 3.
Note:
n F/R-FCH RC values in data service are not fixed, they can be
configured from background, default values are: F-FCH=3
and R-FCH=3.

bsfchrevrc
Description Data service reverse fundamental channel RC value.
Value Range 3~5
Default 3
Setting Same as bsfchforrc.
bsdcchforrc
Description Data service forward dedicated control channel RC value.
Value Range 3~5
Default 3
bsdcchrevrc
Description Data service reverse dedicated control channel RC value.
Value Range 3~5
Default 3
hardhobsfchforrc
Description Data service forward fundamental channel RC value in inter-BSC
handoff.
Value Range 3~5
Default 3

hardhobsfchrevrc
Description Data service reverse fundamental channel RC value in inter-BSC
handoff.
Value Range 3~5
Default 3
hardhobsdcchforrc
Description Data service forward dedicated control channel RC value in inter-
BSC handoff.
Value Range 3~5
Default 3
hardhobsdcchforrc
Description Data service forward dedicated control channel RC value in inter-
BSC handoff.
Value Range 3~5
Default 3
bcam_repeat_count
Description Classical group with resource BCAM message resend times
(applicable to periodic sending mode with resource BCA,
inapplicable to continuous sending mode with resource BCAM).
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Default 3
Setting If this value is too small, it may cause slow terminal access and
if this value is too big, it may cause paging channel load
increasing.

noresbcamresndtimes
Description BCAM message without resource periodic resend times.
Value Range 0 ~ 60
Default 20
Setting Small value may cause too many Abis interface messages, and
this results in loading of processing board at BSC side. When
base station is running stable, this value will be high.
pttbccallmsgsendnum
Description Large amount of BTS messages can be sent to large dispatching
area at the same time.
Value Range 0 ~ 20
Default 20
Setting When data burst is stronger, bigger value comes with shorter
cell establishment time; when data bust is weaker, smaller value
comes with longer cell establishment time.
smsolthreshold
Description SMS overload control threshold.
Default 100
Setting Do not implement overload control on SMS in advance.The
manipulation is to subtract the smsolthreshold from CPU
utilization as the overload control ratio against SMS, it affects
both the overload control on SMS in advance and the public
overload control module.
frameworktype
Description Framework type.
Value Range 0~2

Table 37 describes the frameworktype.
T ABLE 33 FRAME WORKT YPE
frameworktype Explanation
0 Common framework type
MSCe disaster tolerance backup
1
type
2 A_Flex type
Default 0
Setting Set according to actual framework type, generally in 0.
Note:
n MSCe disaster tolerance backuptype supports both A
interface and Ap interface.
n A_Flextype supports Ap interface only.
v5inactivetime
Description V5 interface user does not register to activate length.
Value Range 1 ~ 48
Default 24, Unit: hour
Setting The users’ do not register within this parameter length or
registered inexplicitly will be set in power off status in VLR, user
paging will be denied with the cause user powered off.
paca_supported
Description Support PACA function or not.
Value Range 0,1
Table 34 describes the paca_supported value.
T ABLE 34 P ACA_SUPPORT ED VALUE
Value Explanation
0 Not support
1 Support

Default 0
Setting If PACA function supports，turn on the switch.
reservedresourcenum
Description BTS reserves resource amount.
Value Range 1 ~ 10
Default 3
Setting If PACA function supports, BTS will reserve the resource for
high priority calls. This parameter specifies the amount of
reserved resource, and BTS ensures the resources in this
amount are idle but the calls with low priority will be released if
necessary. Reserved resource can be occupied by the users with
high priority only. it is recommended to use the default value.
Mbrspktimer
Description Member speaking length.
Default 30, unit: Second
Setting The length a member talk can be used when base station enters
malfunction weakening mode. When the specified length is
reached, system will forcibly release the floor. If it is too small,
speaking party maybe forcibly released. If it is too big, speaking
party may occupy floor a long time and other user can not
obtain floor.
Note: This parameter exists only at foreground BTS side
database.
inactivetimer
Description Length of floor idle performing group call release.
Default 30, unit: seconds
Setting The length of floor idle performing group call release can be
used when base station enters malfunction weakening mode. If
it is too small, it may cause frequent forcible release of group
calls; if it is too big, radio resource may waste.

Note: This parameter exists only at foreground BTS side

database.
Forward Power Control

Parameters
Upper limit of power transmit1
Description Upper limit of RC1 forward power.
This parameter is only applicable to the RC1 calls of BSC.
Default 72.
Setting If Upper limit of power transimit1 is too high, and some RC1
channels have strong power, other channels may be interfered.
This is harmful to the performance of other channels. Forward
system capacity decreases accordingly. If Upper limit of power
transimit1 is too low, it may not meet the QoS requirements of
some RC1 channels.
Parameter setting requirements: Upper limit of power transmit1
≥Initial power transmit1≥Lower limit of power transmit1.
Related n Lower limit of power transmit1
Parameters
n Initial power transmit1
Lower limit of power transmit1

Description Lower limit of RC1 forward power.
Default 32.
Setting If Lower limit of power transimit1 is too high, the MS even in
good radio condition is unable to turn down the forward
transmission power and forward system capacity decreases. If
Lower limit of power transimit1 is too low, forward system
capacity increases. If the MS at or close to the lower limit of
transmission power suddenly needs high forward transmission,
call drop may occur due to late reaction.
≥Initial power transmit1≥ Lower limit of power transmit1.

Related n Upper limit of power transmit1

Parameters
Initial power transmit1

Description Initial value of RC1 forward power.
Default 50.
Setting If it is set to a high value, forward system capacity decreases.
But this is a temporary and negligible effect. If it is set to a low
value, call drop may occur at the initial stage of the call due to
lack of forward power.
≥ Initial power transmit1 ≥ Lower limit of power transmit1.
Related n Upper limit of power transmit1
Parameters
n Lower limit of power transmit1
Bigger up delta1
Description Rise step length of RC1 forward power control.
RC1 forward power control depends on the FER reported by
PMRM. It reacts relatively slow. PMRM reports in a threshold
mode, if PMRM is not received in a certain period (unit: frames),
the forward link is in good condition.
Value Range 1 ~ 50.
Default 10.
Setting If Bigger up delta1 and Forward Link Power Control Delay1 are
too high, the RC1 forward transmission power increases quickly
and forward system capacity decreases accordingly. If Bigger up
delta1 and Forward Link Power Control Delay1 are too low, the
RC1 forward transmission power increases slowly. This is
harmful to the performance of forward link. More seriously, call
drop may occur. Parameter setting requirement: Bigger up
delta1 ≥Forward Link Power Control Delay1.
Related n Bigger down delta1
Parameters
n Forward Link Power Control Delay1
n Ratio of bigger up delta to smaller down delta1
n Ratio of quick down delta to smaller down delta1
n Quick down frames count1

n Bigger up delta1
Bigger down delta1

Description Decline step length of RC1 forward power control.
the forward link is in good condition.
Default 1.
Setting If Bigger down delta1 is too high, the forward transmission
power decreases quickly. This is harmful to the performance of
forward link. If Bigger down delta1 is too low, forward system
capacity decreases.
Related n Forward link power control delay1
Parameters
n Bigger up delta1
Ratio of bigger up delta to smaller

down delta1
Description Lower limit of RC1 forward power FER.
the forward link will be in good condition. In this case, forward
transmission power will be turned down.
Value Range 0 ~100. Unit: ‰.
Default 10.
Setting If Ratio of bigger up delta to smaller down delta1 is too high,
forward transmission power will be turned down when there are
many frame errors. This is harmful to the performance of the
forward link. More seriously, call drop may occur. If Ratio of
bigger up delta to smaller down delta1 is too low, forward
transmission power will be turned up and the forward link will be
in good condition. If the forward transmission power is too high,

forward system capacity decreases accordingly. Normally, this

parameter should be equal to the target FER.
Parameters
n Forward link power control delay1
n Bigger up delta1
Quick down frames count1

Description Frame count of turning down RC1 forward power when PMRM is
not received.
the forward link will be in good condition.
Value Range 0 ~ 255. Unit: Frame.
Default 80.
Setting If Quick down frames count1 is too high, there is a long delay
before turning down the forward transmission power in good
forward transfer condition. If Quick down frames count1 is too
low, forward transmission power decreases early. This is harmful
to the performance of forward link. More seriously, call drop may
occur.
Parameters
n Bigger up delta1
Ratio of quick down delta to smaller

down delta1
Description Upper limit of RC1 forward power FER
This parameter is only applicable to the RC1 calls of BSC
the forward link will be in good condition. In this case, the
forward transmission power will be turned down.

Value Range 0 ~ 127. Unit: ‰.

Default 60.
Setting If ratio of quick down delta to smaller down delta1 is too high,
the step length adjustment of forward transmission power will
be small even there are many frame errors. This is harmful to
the performance of the forward link. If Ratio of quick down delta
to smaller down delta1 is too low, the step length adjustment of
forward transmission power will be considerable when the
forward link is in good condition. If forward transmission power
is too high, the forward system capacity decreases accordingly.
Parameter setting requirement: Ratio of quick down delta to
smaller down delta1 ≥Ratio of bigger up delta to smaller down
delta1.
Parameters
n Bigger up delta1
Forward link power control delay1

Description Small rise step length of RC1 forward power control.
the forward link will be in good condition. In this case, the
forward transmission power will be turned down.
Value Range 1 ~ 15.
Default 5.
Setting If Bigger up delta1 and Forward Link Power Control Delay1 are
too high, the RC1 forward power decreases quickly and forward
system capacity decreases accordingly. If Bigger up delta1 and
Forward Link Power Control Delay1 are too low, the RC1 forward
power increases slowly. This is harmful to the performance of
forward link. More seriously, call drop may occur. Parameter
setting requirement: Bigger up delta1 ≥ Forward Link Power
Control Delay1.
Parameters
n Bigger up delta1

Upper limit of power transimit2

Description Upper limit of RC2 forward power
Default 109.
Setting If Upper limit of power transimit2 is too high, it may not meet
the QoS requirements of some RC2 channels. If Upper limit of
power transimit2 is too low, and some RC2 channels have strong
power, other channels may be interfered. This is harmful to the
performance of other channels. Forward system capacity
decreases accordingly.
Parameter setting requirements: Upper limit of power transimit2
≤Initial power transmit2 ≤Lower limit of power transimit2.
Related n Initial power transmit2
Parameters
n Lower limit of power transimit2
Lower limit of power transimit2

Description Lower limit of RC2 forward power.
Default 520.
Setting If Lower limit of power transimit2 is too high, forward system
capacity increases. If the MS at or close to the lower limit of
transmission power suddenly needs high forward transmission,
call drop may occur due to late reaction. If Lower limit of power
transimit2 is too low, the MS even in good radio condition is
unable to turn down the forward transmission power but the
forward system capacity decreases.
≤ Initial power transmit2 ≤ Lower limit of power transimit2.
Related n Upper limit of power transimit2
Parameters
Initial power transmit2

Description Initial value of RC2 forward power.

Default 227.
Setting If the initial value of RC2 forward power is too high, call drop
may occur at the initial stage of the call due to lack of forward
power. If the initial value of RC2 forward power is too low,
forward system capacity decreases but this is a temporary and
negligible effect.
≤Initial power transmit2 ≤Lower limit of power transimit2.
Related n Lower limit of power transimit2
Parameters
n Upper limit of power transimit2
Bigger up delta2
Description Big rise step length of RC2 forward power control.
For RC2 calls, MS uses the EIB of reverse frames to depict the
quality of the previous forward frame. RC2 forward power
control depends on EIB and accordingly reacts more quickly than
the RC1 forward power control. The dynamic range of forward
power control increases as a result. Therefore, variable step
length is used in the algorism:
n Rearrange the adjustment with a short period when a bad
frame is received. In the adjustment, higher transmission
power comes with smaller rise step length.
n In the initial stage of receiving good frames, decline step
length is relative great. After that, it decreases.
n Turn down the forward power with relative great step length
upon receiving good frames in a certain number.
Default 60.
Setting If Bigger up delta2, Nominal up delta2 and Smaller up delta2 are
but forward system capacity decreases accordingly. If Bigger up
delta2, Nominal up delta2 and Smaller up delta2 are too low, the
RC2 forward transmission power increases slowly. This is
harmful to the performance of forward link. More seriously, call
drop may occur. Parameter setting requirements: Bigger up
delta2 ≥Nominal up delta2 ≥Smaller up delta2.
Related n Nominal up delta2
Parameters
n Smaller up delta2
n Bigger down delta2


Nominal up delta2
Description Nominal rise step length of RC2 forward power control.
control depends on EIB and reacts more quickly than the RC1
forward power control. The dynamic range of forward power
control increases as a result. Therefore, variable step length is
used in the algorism:
Value Range 0 ~1500.
Default 50.
but the forward system capacity decreases. If Bigger up delta2,
Nominal up delta2 and Smaller up delta2 are too low, the RC2
forward transmission power increases slowly. This is harmful to
the performance of forward link. More seriously, call drop may
occur. Parameter setting requirements: Bigger up delta2
≥Nominal up delta2 ≥Smaller up delta2.
Related n Bigger up delta2
Parameters
n Smaller up delta2

Smaller up delta2
Description Small rise step length of RC2 forward power control.
Default 40.
but the forward system capacity decreases. If Bigger up delta2,
Nominal up delta2 and Smaller up delta2 are too low, the RC2
forward transmission power increases slowly. This is harmful to
the performance of forward link. More seriously, call drop may
occur. Parameter setting requirements: Bigger up delta2
≥Nominal up delta2 ≥Smaller up delta2.
Parameters
n Nominal up delta2
Bigger down delta2

Description Decline step length of RC2 forward power control.

Default 5.
Setting If Bigger down delta2 is too high, the forward transmission
power decreases quickly. This is harmful to the performance of
forward link. If Bigger down delta1 is too low, forward system
capacity decreases.
Parameters
n Nominal up delta2
n Smaller up delta2
Ratio of bigger up delta to smaller

down delta2
Description Ratio of RC2 forward power control rapid rise step length and
small decline step length.

Value Range 0 ~255.
Default 150.
Setting If Ratio of bigger up delta to smaller down delta2 is too high, the
step length of forward transmission power decreases slowly and
forward system capacity decreases accordingly. If Ratio of
bigger up delta to smaller down delta2 is too low, forward
transmission power decreases rapidly. This is harmful to the
performance of forward link.
Parameters
n Nominal up delta2
n Smaller up delta2
Quick down frames count2

Description Frame count of rapidly turning down RC2 forward power.
Default 150.
Setting If Quick down frames count2 is too high, there is a long delay
before turning down the forward transmission power in good
forward transfer condition and the forward system capacity
decreases. If Quick down frames count2 is too low, forward
transmission power decreases early. This is harmful to the
performance of forward link. More seriously, call drop may occur.


Parameters
n Nominal up delta2
n Smaller up delta2
Ratio of quick down delta to smaller

down delta2
Description Ratio of RC2 forward power control rapid decline step length and
small decline step length.
Value Range 0 ~127.
Default 40.
Setting If Ratio of quick down delta to smaller down delta2 is too high,
the forward transmission power decreases quickly. This is
harmful to the performance of forward link. If Ratio of quick
down delta to smaller down delta2 is too low, forward system
capacity decreases.
Parameters
n Nominal up delta2
n Smaller up delta2

Forward link power control delay2

Description Delay of RC2 forward power control.
Default 5.
Setting If Forward Link Power Control Delay2 is too high, the delay of
RC2 forward power control will be long. This is harmful to the
performance of forward link. If Forward Link Power Control
Delay2 is too low, forward system capacity decreases.
Parameters
n Nominal up delta2
n Smaller up delta2

1X Forward Power Control

Parameters
MS power control step size1/2/3
Description Step length of reverse close loop power control (1 leg, 2 or more
legs). In terms of power control bits in power control sub
channel, MS adjusts transmission power according to this step
length.
This parameter group corresponds to the PWR_CNTL_STEP in
PCM, GHDM and UHDM.
Value Range 0 ~ 2.
Table 35 describes the value range of MS power control step size.
T AB L E 35 V AL U E R AN G E O F M S PO WE R C O N T R O L ST E P S I Z E
Value Meaning
0 1dB
1 0.5dB
2 0.25dB
Default MS Power control step size 1:0.

MS Power control step size 2:0.
MS Power control step size 3:0.
Setting If it is set to high value, reverse link reacts quickly but there is
huge difference of reverse power in the stable state. If it is set
to low value, there is small difference of reverse power in the
stable state.
Related 3GPP2 C.S0005-A v6.0: Upper Layer (Layer 3) Signaling
Parameters Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems, Release A
Reference Addendum 2.
pwr_cntl_step1/2/3_ptt

Forward power control sub channel

relative gain 1/2/3
Description This parameter group is the gain (1 leg, 2 or more legs) of
forward power control sub channel compared with the related F-
FCH 20ms frame (at 9600bps or 14400bps) and is only
applicable to BSC.
This parameter group is the Handoff Request message filed of
A7, Abis interface. Moreover, it corresponds to s of
FPC_SUBCHAN_GAIN in GHDM and UHDM.
Value Range 1 ~ 31.
Default n Forward power control sub channel relative gain 1:10
n Forward power control sub channel relative gain 2:20
n Forward power control sub channel relative gain 3:27
ptt_fch_init_pwr
ptt_sch_init_pwr
ptt_bc_fpc_mode

Reverse Power Control

Parameters
Outer loop control enabled indicator
Description Indication of enabled reverse outer loop power control.
The algorism of reverse outer loop power control works based on
the following principles:
n Receive healthy frames, turn down Eb/No; receive bad
frames, turn up Eb/No.
n Good frames are divided into high rate frame (FH, full rate
frame and half rate frame) and low rate frame (QE, 1/4 rate
frame and 1/8 rate frame), the turn down step length should
be great for high rate frames.
n The turn down/up step length should be great for continuous
high rate frames or bad frames.
n If there is a bad frame after continuous high rate frames,
control delay should be added to protect power control from
bad frame.
n Turn up step length should be great if a bad frame comes
after continuous high rate frames (to be activated once
control delay expires).
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 36 describes the value range of outer loop control enabled
indicator.
T A B L E 3 6 V A L U E R A N G E O F O U T E R L O O P C O N T R O L E N AB L E D I N D I C A T O R
Value Meaning
0 disable reverse outer loop power control
1 enable reverse outer loop power control
Default 1.
Setting ’1’ is recommended.

Cumulative full rate good frame

threshold 1/2/3/4
Description Comparative threshold of frames at cumulative full rate and
frames at half rate (RC1, RC2, RC3 and RC4).
Value Range 0 ~ 1000. Unit: frame.
Default 200.
Setting If cumulative full rate good frame threshold 1/2/3/4 or
continuous good frame threshold1/2/3/4 is too high, and reverse
transmission is in good conditions, long delay will be needed to
turn down Ec/Io more rapidly. In this case, reverse system load
is heavy. If cumulative full rate good frame threshold 1/2/3/4 or
continuous good frame threshold1/2/3/4 is too low, Ec/Io may
be turned down too early. This is harmful to reverse
transmission.
If continuous full rate good frame down step1/2/3/4 or slow
down step1/2/3/4 of continuous low rate good frame is too high,
and there are continuous good frames, the turning down step
length of Ec/Io will be too large. This is harmful to reverse
transmission. If continuous full rate good frame down
step1/2/3/4 or slow down step1/2/3/4 of continuous low rate
good frame is too low, and there are continuous good frames,
the turning down step length of Ec/Io is too small but reverse
system load increases. Slow down step of continuous low rate
good frame should be lower than the continuous full rate good
frame down step of the same RC.
When cumulative frames reach the cumulative full rate good
frame threshold, use continuous full rate good frame down step.
Otherwise, when cumulative frames reach the cumulative half
rate good frame threshold, use continuous low rate good frame
down step.
Related n Continuous full rate good frame down step1/2/3/4
Parameters
n Slow down step1/2/3/4 of continuous low rate good frame
n Continuous good frame threshold1/2/3/4
Continuous good frame

threshold1/2/3/4
Description Threshold of continuous good frames (RC1, RC2, RC3 and RC4).
Default 200.


continuous good frame threshold1/2/3/4 is too high, and the
reverse transmission is in good conditions, long delay will be
needed to turn down Ec/Io more rapidly. In this case, reverse
system load is heavy. If cumulative full rate good frame
threshold 1/2/3/4 or continuous good frame threshold1/2/3/4 is
too low, Ec/Io may be turned down too early. This is harmful to
reverse transmission.
length of Ec/Io will be too large. This is harmful to reverse
the turning down step length of Ec/Io will be too small but
reverse system load increases. Slow down step of continuous
low rate good frame should be lower than the continuous full
rate good frame down step of the same RC.
down step.
Parameters
n Slow down step1/2/3/4 of continuous low rate good frame
n Cumulative full rate good frame threshold 1/2/3/4
Continuous full rate frame

threshold1/2/3/4
Description The threshold of continuous frame at full rate or half rate (RC1,
RC2, RC3 and RC4). This parameter is only applicable to BSC.
Default 3.
Setting If the threshold 1/2/3/4 of continuous frames at full rate is too
high, even in good reverse transmission condition, long delay
will be needed to turn down Ec/Io more quickly. Therefore, the
reverse traffic of system maybe overloads. If the threshold
1/2/3/4 is too low, Ec/Io is probably turned down more quickly
and too early. This is harmful to reverse transmission.
Related n Full rate down delta step1/2/3/4
Parameters
n Full rate uprise delta 1/2/3/4
n Delay threshold

n Continuous good frame threshold

n Low rate frame slow down step
Continuous full rate error frame

threshold1/2/3/4
Description Threshold of bad frame series (RC1, RC2, RC3 and RC4).
Default 3.
Setting If continuous full rate error frame threshold1/2/3/4 is too high,
Ec/Io turns up more quickly when there are continuous bad
frames. This is harmful to reverse transmission. If continuous
full rate error frame threshold1/2/3/4 is too low, Ec/Io may turn
up too early. Reverse system load increases accordingly.
If the number of continuous bad frames does not reach the
continuous full rate error frame threshold1/2/3/4, or receive the
frame at 1/4 or 1/8 rate before receiving bad frame, use turning
up step length initial uprise step1/2/3/4. If receive the frame at
full or 1/2 rate before receiving bad frame, the turning up step
length should be half of the continuous full rate good frame
down step1/2/3/4. If the number of continuous bad frames
reaches the continuous full rate error frame threshold1/2/3/4,
use turning up step length bad frame uprise step1/2/3/4.
Related n Initial uprise step1/2/3/4
Parameters
n Continuous full rate good frame down step1/2/3/4
n Bad frame uprise step1/2/3/4
Continuous full rate good frame

down step1/2/3/4
Description The down step length of good frame at full rate or half rate (RC1,
RC2, RC3 and RC4).
Value Range 0 ~ 3000, Scale: 0. 001dB.
Default 20.

continuous good frame threshold1/2/3/4 is too high, Long delay
will be needed to turn down Ec/Io more rapidly even reverse
transmission is in good conditions. In this case, reverse system

load is heavy. If cumulative full rate good frame threshold

1/2/3/4 or continuous good frame threshold1/2/3/4 is too low,
Ec/Io may be turned down too early. This is harmful to reverse
transmission.
length of Ec/Io is too large. This is harmful to reverse
the turning down step length of Ec/Io is too small but reverse
system load increases. Slow down step of continuous low rate
good frame should be lower than the continuous full rate good
frame down step of the same RC.
rate good frame threshold, use slow down step of continuous
low rate good frame.
Related n Slow down step1/2/3/4 of continuous low rate good frame
Parameters
Full rate down delta1/2/3/4

Description Decline step length at full rate (RC1, RC2, RC3 and RC4).
Default 2.
Setting If full rate down delta 1/2/3/4 is too high, the turn down step
length (at full rate) will be too large. This is harmful to reverse
transmission. If full rate down delta 1/2/3/4 is too low, the turn
down step length (at full rate) will be too small. In this case,
reverse system load is heavy. Full rate down delta 1/2/3/4
should be higher than the low rate frame slow down step of the
same RC.
At full rate, if cumulative frames at full rate and half rate do not
reach the cumulative full rate good frame threshold 1/2/3/4 or
continuous good frame threshold 1/2/3/4, turn down full rate
down delta 1/2/3/4.
Related n Continuous full rate frame threshold1/2/3/4
Parameters
n Delay threshold

Full rate uprise delta1/2/3/4

Description Rise step length at full rate (RC1, RC2, RC3 and RC4).
Value Range 0 ~ 3000. Unit: 0. 001dB.
Default 220.
Setting If full rate uprise delta 1/2/3/4 is too high, Ec/Io turns up more
when bad frames are received and reverse power may increase
more because of occasional frame error. If full rate uprise delta
1/2/3/4 is too low at full rate, Ec/Io turns up little when bad
frames are received. In this case, Ec/Io may be very small, and
reverse power is unable to rise immediately. This is harmful to
reverse transmission.
At full rate, if bad frames are received, threshold will be turned
up by Full rate uprise delta 1/2/3/4. If once delay threshold
1/2/3/4 continuous bad frames are received, threshold will be
turned up by full rate uprise delta 1/2/3/4.
Related n Continuous full rate frame threshold 1/2/3/4
Parameters
n Delay threshold
Slow down step1/2/3/4 of continuous

low rate good frame
Description The down step length of continuous good frame (RC1, RC2, RC3
and RC4).
Default 10.
continuous good frame threshold1/2/3/4 is too high, long delay
will be needed to turn down Ec/Io more rapidly even reverse
transmission is in good conditions. In this case, reverse system
load is heavy. If cumulative full rate good frame threshold
1/2/3/4 or continuous good frame threshold1/2/3/4 is too low,
Ec/Io may be turned down too early. This is harmful to reverse
transmission.


length of Ec/Io is too large. This is harmful to reverse
the turning down step length of Ec/Io will be too small but
reverse system load increases. Slow down step of continuous
low rate good frame should be lower than the continuous full
rate good frame down step of the same RC.
down step.
Parameters
Low rate frame slow down

step1/2/3/4
Description Slow down step length (RC1, RC2, RC3 and RC4) when 1/4 or
1/8 rate frame is received.
Default 1.
Setting If the low rate frame slow down step 1/2/3/4 is too high, the
turn down step length will be too large when low rate frame is
received. This is harmful to reverse transmission. If the low rate
frame slow down step 1/2/3/4 is too low, the turn down step
length will be small when low rate frame is received. Therefore,
reverse system load is increased. Low rate frame slow down step
1/2/3/4 should be lower than the full rate down delta 1/2/3/4 of
the same RC
When frames at low rate are received, and cumulative good
frames at full rate and half rate/good frames at any rate do not
reach the threshold (Cumulative full rate good frame threshold
or Continuous good frame threshold), use low rate frame slow
down step 1/2/3/4.

Bad frame uprise step1/2/3/4

Description Uprise step length of bad frame (RC1, RC2, RC3 and RC4).
Default 60.
Setting If bad frame uprise step1/2/3/4 is too high, Ec/Io turns up more
when there are continuous bad frames and reverse power may
increase more. If bad frame uprise step1/2/3/4 is too low, Ec/Io
turns up too small when there are continuous bad frames.
Reverse power cannot increase immediately. This is harmful to
reverse transmission. Bad frame uprise step1/2/3/4 should be
higher than the initial uprise step 1/2/3/4 of the same RC.
continuous full rate error frame threshold1/2/3/4 or receive the
Related n Continuous full rate error frame threshold1/2/3/4
Parameters
n Initial uprise step 1/2/3/4
Initial uprise step 1/2/3/4

Description Initial uprise step length (RC1, RC2, RC3 and RC4).
Value Range 0 ~ 2000, Unit: 0. 001dB.
Default 12.
Setting If the initial uprise step 1/2/3/4 is too high, the Ec/Io turning up
step length will be more and reverse system load increases
accordingly. If the initial uprise step 1/2/3/4 is too low, the Ec/Io
turning up step length is too small. This is harmful to reverse
transmission.
continuous full rate error frame threshold1/2/3/4 or receive the


Related n Continuous full rate error frame threshold1/2/3/4
Parameters
n Bad frame uprise step1/2/3/4
Delay threshold1/2/3/4
Description Delay threshold at full rate (RC1, RC2, RC3 and RC4).
Value Range 0 ~ 10, Unit: Frame.
Default 2.
Setting If delay threshold 1/2/3/4 is too high at full rate, the delay of
receiving bad frames will be long and MS won’t be notified to
raise reverse power immediately. This is harmful to reverse
transmission. If delay threshold 1/2/3/4 is too low, reverse
power raises considerably because of occasional frame error. In
this case, reverse system load increases.
At full rate, if a bad frame is received, threshold will be turned
up by full rate uprise delta 1/2/3/4. After that, upon receiving
delay threshold 1/2/3/4 bad frames turn up threshold by full
rate uprise delta 1/2/3/4.
Related n Full rate down delta step1/2/3/4
Parameters
n Continuous full rate frame threshold1/2/3/4
Initial threshold1/2/3/4
Description Initial threshold of outer loop without R-SCH (RC1, RC2, RC3
and RC4).
Value Range 0 ~30000, Unit:-0. 001dB.
Default n Initial threshold1: 13000
n Initial threshold2: 12000
Setting If initial threshold1/2/3/4 is too high in the early stage of R-FCH
establishment, transmission power may be unsatisfied. More

seriously, call drops occur. If initial threshold1/2/3/4 is too low

in the early stage of R-FCH establishment, it is not easy to turn
down the reverse transmission power and reverse load increases.
Related 2X/4X/8X/16X/32X Initial threshold3/4
Parameters
Minimum threshold1/2/3/4
Description Minimum threshold of outer loop (RC1, RC2, RC3 and RC4).
Value Range 10000 ~ 30000, Scale: -0. 001dB.
Default n Minimum threshold 1: 16000
n Minimum threshold 2: 15000
Setting If minimum threshold 1/2/3/4 is too high, reverse load will be
reduced. But when reverse outer loop reaches or close to down
limit, radio environment becomes worse and reverse
transmission power may be unable to rise immediately, and call
drops. If minimum threshold 1/2/3/4 is too low, reverse
transmission power may be unable to decline even radio
environment is satisfied and reverse system load increases.
Related Maximum threshold1/2/3/4.
Parameters
Maximum threshold1/2/3/4
Description Maximum threshold of outer loop (RC1, RC2, RC3 and RC4).
Default n Maximum threshold1: 10000
n Maximum threshold2: 9000
Setting If the maximum threshold 1/2/3/4 is too high, reverse
transmission power may be unsatisfied. More seriously, call
drops occurs. If the maximum threshold 1/2/3/4 is too low,
reverse transmission power increases but reverse system
capacity reduces.
Related Minimum threshold1/2/3/4.
Parameters

2X/4X/8X/16X/32X Initial
threshold3/4
Description Initial threshold of outer loop (RC3, RC4, with
2X/4X/8X/16X/32X R-SCH).
Default n 2X initial threshold3: 19000
n 4X initial threshold3: 18000
Related Initial threshold1/2/3/4.
Parameters
initial_thred_ptt
max_thred_ptt

Gain Parameters
Gain adjustment of reverse traffic
channel relative to reverse pilot
channel
Description Gain adjustment of the reverse traffic channels above RC2
compared with R-PICH.
Gain adjustments of reverse traffic channel relative to reverse
pilot channel are ESPM, UHDM and EHDM fields.
It takes effect on R-SCH, gain adjustment of reverse
supplemental channel relative to reverse pilot channel and gain
adjustment of reverse traffic channel relative to reverse pilot
channel, and determines the transmission of R-SCH.
Value Range -32 ~ 31.
Default 0.
Setting If the gain adjustment of reverse traffic channel relative to
reverse pilot channel is too high, the transmission power of
reverse traffic channel will be too high and reverse interference
increases. If the gain adjustment of reverse supplemental
channel relative to reverse pilot channel is too low, the
transmission power of reverse traffic channel will be too low and
reverse FER increases.
Related Gain adjustment of reverse supplemental channel relative to
Parameters reverse pilot channel
Gain adjustment of reverse

supplemental channel relative to
reverse pilot channel
Description Gain adjustment of R-SCH compared with R-PICH.
Gain adjustment of Reverse Supplemental Channel relative to
Reverse Pilot Channel is ESCAM field.
It takes effect on R-SCH, Gain adjustment of Reverse
Supplemental Channel relative to Reverse Pilot Channel and
Gain adjustment of Reverse Traffic Channel relative to Reverse
Pilot Channel, and determines the transmission of R-SCH.

Value Range -32 ~ 31.

Default 0.
Setting If the Gain adjustment of Reverse Supplemental Channel
relative to Reverse Pilot Channel is too high, the transmission
power of R-SCH will be too high and reverse interference
increases. If the Gain adjustment of Reverse Supplemental
Channel relative to Reverse Pilot Channel is too low, the
transmission power of R-SCH will be too low and reverse FER
increases.
Related Gain adjustment of Reverse Traffic Channel relative to Reverse
Parameters Pilot Channel
Reverse link attribute gain value

included indicator
Description Indication of reverse power control adjustment record type 0
inclusion.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 37 describes the value range of Reverse Link Attribute
Gain value included indicator.
T AB L E 37 VAL U E R AN GE OF R EVER SE LI N K AT T RI B UT E G AI N VAL U E

I N C L U D E D I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not included
1 Included
Default 1.
Setting When the Reverse Link Attribute Gain value included indicator is
‘1’, other parameters are activated. The gain adjustment values
of various channels are activated when the corresponding
indications of inclusion are ‘1’.
If the gain adjustment of a channel is too high, the reverse
transmission power will be too high and reverse interference
increases. If the gain adjustment of a channel is too low, reverse
FER will be increased.
Related n Reverse link attribute gain value type
Parameters
n FCH channel adjustment gain included indicator
n Channel adjustment gain for Reverse Fundamental Channel
n DCCH channel adjustment gain included indicator
n Channel adjustment gain for the Reverse DCCH

n SCH0 channel adjustment gain included indicator

n Channel adjustment gain for Reverse Supplemental Channel0
Reverse link attribute gain value type

Description Values of reverse power control adjustment record type 0.
Value Range 0. Unit: 0.125dB.
Default 0.
Related n Reverse link attribute gain value included indicator
Parameters
n Channel adjustment gain for Reverse Fundamental Channel
FCH/DCCH/SCH0/SCH1 channel
adjustment gain included indicator
Description Indication of R-FCH, R-DCCH, R-SCH0/1 gains adjustment
inclusion.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 38 describes the value range of FCH/DCCH/SCH0/SCH1
channel adjustment gain included indicator.
T A B L E 3 8 V A L U E R A N G E O F F C H / DC C H / S C H 0 / S C H 1 C H A N N E L
A D J U S T ME N T G A I N I N C L U D E D I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not include
1 Include

Default n FCH channel adjustment gain included indicator: 1

n DCCH channel adjustment gain included indicator: 0
n SCH0 channel adjustment gain included indicator: 1
n SCH1 channel adjustment gain included indicator: 0
Related n Reverse link attribute gain value type
Parameters
n Reverse link attribute gain value included indicator
n Channel adjustment gain for reverse fundamental channel
n Channel adjustment gain for reverse supplemental channel0
n Channel adjustment gain for reverse supplemental channel1
Channel adjustment gain for the

reverse FCH/DCCH/SCH0/SCH1
Description Gain adjustment of R-FCH, R-DCCH, and R-SCH0/1.
Value Range -48~48.
Default 0.
Related n Reverse Link Attribute Gain value type
Parameters
n Reverse link attribute gain value included indicator
Basic reverse link attribute gain

value included indicator
Description Indication of reverse power control adjustment record type 1
inclusion. It is the public parameter of reverse power control
adjustment record type 1.
Value Range 0, 1.

Table 39 describes the value range of Basic Reverse Link

Attribute Gain value included indicator.
T AB L E 39 VAL U E R AN GE OF BASI C R EVER S E LI N K AT T R IB UT E G AI N VAL U E

I N C L U D E D I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not include
1 include
Default 1.
Setting If the Basic Reverse Link Attribute Gain value included indicator
is set in ‘0’, all parameters of reverse power control adjustment
record type 1 are deactivated.
Related n Basic Reverse Link Attribute Gain value type
Parameters
n Low rate Reverse Link Attribute Gain value type indicator
Basic reverse link attribute gain

value type
Description Values of reverse power control adjustment record type 1. It is
the public parameter of reverse power control adjustment record
type 1.
Value Range 1.
Default 1.
Setting This parameter is useless.
Related n Basic reverse link attribute gain value included indicator
Parameters
n Low rate reverse link attribute gain value type indicator
Low rate reverse link attribute gain

value type indicator
Description Indication of reverse power control adjustment record type 1. It
is the public parameter of reverse power control adjustment
record type 1.
Low rate Reverse Link Attribute Gain value type indicator
corresponds to the filed of RL_ATT_ADJ_GAIN_TYPE of
RPC_ADJ_REC_TYPE in PCNM.

Value Range 0, 1.
Table 40 describes the value range of Low rate Reverse Link
Attribute Gain value type indicator.
T ABLE 40 VALUE R ANGE OF LO W RAT E REVERSE LINK ATTRIBUT E GAIN

VALUE T YPE INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Nominal attribute gain adjustment value
1 Pilot reference adjustment value
Default 0.
Setting It is recommended to leave the Low rate Reverse Link Attribute
Gain value type indicator in default setting. If Low rate Reverse
Link Attribute Gain value type indicator is ‘0’, the following
parameters are nominal gain adjustment value (compared with
NORMINAL_ATTRIBUTE_GAIN). If Low rate Reverse Link
Attribute Gain value type indicator is ‘1’, the following
parameters are pilot reference adjustment value (compared with
Pilot_Reference_Level).
n Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for low rate RC3-RC5
of 20ms frame included
n Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for rate
1500/2700/4800/9600 bps
9600bps(with 19200/ 38400/ 76800/ 153600/ 307200bps
convolutional SCH)
9600bps(with 19200/ 38400/ 76800/ 153600/ 307200bps
Turbo SCH)
n Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for Low rate RC4-
RC6 of 20ms frame included
n Reverse Link Attribute Gain Adjustment for rate
1800/3600/7200/14400 bps
14400bps(with 28800/ 57600/ 115200/ 230400/ 460800bps
convolutional SCH)
n Reverse Link Attribute Gain Adjustment for 14400bps(with
28800/ 57600/ 115200/ 230400/ 460800bps Turbo SCH)
Related n Basic Reverse Link Attribute Gain value type
Parameters
n Low rate Reverse Link Attribute Gain value type indicator

Reverse link attribute adjustment

gain for low rate RC3/RC5 of 20ms
frame included
Description Indication of RC3/5 20ms frame reverse attribute adjustment
gain inclusion. It is the 20ms frame parameter of RC3 or RC5 in
reverse power control adjustment record (type 1).
Value Range 0, 1.
Adjustment Gain for low rate RC3-RC5 of 20ms frame included.
T A B L E 4 1 V A L U E R A N G E O F R E V E R S E L I N K A T T R I B U T E A D J U S T ME N T G A I N
FOR LOW RAT E RC3 -RC 5 OF 20 MS FRAME INCLUDED
Value Meaning
0 Not include
1 Include
Default 1.
Setting If the Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for low rate
RC3/RC5 of 20ms frame included is ‘0’, other parameters in this
group are inactivated.
If the attribute adjustment gain is too high, the R-SCH
transmission power of RC3/RC 5 will be high accordingly. The
reverse interference and reverse load increases. If the attribute
adjustment gain is too low, the R-SCH transmission power of
RC3/RC5 will be low accordingly and reverse FER increases.
Related n Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for rate
Parameters 1500/2700/4800/9600 bps
9600bps(with 19200/38400/76800/153600/307200bps
convolutional SCH)
9600bps(with 19200/ 38400/ 76800/ 153600/ 307200bps
Turbo SCH)


gain for rate 1500/2700/4800/9600
bps
Description Reverse attribute adjustment gain of RC3/5 20ms frame at
various rates without R-SCH. It is the frame parameter of RC3 or
RC5 in reverse power control adjustment record type 1.
Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for rate
1500/2700/4800/9600 bps is a PCNM field.
Value Range n Binary complement. Unit: 0. 125dB.
n Low rate Reverse Link Attribute Gain value type indicator=0:
-48~48
n RLS0:0~63
n RLSA: -128~127
Default The Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for rate 19600 bps
is in ‘8’, others are in ‘0’.
Related n Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for low rate RC3-RC5
Parameters of 20ms frame included
9600bps(with 19200/38400/76800/153600/307200bps
convolutional SCH)
9600bps(with 19200/ 38400/ 76800/ 153600/ 307200bps
Turbo SCH)

gain for rate 9600bps (with
19200/38400/76800/153600/307200
bps convolutional SCH)
Description Reverse feature adjustment gain at 9600bps with convolutional
coding R-SCH at various rates. It is the 20ms frame parameter
of RC3 or RC5 in reverse power control adjustment record type 1.
Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for rate 9600bps (with
19200/38400/76800/153600/307200 bps convolutional SCH)
corresponds to the RL_ATT_ADJ_GAIN_9600 of PCNM.


-48~48
n RLS0:0~63
n RLSA:-128~127
Default -8.
Related n Reverse link attribute adjustment gain for low rate RC3-RC5
n Reverse link attribute adjustment gain for rate
1500/2700/4800/9600 bps
n Reverse link attribute adjustment gain for rate 9600bps (with
19200/ 38400/ 76800/ 153600/ 307200bps Turbo SCH)

gain for rate 9600bps (with 19200/
38400/76800/153600/307200bps
Turbo SCH)
Description Reverse feature adjustment gain at 9600bps with TURBO coding
R-SCH at various rates. It is the 20ms frame parameter of RC3
or RC5 in reverse power control adjustment record type 1.
Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for rate 9600bps (with
19200/ 38400/ 76800/ 153600/ 307200bps Turbo SCH)
-48~48
n RLS0:0~63
n RLSA: -128~127
Default -4.
Related n Reverse link attribute adjustment gain for low rate RC3-RC5
n Reverse link attribute adjustment gain for rate 9600bps(with
19200/38400/76800/153600/307200bps convolutional SCH)
n Reverse link attribute adjustment gain for rate
1500,2700,4800,9600 bps

Basic reverse link attribute

adjustment gain for RC4/RC6 of
20ms frame included
Description Indications of reverse attribute adjustment gain of RC4/RC6
20ms frame being included. It is the 20ms frame parameter of
RC4 or RC6 in reverse power control adjustment record type 1.
Basic Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for RC4/RC6 of
20ms frame included corresponds to the field of PCNM reverse
power control adjustment record type 1 (RC4_RC6_20MS_INCL).
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 42 describes the value range of Basic Reverse Link
Attribute Adjustment Gain for RC4/RC6 of 20ms frame included.
T A B L E 4 2 V A L U E R A N G E O F B A S I C R E V E R S E L I N K A T T R I B U T E A D J U S T ME N T
G A I N F O R R C 4 - R C 6 O F 2 0 M S F R A ME I N C L U D E D
Value Meaning
0 Not include
1 Include
Default 1.
Setting If Basic Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for RC4-RC6 of
20ms frame included is 0, other parameters in this group will be
inactivated.
If the attribute adjustment gain is too high, the reverse traffic
channel transmission power of RC4/RC6 will be high accordingly.
The reverse interference and reverse load increases. If the
attribute adjustment gain is too low, the reverse traffic channel
transmission power of RC4/RC6 will be low accordingly and
reverse FER increases.
Related n Reverse link attribute gain adjustment for 14400bps(with
Parameters 28800/57600/115200/230400/460800bps Turbo SCH)
n Reverse link attribute gain adjustment for rate
14400bps(with 28800/57600/115200/230400/460800bps
convolutional SCH)
1800/3600/7200/14400 bps

Reverse link attribute gain

adjustment for rate
1800/3600/7200/14400 bps
Description Reverse attribute adjustment gain of RC4/6 20ms frame at
various rates without R-SCH. It is the frame parameter of RC4 or
RC6 in reverse power control adjustment record type 1.
Reverse Link Attribute Gain Adjustment for rate
1800/3600/7200/14400 bps is a PCNM field.
n Low rate Reverse Link Attribute Gain value type
indicator=0:-48~48
n RLS0:0~63
n RLSA:-128~127
Default Except Reverse Link Attribute Gain Adjustment for rate 14400
bps, others are in ‘0’ by default.
Related n Reverse Link Attribute Gain Adjustment for 14400bps(with
Parameters 28800/57600/115200/ 230400/460800bps Turbo SCH)
14400bps(with 28800/57600/115200/230400,460800bps
convolutional SCH)
n Basic Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for RC4-RC6 of
20ms frame included

adjustment for rate 14400bps (with
28800/57600/15200/230400/460800
bps convolutional SCH)
Description Reverse feature adjustment gain at 14400bps with convolutional
Reverse Link Attribute Gain Adjustment for rate 14400bps(with
28800/57600/15200/230400/460800bps convolutional SCH)
corresponds to RL_ATT_ADJ_GAIN_14400 of PCNM.


-48~48
n RLS0:0~63
n RLSA: -128~127
Default 0.
Related n Reverse link attribute gain adjustment for 14400bps(with
Parameters 28800/57600/115200/230400/460800bps Turbo SCH)
1800/3600/7200/14400 bps
n Basic reverse link attribute adjustment gain for RC4-RC6 of
20ms frame included

adjustment for 14400bps (with
28800/57600/115200/230400/
460800bps Turbo SCH)
Description Reverse feature adjustment gain at 14400bps with TURBO
Reverse Link Attribute Gain Adjustment for 14400bps (with
28800/ 57600/115200/230400/460800bps Turbo SCH)
Value Range n Binary complement. Unit: 0.125dB.
n Low rate Reverse Link Attribute Gain value type
indicator=0:-48~48
n RLS0:0~63
n RLSA:-128~127
Default 0.
Related n Reverse Link Attribute Gain Adjustment for rate
Parameters 14400bps(with 28800/57600/15200/230400/460800bps
convolutional SCH)
1800/3600/7200/14400 bps
n Basic Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for RC4-RC6 of
20ms frame included

High rate reverse link attribute gain

value included indicator
Description Indication of reverse power control adjustment record (type 2)
inclusion. It is the public parameter of reverse power control
adjustment record (type 2).
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 43 describes the value range of High rate Reverse Link
Attribute Gain value included indicator.
T AB L E 43 VAL U E R AN GE OF HI GH R AT E R EVER SE LI N K AT T R I BUT E G AI N

V A L U E I N C L U D E D I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not include
1 Include
Default 1.
Setting If High rate Reverse Link Attribute Gain value included indicator
is ‘0’, other parameters in reverse power control adjustment
record type 2 will be inactivated.
Related n High rate reverse link attribute gain value type
Parameters
n High rate reverse link attribute adjustment gain value type
indicator

value type
Description Value of reverse power control adjustment record type 2. It is
the public parameter of reverse power control adjustment record
type 2.
Value Range 1.
Default 2.
Setting This parameter is useless.
Related n High rate reverse link attribute gain value included indicator
Parameters
n High rate reverse link attribute adjustment gain value type
indicator

High rate reverse link attribute

adjustment gain value type indicator
Description Types of reverse power control attribute adjustment gain value.
It is the public parameter of reverse power control adjustment
record (type 2).
High rate Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain value type
indicator corresponds to the RL_ATT_ADJ_GAIN_TYPE of
RPC_ADJ_REC_TYPE 2 in PCNM.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 44 describes the value range of High rate Reverse Link
Attribute Adjustment Gain value type indicator.
T AB L E 44 VAL U E R AN GE OF HI GH R AT E R EVER SE LI N K AT T R I BUT E

A D J U S T ME N T G A I N V A L U E T Y P E I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Nominal attribute gain adjustment value
1 Pilot reference level adjustment value
Default 0.
Setting Default setting is recommended.
If the High rate Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain value
type indicator is ‘0’, the following parameters are nominal
attribute gain adjustment values (compared with
NORMINAL_ATTRIBUTE_GAIN). If High rate Reverse Link
Attribute Gain value included indicator is ‘1’, the following
parameters are pilot reference adjustment values (compared
with Pilot_Reference_Level).
n Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for high rate
RC3/RC5 of 20ms frame included
n High rate Reverse Link Attribute Gain Adjustment for
19200/38400/76800/153600/307200bps convolutional code
19200/38400/76800/153600/307200bps Turbo code
RC4/RC6 of 20ms frame included
28800/57600/115200/230400/460800bps Turbo code 20ms
frame included

Related n High rate reverse link attribute gain value type

Parameters
n High rate reverse link attribute gain value included indicator

gain for high rate RC3/RC5 of 20ms
frame included
Description Indication of RC3/RC5 20ms frame reverse attribute adjustment
reverse power control adjustment record (type 2).
Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for high rate RC3/RC5 of
20ms frame included corresponds to RC3_RC5_20MS_INCL of
PCNM reverse power control adjustment record (type 2).
Value Range 0, 1.
Adjustment Gain for high rate RC3/RC5 of 20ms frame included.
FOR HIGH RAT E RC3/R C5 OF 2 0 MS FRAME INCLUDED
Value Meaning
0 Not include
1 Include
Default 1.
Setting If the Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for high rate
RC3/RC5 of 20ms frame included is ‘0’, other parameters in this
group will be inactivated.
transmission power of RC3/5 will be high accordingly, and the
reverse interference and reverse load increases. If the attribute
RC3/5 will be low accordingly and reverse FER increases while
reverse data throughput decreases.
Related n High rate reverse link attribute gain adjustment for
Parameters 19200/38400/76800/153600/307200bps convolutional code
n High rate reverse link attribute gain adjustment for
19200/38400/76800/153600/307200bps turbo code


adjustment for
19200/38400/76800/153600/307200
bps convolutional code
Description R-SCH reverse attribute adjustment gain of RC3/5 20ms frame
of convolutional coding at various rates. It is the 20ms frame
parameter of RC3 or RC5 in reverse power control adjustment
record type 2.
High rate Reverse Link Attribute Gain Adjustment for
corresponds to RL_ATT_ADJ_GAIN_XXXXX (PCNM field). Here,
XXXXX stands for R-SCH rate.
Value Range n Binary complement
RC3/RC5 of 20ms frame included =0: -48~48
RC3/RC5 of 20ms frame included =1:
n RLS0:0~63
n RLSA: -128~127.
n Unit: 0.125dB.
Default n High rate Reverse Link Attribute Gain Adjustment for
19200bps convolutional code: -6
38400bps convolutional code : 0
76800bps convolutional code: 8
Related n Reverse link attribute adjustment gain for high rate RC3/RC5
19200/38400/76800/153600/307200bps turbo code


adjustment for
19200/38400/76800/153600/307200
bps Turbo code
Description RC3/5 (TURBO coding at various rate) 20ms frame R-SCH
reverse attribute adjustment gain.
19200/38400/76800/153600/307200bps Turbo code
corresponds to the RL_ATT_ADJ_GAIN_XXXXX of PCNM. Here,
XXXXX is R-SCH rate.
RC3/RC5 of 20ms frame included =0: -48…48
n RLS0:0~63
n RLSA: -128~127.
n Unit: 0.125dB.
Default n High rate Reverse Link Attribute Gain Adjustment for
19200bps Turbo code: 0


gain for high rate RC4/RC6 of 20ms
frame included
Description Indication of RC4/6 20ms frame reverse attribute adjustment
reverse power control adjustment record type 2.
Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for high rate RC4/RC6 of
20ms frame included corresponds to RC4_RC6_20MS_INCL of
PCNM reverse power control adjustment record type 2.
Value Range 0, 1.
Adjustment Gain for high rate RC4/RC6 of 20ms frame included.
FOR HIGH RAT E RC4/R C6 OF 2 0 MS FRAME INCLUDED
Value Meaning
0 Not include
1 Include
Default 1.
Setting If Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain for high rate RC4/RC6
of 20ms frame included is ‘0’, other parameters in this group will
be inactivated.
transmission power of RC4/6 will be high and reverse
interference and reverse load increases. If the attribute
RC4/6 will be low and reverse FER increases while reverse data
throughput decreases.
Related n High rate reverse link attribute gain adjustment for
Parameters 28800/57600/115200/230400/460800bps convolutional code
28800/57600/115200/230400/460800bps turbo code


adjustment for
28800/57600/115200/230400/46080
0bps convolutional code
Description R-SCH reverse attribute adjustment gain of RC4/RC46 20ms
frame of convolutional coding at various rates. It is the 20ms
frame parameter of RC4 or RC6 in reverse power control
adjustment record (type 2).
corresponds to the RL_ATT_ADJ_GAIN_XXXXX of PCNM. Here,
Value Range n Binary complement.
RC4/RC6 of 20ms frame included =0:-48…48
n RLS0:0~63
n RLSA:-128~127.
n Unit: 0.125dB.
Default 0.
28800/57600/115200/230400/460800bps turbo code

adjustment for
28800/57600/115200/230400/46080
0bps Turbo code
Description RC4/6 (TURBO coding at various rates) 20ms frame R-SCH
reverse attribute adjustment gain.
It is the 20ms frame parameter of RC4 or RC6 in reverse power
control adjustment record type 2.


28800/57600/115200/230400/460800bps Turbo code
corresponds to the RL_ATT_ADJ_GAIN_XXXXX of PCNM. Here
RC4/RC6 of 20ms frame included =0: -48~48
n RLS0:0~63
n RLSA: -128~127.
n Unit: 0.125dB.
Default 0.
ptt_rlgain_adj
Description Gain between reverse shared service channel and access
channel.
Value Range 0 ~ 15
Default 0
Setting If the value is too high, MS power may waste and reverse
interference increases. If the value is too low, both FER and
capture failure increases.
ptt_fch_chan_adj_gain
Description Gain between reverse shared service channel and reverse pilot.
Value Range -48 ~ 48, unit: 0.125dB
Default 0
interference increases. If the value is too low, both FER and
capture failure increases.

signal_pwrstep
Description Reverse shared channel signaling power step length.
Value Range 0 ~ 10, unit: 0.5dB
Default 4
interference increases. If the value is too low, it may take longer
time for MS to request floor.
RLP Parameters
BS generates the parameter
indicator
Description Whether to generate RLP_BLOB by BS.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 47 describes the value range of BS generates the
parameter indicator.
T A B L E 4 7 V A L U E R A N G E O F BS G E N E R A T E S T H E P A R A M E T E R I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not generated by BS
1 generated by BS
Default 1.
Setting BS generates the parameter indicator is unchangeable in
NETNUMENTM M3 (ZXC10 BSSB).
When BS generates the parameter indicator is ‘0’, Sync delay
becomes inactivated.
Related n Sync delay
Parameters
n Force reset when initializing

Type of RLP block of bits

Description RLP_BLOB structure type.
Type of RLP block of bits corresponds to the RLP_BLOB_TYPE of
RLP BLOB.
Value Range 0 ~ 7.
Default 1.
Setting This parameter is unchangeable in NETNUMENTM M3 (ZXC10
BSSB).
Related Current RLP protocol version.
Parameters
Current RLP protocol version

Current RLP Protocol version corresponds to the RLP_VERSION
of RLP BLOB.
Value Range 0 ~ 7.
Default 3.
Setting This parameter is unchangeable in NetNumenTM M3 (ZXC10
BSSB).
Related Type of RLP block of bits.
Parameters
Synchronization delay
Description RLP delay.
RTT is a RLP BLOB field.
Value Range 0 ~ 15. Scale: 20ms.
Default 0.
Setting When Sync delay is ‘0’, RLP implements synchronization to
determine the RLP_DELAY; otherwise, the value is the
RLP_DELAY in use. In RLP initialization, no synchronization is
implemented. RLP_DELAY is used in NAK resend.

Related n BS generates the parameter indicator

Parameters
n Force reset when initializing
Force reset when initializing

Description Whether to forcibly perform RLP initialization.
Force reset when initializing corresponds to INIT_VAR of RLP
BLOB.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 48 describes the value range of Force reset when
initializing.
T ABLE 48 VALUE R ANGE OF FORCE RESET WHEN INIT IALIZING
Value Meaning
0 Not perform RLP initialization forcibly
1 perform RLP initialization forcibly
Default 1.
Related n Sync delay
Parameters
n BS generates the parameter indicator
Encryption indicator
Description Whether to use encryption. It is RLP encryption parameter.
Value Range 0, 1.
Default 0.
Setting When Encryption indicator is ‘0’, BS extended sequence number
and MS extended sequence number become inactivated.
Related n BS extended sequence number
Parameters
n MS extended sequence number

BS extended sequence number

Description In encryption, extensive BS serial number is the first 18 digits of
EXT_V (S). It is the RLP encryption parameter.
Default 0.
Setting If Encryption indicator is ‘0’, BS extended sequence number and
MS extended sequence number become inactivated.
Related n Encryption indicator
Parameters
n MS extended sequence number
MS extended sequence number

Description In encryption, extensive MS serial number is the first 18 digits of
EXT_V (S). It is the RLP encryption parameter.
Default 0.
Setting When Encryption indicator is ‘0’, BS extended sequence number
and MS extended sequence number become inactivated.
Related n Encryption indicator
Parameters
n BS extended sequence number
MS forward NAK ROUND maximum

number
Description Available maximum number of NAK rounds on forward traffic
channel (sent by BS RLP receiving function).
MS forward NAK ROUND maximum number corresponds to
MAX_MS_NAK_ROUNDS_FWD of RLP BLOB.
Value Range 0 ~ 7.
Default 3.
Setting MS reverse NAK ROUND maximum number and MS forward NAK
ROUND maximum number are used in service negotiation.

If this parameter is too high, number of NAK rounds increases,

frame errors decreases, but reverse/forward load increases. If
this parameter is too low, the consequences are on the contrary.
Related n MS reverse NAK ROUND maximum number
Parameters
n BS forward NAK ROUND number
n BS reverse NAK ROUND number
MS reverse NAK ROUND maximum

number
Description Maximum number of NAK rounds sent on reverse traffic channel
(sent by BS RLP receiving function).
MS reverse NAK ROUND maximum number corresponds to the
MAX_MS_NAK_ROUNDS_REV of RLP BLOB.
Value Range 0 ~ 7.
Default 3.
Setting MS reverse NAK ROUND maximum number and MS forward NAK
ROUND maximum number are used in service negotiation.
If this parameter is too high, number of NAK rounds increases,
Related n MS forward NAK ROUND maximum number
Parameters
BS forward NAK ROUND number

Description Number of NAK rounds sent on forward traffic channel (sent by
BS RLP receiving function).
The BS forward NAK ROUND number is RLP BLOB field.
Value Range 0 ~ 7.
Default 3.
Setting If this parameter is too high, number of NAK rounds increases,
Parameters

n MS forward NAK ROUND maximum number

BS reverse NAK ROUND number

Description Number of NAK rounds sent on reverse traffic channel (sent by
BS RLP receiving function).
The BS reverse NAK ROUND number is RLP BLOB field.
Value Range 0 ~ 7.
Default 3.
Setting If this parameter is too high, number of NAK rounds increases,
Parameters
n MS forward NAK ROUND maximum number
NAK number of 1st-8th forward

(reverse) re-transmit
Description NAK number of 1st…8th, forward re-transmit: in NAK round i, the
number of NAK request sent on forward traffic channel.
NAK number of 1st…8th, reverse re-transmit: in NAK round i, the
number of NAK request sent on reverse traffic channel.
The parameter group corresponds to the NAK_PER_ROUND_FWD
and NAK_PER_ROUND_FWD of RLP BLOB.
Value Range 1 ~ 10.
Default 1.
Setting If the BS forward NAK ROUND number is ‘0’, NAK number of
1st…8th, forward re-transmit all become inactivated; otherwise,
only those with i = 1 to BS forward NAK ROUND number become
activated (NAK number of 8th. forward re-transmit is always
inactivated).
If BS reverse NAK ROUND number is ‘0’, NAK number of 1st…8th,
reverse re-transmit all become inactivated; otherwise, only
those with i = 1 to BS reverse NAK ROUND number become
activated (NAK number of 8th. reverse re-transmit is always
inactivated);

If this parameter is too high, number of forward/reverse NAK

requests increases in the NAK round, frame errors decreases,
but reverse/forward load increases. If this parameter is too low,
the consequences are on the contrary.
Related n BS forward NAK ROUND number
Parameters
PTT SCH Parameters

PTT SCH preferred RC
Description Preferred RC of PTT-SCH. It is the enhanced PTT group call
supplementary channel parameter.
Value Range 3, 4, 5.
3:RC3; 4:RC4; 5:RC5
Default 3.
Related n PTT SCH coding type
Parameters
n PTT SCH maximum rate
n PTT mux option
PTT SCH coding type

Description PTT-SCH coding type. It is the enhanced PTT group call
supplementary channel parameter.
Value Range 0, 1.
0:Convolution;1:TURBO
Default 0.
Related n PTT SCH maximum rate
Parameters
n PTT SCH preferred RC
n PTT mux option
PTT SCH maximum rate

Description The maximum rate of PTT-SCH. It is the enhanced PTT group
call supplementary channel parameter.


Value Range 0.
Default 0.
Setting This parameter is unchangeable at background.
Parameters
n PTT mux option
PTT mux option

Description The multiplexing options of PTT-SCH. It is the enhanced PTT
group call supplementary channel parameter.
Value Range 3 ~ 4.
Default 3.
Parameters
n PTT SCH maximum rate
BSS Neighbor Cell

Parameters
Global neighbor cell
Description This parameter is only applicable to the neighbor cells of BSC.
Value Range 0~1023.
Setting Global neighbor cell Id is generated by NetNumenTM M3 (ZXC10
BSSB) automatically. It is unchangeable.
Related n Neighbor cell office Id
Parameters
n Global neighbor cell type
Global neighbor cell type

Description There is or there isn’t relationship between BSC of local cell and
BSC of neighbour cell.

This parameter is only applicable to the neighbor cells of BSC.

Value Range 0, 1.
Table 49 describes the value range of Global neighbor cell type.
T AB L E 49 V AL U E R AN G E O F G L O B AL N E I G H B O R C E L L T YP E
Value Meaning
0 there is relationship
1 there isn’t relationship
Setting When Global neighbor cell type is ‘1’, Neighbor cell office Id will
be changeable; otherwise, the Neighbor cell office Id is 255. This
parameter is reserved.
Related n Global neighbor cell Id
Parameters
n Neighbor cell office Id
CI discriminator
Description ICGI identifies a cell with MSC ID, Location and CI. When CI is
used to control the cell under another MSC’s control, ICGI must
be used.
Value Range 2,7.
Table 50 describes the value range of CI Discriminator.
T A B L E 5 0 V A L U E R A N G E O F C I D I S C R I MI N A T O R
Value Meaning
2 Use CI only
7 Use ICGI
Default 2.
Setting When the CI Discriminator isn’t ‘7’, Location, Market Id and
Switch Number are inactivated.
Related n Switch Number
Parameters
n Location
n Market Id
n CI

Market Id
Description This parameter is only applicable to the neighbor cells of BSC.
Value Range 0~ 65535.
Parameters
n Location
n CI
n CI Discriminator
Switch number
Description Switch number.
Related n Location
Parameters
n Market Id
n CI
Neighbor cell office Id

Description BSSId of neighbour cell.
Setting When Global neighbor cell type is ‘1’, Neighbor cell office Id
become changeable; otherwise, the Neighbor cell office Id is 255.
This parameter is currently not in use.
Related n Global neighbor cell type
Parameters
n Global neighbor cell Id
MS MCC (000 ~ 999)

Description Mobile Country Code.

This parameter is part of IMSI and is only applicable to the

neighbor cells of BSC.
Value Range 000~ 999.
Setting The same as the corresponding cells.
Related n MS IMSI_11_12(00 ~ 99)
Parameters
n MS MNC(00 ~ 99)
MS MNC (00 ~ 99)

Description Mobile Network Code.
This parameter is part of IMSI and is only applicable to the
neighbor cells of BSC.
Value Range 0 ~ 99.
Related n MS IMSI_11_12(00 ~ 99)
Parameters
n MS MMC(00 ~ 999)
LAC
Description Location code.
ICGI identifies a cell with MSC ID, Location and CI. When CI is
be used.
Parameters
n Market Id
n CI
n CI Discriminator
CI
Description Cell Identification.

ICGI identifies a cell with MSC ID, Location and CI. When CI is
be used.
Parameters
n Location
n Market Id
n CI Discriminator
Pilot_PN (64Pn)
Description Pilot PN sequence offset.
Value Range 0 ~ 511. Unit: 64 chips.
Related Pilot_PN increment
Parameters
Pilot_PN increment
Description Pilot PN sequence offset increment.
Value Range 0 ~ 15.
Default 4.
Related Pilot_PN (64Pn)
Parameters
Search window size of private

neighbor set
Description Size of neighbor search window.
This parameter is UHDM, GHDM, ENLUM, ITSPM, UNLM and SPM
field.
Value Range 0 ~ 15.

Table 51 describes the Search window size of private neighbor

set.
T AB L E 51 VAL U E R AN GE OF SE AR C H WI N D OW SI Z E OF PR I VAT E NEI GH B OR

SET
Meaning(PN
Value Meaning(PN chips) Value
chips)
0 4 8 60
1 6 9 80
2 8 10 100
3 10 11 130
4 14 12 160
5 20 13 226
6 28 14 320
7 40 15 452
Default 8.
Setting Set according to the A interface version in use.
BCCH support indicator

Description Indication of F-BCCH being supported.
This parameter is UNLM, GNLM and ESPM field. F-BCCH only
sends consumption message to reduce the load of F-PCH. But
the forward system capacity decreases.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 52 describes the value range of BCCH support indicator.
T A B L E 5 2 V A L U E R A N G E O F BC C H S U P P O R T I N D I C A T O R
Value Meaning
0 Not support
1 support
Default 0.
Setting It must be ‘0’.

Protocol revision level

Description Protocol revision of BS.
Protocol revision level is SCHM, ESPM, EHDM, UHDM, GHDM and
ITSPM field. Minimum protocol revision level is SCHM and ESPM
field. MS determines the revision to be used according to the
revision of itself and Protocol revision level. If MS’s revision is
lower than the minimum protocol revision level, MS does not
choose the system that BS resides in.
Value Range 1~7.
Table 53 describes the value range of Protocol revision level.
T AB L E 53 V AL U E R AN G E O F PR O T O C O L R E V I S I O N LE V E L
Value Meaning
1 J-STD-008
2 IS-95
3 IS-95A+TSB74
4 IS-95B
5 IS-95B, phase 2
6 IS-2000 1xRTT Rev.0
7 IS-2000 1xRTT Rev.A
Default 6.
Setting Protocol revision level is determined by Um version. It is
unchangeable in NetNumenTM M3 (ZXC10 BSSB).
Related n Minimum protocol revision level
Parameters
n Band class
Minimum protocol revision level

Description Minimum protocol revision of BS.
Protocol revision level is SCHM, ESPM, EHDM, UHDM, GHDM and
ITSPM field. Minimum protocol revision level is SCHM and ESPM
field. MS determines the revision to be used according to the
revision of itself and Protocol revision level. If MS’s revision is
lower than the minimum protocol revision level, MS does not
choose the system that BS resides in.
Value Range 1 ~ 7.

Table 54 describes the value range of Minimum protocol revision

level.
T A B L E 5 4 V A L U E R A N G E O F M I N I MU M P R O T O C O L R E V I S I O N L E V E L
Value Meaning
1 J-STD-008
2 IS-95
3 IS-95A+TSB74
4 IS-95B
5 IS-95B, phase 2
7 IS-2000 1xRTT Rev.A
Setting Minimum protocol revision level is set according to the values of

band Class.
Table 55 describes protocol revision level requirements.
T A B L E 5 5 M I N I MU M P R O T O C O L R E V I S I O N L E V E L R E Q U I R E ME N T S
Value Frequency band

greater than 2 0
greater than 1 1, 4
greater than 5 2, 5
greater than 3 3
greater than 6 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
Related
n Band class
Parameters
n Protocol revision level
Band class
Description Frequency band.
Value Range 0 ~ 10.
Table 56 describes the value range of Band class.
T AB L E 56 VAL U E R AN GE OF BAN D C L ASS
Value Meaning Value Meaning

0 800M 6 2G


1 1.9G 7 700M
2 TACS 8 1.8G
3 JTACS 9 900M
Korean PCS 10 Secondary
4
800M
5 450M other reserved
Setting This parameter is maintained by network operator.

Parameters
n Protocol revision level
Base station latitude

Description Latitude of base station.
This parameter is MSRM and SPM field. On the basis of this, MS
initializes the BS distance based registration.
Value Range -1296000~1296000. Positive number stands for north latitude.
Unit: 0.25s.
Related Base station longitude
Parameters
Base station longitude

Description Longitude of base station.
This parameter is MSRM and SPM field. On the basis of this, MS
initializes the BS distance based registration.
Value Range -2592000~2592000. Positive number stands for east longitude.
Unit: 0.25s.
Related Base station latitude
Parameters

PTT dispatch location area ID

Description PTT dispatch location area ID.
Value Range 0 ~ 65535. ‘65535’ is invalid.
Cell mode
Description This parameter corresponds to LARGE_CELL_MODE of CSM5000
chip. CSM5000 chip supports up to 3 carrier/sectors when
working in cell mode. Maximum cell radius is 1024 chips; Up to
6 carrier/sectors are supported in general mode. Maximum cell
radius is 512 chips.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 57 describes the value range of Cell mode.
T ABLE 57 V ALUE RANGE OF CELL M ODE
Value Meaning
0 General mode
1 Cell mode
Default 0.
Related LARGE CELL MODE
Parameters
BSC type
Description BSC vender.
Value Range 0 ~ 10.
Table 58 describes the value range of BSC Type.
T A B L E 5 8 V A L U E R A N G E O F BS C T Y P E
Value BSC Type

0 ZTE BSC
1 Bell BSC

Value BSC Type

2 Lucent BSC
5 Motorola BSC
6 Samsung BSC
7 Nortel BSC
8 Ericsson BSC
9 Huawei BSC
10 Other BSC
Default 0.
Related MSC Type
Parameters
Hard handoff support RC3 and up

indicator
Description Indication of 1X hard handoff is supporting. If not support, the
MS of RC3 or above are treated as IS-95 MS. This parameter is
used in hard handoff with disconnected BSC.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 59 describes the value range of hard handoff support RC3
and up indicator.
T A B L E 5 9 V A L U E R A N G E O F H A R D H A N D O F F S U P P O R T RC 3 A N D U P
INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not support
1 Support
Default 1.
Setting This parameter is unchangeable at background
Related n Parameters as Search window are default
Parameters
n SOWD and TOWD include hardware delay

SOWD and TOWD include hardware

delay
Description SOWD and TOWD contain hardware delay indication. This
parameter is used in the hard handoff with disconnected BSC.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 60 describes the value range of SOWD and TOWD include
hardware delay.
T AB L E 60 VAL U E R AN GE OF S OW D AN D T OW D IN C L U D E HAR D W AR E DEL AY
Value Meaning
0 Not included
1 Included
Default 1.
BSSB).
Related n Hard handoff support RC3 and up indicator
Parameters
n Parameters as Search window are default
Parameters as Search window are

default
Description Indication of set the parameters such as search window and etc.
in default. This parameter is used in hard handoff with
disconnected BSC.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 61 describes the value range of Parameters as Search
window are default.
T AB L E 61 V AL U E R AN G E O F PAR A ME T E R S AS S E AR C H W I N D O W AR E
DEF AU L T
Value Meaning
0 Not use
1 Use

Default 0.
BSSB).
Related n Hard handoff support RC3 and up indicator
Parameters
n SOWD and TOWD include hardware delay.
BSS Neighbor Carrier

Parameters
Band class
Description This parameter is only applicable to the neighbor cells of BSS.
Value Range 0 ~ 10.

0 800M 6 2G
1 1.9G 7 700M
2 TACS 8 1.8G
3 JTACS 9 900M
4 Korean PCS 10 Secondary 800M
5 450M other reserved
Setting Band class is unchangeable at background. It is determined by

the band class in neighbor cell.
Related CDMA channel frequency assignment.
Parameters
CDMA channel frequency

assignment
Description This parameter is only applicable to the neighbor cells of BSS.
Value Range See Table 63 and Table 64 for the value range of CDMA Channel
frequency assignment of Band class 0 and Band class 1.

T A B L E 6 3 V A L U E R A N G E O F C DM A C H A N N E L F R E Q U E N C Y A S S I G N ME N T O F
BAND CLASS 0
CDMA Channel frequency

Subclass Band class
assignment
A” 1013~1023
A 1~311
0 B 356~644
A’ 689~694
B’ 739~777
A’’ 1013~1023
A 1~311
B 356~644
1
A’ 689~716
A’’’ 717~779
A’’ 1013`1023
T A B L E 6 4 V A L U E R A N G E O F C DM A C H A N N E L F R E Q U E N C Y A S S I G N ME N T O F
BAND CLASS 1
Band class CDMA Channel frequency assignment

A 25~275
D 325~375
B 425~675
E 725~775
F 825~875
C 925~1175
Setting CDMA Channel frequency assignment is set according to the

corresponding carrier/sector configuration.
Related Band class
Parameters
Page channel number

Description Number of paging channels. In CDMA2000, one carrier
frequency is able to support up to 7 paging channels.
Setting Set according to the corresponding carrier/sector configuration.
First list indicator

Description Indication of basic carrier frequency.


Value Range 0, 1.
Table 65 describes the value range of First list indicator.
T A B L E 6 5 V A L U E R A N G E O F F I R S T L I S T I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 not basic carrier frequency
1 basic carrier frequency
Setting Set according to the corresponding carrier/sector configuration.

Related Is beacon indicator
Parameters
Is beacon indicator
Description Indication of pilot beacon used in auxiliary frequency change
handoff, unable to establish carrier frequency of traffic channel).
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 66 describes the value range of Is beacon indicator.
T AB L E 66 VAL U E R AN GE OF IS BE AC ON IN D I C AT OR
Value Meaning
0 not pilot beacon
1 pilot beacon
Setting
Set according to the corresponding carrier/sector configuration.
Related First list indicator
Parameters
BSC Handoff Parameters

HO1XsupportInd
Description This group of parameters are used to perform hard handoffs
with separate BSCs.
n HO1XSupportInd: support 1X hard handoff indication,if is
not supported, the RC3 MS or above will be regarded as IS-
95 MS for processing

n HWDelayInd: SOWD and TOWD contain hardware delay

indication
n SRCHWINParaInd: indication of the parameters like search
window being in default values.
This parameter is only applicable to neighbor cell of BSC.
Valur Range Table 67 describes the value range of HO1XsupportInd.
T ABLE 67 V ALUE RANGE OF HO1XSUPP ORT IND
Parameter Value Range Default

HO1XSupportInd 0: Not support 1
1: Support
HWDelayInd 0: Not contain 1
1: Contain
SRCHWINParaInd 0: Not use 0
1: Use
Setting This group of parameters cannot be changed at background.
HWDelaylnd
with separate BSCs.
indication
Valur Range Table 68 describes the value range of hwdelayInd.
T A B L E 6 8 V A L U E R A N G E O F HW D E L A Y I N D

1: Support
1: Contain


1: Use
SRCHWINParalnd
with separate BSCs.
indication
Valur Range Table 69 describes the value range of srchwinparaind.
T ABLE 69 V ALUE RANGE OF SRC HW I NPAR AIND

1: Support
1: Contain
1: Use
Billing Center Parameters

alias_b
Description Alias of billing center.

Value Range Null

Default Null
Setting Set by user according to needs.
Note: This parameter exists only at background, foreground
uses billing center number to identify billing center.
payphonenumber
Description Billing center phone number.
Value Range Null
Default Null
Setting Set it according to actual billing center phone number.
payphoneprtclver
Description Billing center access protocol version.
Value Range O ~ 3,9,10,255.

Default 3
Setting Refer to the following Table 70 for the value of billing center
protocol version number.
T AB L E 70 PR O T O C O L V E R S I O N
Number Protocol version Support rate

0 V.21 300
1 V.22 1200
2 V.22bis 2400 or 1200
3 V.23 1200
9 V.32 9600 or 4800
10 V.32bis 14400,12000,9600,7200
or 4800
0xff N/A or unspecified -

Special Number Parameters

alias_b
Description Special number alias.
Value Range Null
Default Null
Setting Set it according to needs.
Note: This parameter exists only at background, foreground
uses special number to identify.
specialnumber
Description Special function number.
Value Range Null
Default Null
Setting Set special number according to real conditions.
specialfunction
Description Special function number.
Value Range 0~3
Default 0
Setting Set special function number according to real conditions as
shown in Table 71.
T A B L E 7 1 S P E C I A L F U N C T I O N N U MB E R C O M P A R I S O N S
Function number Function explication

(value)
0 OTA service access number (standard)
1 OTA service access number (modify
IMSI)
2 emergency call number (A interface
/AP interface)

Function number Function explication

(value)
3 emergency call number (V5 interface)
Switch Parameters
OBSTRUCTPUSH
Description Switch of obstructing PUSH service by BSSAP.
In PUSH service, PPP establishment may fail because of user
behaviors.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 72 describes the value range of OBSTRUCTPUSH.
T A B L E 7 2 V A L U E R A N G E O F O B S T R UC T P U S H
Value Meaning
0 Not obstruct
1 obstruct
Default 0.
Setting 0: normal processing flow; 1: PUSH service is unavailable, but
the success rate of PPP establishment increases.
Presend AMC indicator

Description Completion of sending allocation in advance switch.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 73 describes the value range of Presend AMC indicator.
T A B L E 7 3 V A L U E R A N G E O F P R E S E N D AM C I N D I C A T O R
Value Meaning
0 Not support
1 Support

Default 0.
Resend ECAM indicator

Description CAM/ECAM resend switch
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 74 describes the value range of Resend ECAM indicator.
T A B L E 7 4 V A L U E R A N G E O F R E S E N D E C AM I N D I C A T O R
Value Meaning
0 Not resend
1 resend
Default 0.
Setting CAM/ECAM resend increases MS’s possibility to receive
CAM/ECAM and the success rate of call. In access handoff, MS
may handoff to another cell before receiving ECAM, ECAM resend
is more important; but resend too many times can reduce
forward system capacity.
Set duration for timer:
n Ensure the layer 1 repeat complete within the layer 1 resend
duration;
n The layer 2 resend duration must be no less than the layer 1
resend duration.
Related n Access ECAM repeat timer
Parameters
n Non-access ECAM repeat timer
Cancel hand shake indicator

Description Quick access switch of PTT service.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 75 describes the value range of Cancel handshake
indicator.
T AB L E 75 VAL U E R AN GE OF C AN C EL HAN D SH AK E IN D I C AT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not support
1 support

Default 0.
Setting 0: normal processing flow;
1: PTT service cancels the handshake with MS. PTT call
establishment duration decreases.
Mobility limited type

Description Options of MS mobility limitation.
Value Range 0 ~ 4.
Table 76 describes the value range of Mobility limited type.
T A B L E 7 6 V A L U E R A N G E O F M O B I L I T Y L I MI T E D T Y P E
Value Meaning
0 no mobility limitation
Use reference cell when 1X/95 handset accessing. Cell list
1 (Active set cells and neighbor cells of reference cells) is
reported to MSC.
1X handset uses true active set cell to report. 95 handset
2 uses cell list (reference cells, active set cells and neighbor
cells of reference cells) to report to MSC
If there is mobility limitation, use true active set cell of
3
handset to report to MSC
MSC request PSMM message from handset. Pick out true
4
active set cell from PSMM message to report to MSC
Default 0.
Switch6
Description Iwf configuration mode.
Value Range 0,1
0: iwf internal
1: iwf external
Default 0
Setting IWF is external or not affects system resource allocating flow.
For IWF service, if it is an external IWF under the circumstance
of non-Ap interface, determine the CIC resource preferably

according to Swtich41 switch. If it is an internal IWF, determine

the CIC resource preferably according to Swtich41 switch. In
other cases, preferably allocating CIC resource is not required.
Switch7
Description ECAM message resend mechanism.
Value Range 0,1
0: not support
1: support
Default 0
Setting If air signal is not good during base station sending ECAM or
CAM message to handset, handset cannot receive ECAM or CAM
message, handset will not enter service channel from air channel
and the call failures of capture failure in base station will
increase.
To ensure handset can receive ECAM or CAM message, CES can
implement 1st layer automatic (E)CAM message resending,
BSSAP is responsible for second layer (E)CAM message
resending. This switch determines that the BSSAP resends
(E)CAM message at second layer.
Switch8
Description DSP decoding type.
Value Range 0,1
0: a rate
1: u rate
Default 0
Setting BSSAP evokes database to obtain or send to DSPM via the

ServicAssignmentmessage (call origination, concurrent, hard
handoff adding). DSPM activates SDM, SDM initializes VTC.
Finally VTC uses this field.
Switch9
Description Connect with ZTE PDSN or not.


Value Range 0,1
0: not connect with other vendors’ PDSN
1: connect with other vendors’ PDSN
Default 0
Setting Mainly used to resolve the A9A11 interface message field
compatibility problem when connecting with different PDSN.
Switch10
Description Enable PDSN statistic cell information function or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: disable
1: enable
Default 0
Setting A9SetupA8message compatibility processing in data service call
and dormant handoff. Use this with Switch9.
Switch11
Description RC4 supported options.
Value Range 0~2
0: not support
1: forcible negotiation
2: preferred
Default 0
Setting In call origination, BSSAP determines the SO supported by BSC
according to the VTC working mode in BSS parameter (if it is an
A interface, the Ap interface is different) and MS SO determines
the RC to be supported according to BS SO and MS version.
For 8K series SO, when MS version number≥6 (RLS0), specify
whether the BS uses the forward RC4 or not according to this
switch parameter. If it is a forcible RC4, set it as RC4; if it is a
handset preferred RC4, make decision by determining whether
the MS is a preferred forward RC4 or not, otherwise use RC3.

Switch12
Description Support QoS or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: not support
1: support
Default 0
Setting Not applicable.
Switch13
Description Version number≥6, handset supports MAHHO or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: not support
1: support
Default 0
Setting If the frequency configuration between cells is different, there
must be a frequency swap handoff and MS cannot perform
handoff by detecting a signal and sending PSMM message.
Another mechanism is needed to implement frequency swap
handoff. There are two types of frequency swap: blind handoff
and MS auxiliary frequency swap. With this switch, DSPM
determines which type of frequency swap handoff is needed.
Switch14
Description The data service supports whether RC4/5 is preferred or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: hadset preferred value
1: base station forcible value
Default 0
Setting Turn ON the switch, the forward RC base station forcibly use
RC4 and RC5; otherwise uses MS-preferred RC. The RC4 or RC5
is determined by the field BSFCHForRC and BSFCHRevRC in BSS
system parameter table. If both FOR_FCH_RC_MAP and

REV_FCH_RC_MAP in call origination message are not supported,

the forward RC will still use RC3.
Switch15
Description Data service base station abnormally releases to NULL.
Value Range 0,1
0: not support
1: support
Default 0
Setting It is used when there is an abnormal release. DSPM assigns a
value to the field cause in A9ReleaseA8 message. If the release
cause is not in the scope defined by DSPM, this switch
determines to release the call or data service enters dormant
state (the field cause is assigned with different values). PCF will
determine the consequent flow according to the field cause in
the message.
Switch16
Description Establish a call or not after block basic carrier.
Value Range 0,1
0: not establish call
1: establish call
Default 0
Setting In multi-carrier frequency selection, if all carrier frequencies are
in abnormal state, the switch turns ON and basic carrier select is
still available and when the switch turns off, the call will fail.
Switch17
Description Fax service paging request specifies service selection or not.
Value Range 0~4
0: unspecified service options
1: EVRC
2: 8K

3: 13K
4: service options specified by MSC
Default 0
Setting IWF service configure SO in paging message.
Switch18
Description Send RetryOrder message.
Value Range 0,1
0: do not send
1: send
Default 0
Setting If the RetryOrder message appears on the forward control
channel or service channel, base station indicates that the
service requested by MS is denied and MS requests again after
some time.
For example, SE or DSPM resource becomes shortage after data
service call origination or after sending ServiceAssignmentFail to
MSC, BSSAP determines whether to send RetryOrder message to
MS or not according to this switch.
Additionally, when DSPM rejects MS to request reverse
supplementary channel,it also sends a RetryOrder message.
Switch19
Description 97D test supports QPCH or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: not support
1: support
Default 0
Setting BSSAP uses this switch to send to CSCHP through
AbiscfPagingCHMsgTransfer message. The setting is subject to
the version function and test requirements.
Switch20
Description Normal calls support QPCH or not.


Value Range 0,1
0: not support
1: support
Default 0
Setting BSSAP uses this switch to send to CSCHP through
AbiscfPagingCHMsgTransfer message. It is used for message
transfer in paging channel. For example: paging and MSC
registration request.
Switch21
Description Forcibly set handset MOB_TERM signs or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: no
1: yes
Default 0
Setting It is used to avoid paging problems when users modify the
handset parameters. In call origination, paging response,
registration messages and MOB_TERM will be brought to MSC.
Switch22
Description Block illegal handsets or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: no
1: yes
Default 0
Setting Send a LockUntilPowerCycledOrder message to the illegal
handset to prevent it from accessing in 48 hours.
After MS is denied for A1 interface registration, BSSAP processes
it. If the rejection cause in MSC registration rejection message is
‘illegal MS’, BSSAP will determine whether to send a
LockUntilPowerCycledOrder message or not according to this
switch.

Switch23
Description Simplify service negotiation or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: no
1: yes
Default 0
Setting If this switch is turned ON, DSPM directly sends a
ServiceConnectMsg for service negotiation, otherwise sends a
ServiceRequestMsg for service negotiation.
Generally, DSPM sends an UmfServiceRequestMsg message to
initiate service negotiation, and then waits for MS’s
UmrServiceResponseMsg message. This message of MS
response purpose indicates accepting BS service negotiation,
rejecting BS service negotiation or raising new negotiation
parameters. If MS accepts the negotiation, DSPM will send an
UmfServiceConnectMsg message, and then wait for the
UmrServiceConnectCompleteMsg from MS.
Switch24
Description Retryorder message sending interval.
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Default 10
Setting The field RETRY_DELAY in RetryOrder message.
Switch25
Description Protection processing on illegal handsets with the same IMSI and
different ESN.
Value Range 0,1
0: BSSAP does not register ESN field to MDM
1: BSSAP register MDM ESN field
Default 0

Switch26
Description Preferred CIC resource allocating algorithm for IWF service.
Value Range 0~2
0: positive sequence assignment
1: positive sequence is fixed
2: counter forward assignment
Default 0
Setting If IWFservice adopts preferred CIC allocating mode and voice
service adopts non-preferred CIC mode, IWF service will cause
voice service failure and call failure. In order to avoid CIC
allocation problem, database uses a special algorithm in IWF CIC
resource allocating mode which is controlled and selected by this
switch.
Switch27
Description Support cell rebuild and release.
Value Range 0,1
0: not support cell rebuild and release
1: support cell rebuild and release
Default 0
Setting When it is set in 1, classical group supports cell rebuild and
release.
Switch28
Description V5 interface supports OTASP service or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: not support
1: support
Default 0

Switch29
Description Enable special OTSAP function or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: not support
1: support
Default 0
Setting In call origination for voice service, if the switch is turned ON,
analyze the field called number in call origination message to
see whether it is a special number. Perform appropriate
processing according to the corresponding special function.
Switch30
Description Specify the service options in paging message or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: not specify service options
1: specify service options
Default 0
Setting For a common voice paging message, determine carry SO field
or not in GPM message according to this switch.
Switch31
Description Use EVRC for paging message or not.
Value Range 0~2
0: specified by MSC
1: use 8K
2: use EVRC
Default 0
Setting In GPM message, if SO field is specified, determine the SO
value according to the value of this switch.

Switch32
Description Enable/disable the interface board dispatches paging message
mechanism.
Value Range 0, 1
0: enable
1: disable
Default 0
Setting The original system setting is that BSSAP sends paging message
to CSCHP directly, this setting causes too many messages. In
order to lower the Cpu utilization of CMP, system can forward
paging message to CCM through interface board agent process
and switch is added to maintain system statbility. If there is
something wrong with the new solution, use this switch to
rollback to the original solution flow.
Switch33
Description Specify the public telephone billing center protocol version
according to configuration or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: no
1: yes
Default 0
Note:
n V5 public telephone billing: if IWF and billing center protocol
version are not match, the speed adaptation negotiation
between IWF and billing center modem will fail. The phone
bills can not be transferred.
n In call origination: if the SO is 12, BSSAP evokes the
database according to the called number to obtain the switch
valu, passes it to DSPM through ServiceAssignment message,
DSPM then initializes the IWF modem to appropriate rate
according to protocol version number.

Switch34
Description Whether the second negotiation is needed or not in data service
hard handoff.
Value Range 0,1
0: no
1: yes
Default 0
Setting If this switch is turned ON, service negotiation is needed
otherwise, use original negotiation parameter.
Switch35
Description Refers to PMRM for forward supplementary channel rate
assighnment or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: no
1: yes
Default 0
Setting Process UmrPowerMeasurementReportMsg message. Adjust the
supplementary channel rate according to the field
SCH_PWR_MEAS_FRAMES and SCH_ERRORS_DETECTED in this
message. If this switch is turned OFF, rate adjusting algorithm
won’t be excuted.
Switch36
Description Valid amount of LAC in V5 user information.
Value Range 0,1
0: 2 valid LAC
1: no valid LAC
Default 0
Setting In this case, the V5 BSC boundaries are interconnected, turn
OFF the switch (i.e. there are 2 LAC in paging scope) to increase
the user paging success rate at BSC boundaries.

Switch37
Description AP interface voice supports redundancy or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: not support
1: support
Default 0
Setting Due to Ap interface uses IP packets to carry data in order to
prevent poor voice quality because of packet loss in network
congestions, redundant sending is avaialbe in the system. It
enables all voice frame in a IP packet to be sent twice one by
one. This mechanism helps to improve the voice quality but
reduces the system bandwidth .
By default, this switch is turned OFF. When the system connects
with public network, turn ON the switch.
Switch38
Description AP interface voice supports QoS or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: not support
1: support
Default 0
Setting This is congestion processing mechanism at application layer.
QoS is needed to maintain good voice quality when there is a
traffic congestion. By default, this switch is turned off. When the
system connects with public network, the switch may be turned
ON. In normal conditions, turning ON this switch will affect the
SDU CPU utilization.
Switch39
Description AP interface IWF data supports splitting or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: not support
1: support

Default 0
Setting In normal conditions, RLP receives frames via air interface.
When a complete PPP message is received after packeting the
PPP message, encapsulate into an IP packet and send to MGW
for processing. This mode is called BSC assemble packet mode.
The disadvantages of this mode are: when there is a traffic
congestion, the PPP message from RLP to MGW will lose. This
kind of packet loss can be resent by the TCP at upper layer only.
The efficiency is low.
If MGW supports assemble packet, this switch can be turned ON
at BSC side. RLP does not encapsulate PPP message. It
encapsulates the frames received from air interface into IP
packet and send to MGW, MGW assembles PPP packet for
subsequent processing. In this way, when there is a traffic
congestion, even though the IP packets from RLP to MGW are
lost, the entire PPP message won’t be lost. Parts of lost IP
packets can be retrieved through the redudancy between RLP
and MGW. Therefore, when this switch is turned ON, redundant
sending must be supported.
Switch40
Description AP interface IWFdata supports redundancy or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: not support
1: support
Default 0
Switch41
Description IWF service supports preferred CIC resource or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: not preferred
1: preferred
Default 0
Setting In internal IWF, the IWF resource and CIC resource must be in
the same frame. If non-preferred CIC flow is used, the CIC
specified by MSC may not have IWF board, this will cause call
failure. Therefore, usually BSC prefers CIC. By default, this
switch is turned ON.

Switch42
Description V5 interface supports second paging or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: not support
1: support
Default 0
Setting If paging expires, second paging is needed, otherwise, release
the call. If the second paging has no response, release the call
after expiration.
Switch43
Description V5 interface supports emergency call or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: not support
1: support
Default 0
Setting Turn ON the switch and search the special number routing table
according to the called number in call origination message.
Switch44
Description V5 interface mobility restricting mode.
Value Range 0,1
0: not strict limitation
1: strict limitation
Default 0
Setting If it is strict limitation and the CI is not in an authorization scope,
notify V5Proxy that mobility restriction is needed. V5Proxy starts
the time and before timer expires, the user is back to the
restricted area and the call won’t be released. Otherwise,
release the call .
After handoff, V5Proxy can be triggered to query the PVLR to
confirm the scope that the user is in (active set) restricted or not.

Switch45
Description SMS service is available to non-local BSC users or not in V5
system.
Value Range 0,1
0: allow
1: disallow
Default 0
Setting V5 interface cannot send SMS when V5 and A interface co-exist,
but user can send SMS. This switch can prevents users to send
SMS from moving to non-home BSC. This setting is subject to
network operator’s requirements.


Chapter 2
BTS Node Parameters

n 1X Forward Power Control Parameters

1X Forward Power Control

Parameters
Forward power uprise step size
(1/2/3 leg)
Description Forward power control uprising step length (1 leg, 2 legs and
more than 2 legs).
Value Range 1 ~ 7. The unit is 0.25dB.
Default n Forward power uprise step size(1 leg) = 4
n Forward power uprise step size(2 leg) = 2
n Forward power uprise step size(3 leg) = 1
Setting If the power control step length is set too high, the forward
quick power control response time will be low but the stable
state power deviation will be high. If the power control step
length is set too low, the stable state power deviation will be low
but the forward quick power control response time will be high.
Related n Forward power down step size(1/2/3 leg)
Parameters
n PTT power step size up 1/2/3
n PTT power step size down 1/2/3
n SCH power uprise step (1/2/3 leg)
n SCH power down step(1/2/3 leg)
Forward power down step size (1/2/3

leg)
Description Forward power control descending step length (1 leg, 2 legs and
more than 2 legs).
Value Range 1 ~ 7. The scale is 0.25dB.
Default n Forward power down step size(1 leg) = 4
n Forward power down step size(2 leg) = 2
n Forward power down step size(3 leg) = 1

Related n Forward power uprise step size(1/2/3 leg)
Parameters
n SCH power down step(1/2/3 leg)
fpc_rcc2_fchinit_pwr
Description Initial RCC2 forward fundamental channel power.
This parameter is only applicable to BTS.
Default 179
PTT fundamental channel initial

power
Description PTT enhanced group call service F-FCH initial transmitting power.
Value Range 163 ~ 203. The unit is DGU.
Default 179.
Setting If the initial transmitting power is set too high and F-FCH initial
transmitting power is high, easy for MS to receive information
correctly (Frame Error Rate is low) but the forward capacity will
be low when the channel is established. If the initial transmitting
power is set too low and F-FCH initial transmitting power is low,
the MS may receive wrong information (Frame Error Rate is high)
but the forward power resource will be saved.
Related n RCC2 FCH initial power (voice)
Parameters
n RCC2 FCH initial power (data)
fpc_sch_min_pwr
Description Minimum supplementary channel power.
Default 163.

Forward SCH maximum power delta

Description Data service F-SCH transmitting power upper limit variation
range.
n When system forward load is lower than FSCH uprise
threshold, F-SCH power upper limit raises Forward SCH
maximum power delta.
n When system forward load is higher than FSCH uprise
threshold, F-SCH power upper limit returns to default value.
n If there is only one data subscriber under one load sector,
and the forward load is lower than FSCH uprise threshold,
the subscriber F-SCH power upper limit can be raised by 2
DGU additionally.
Default 6.
Setting n If FSCH uprise threshold, FSCH down threshold and Forward

SCH maximum power delta are set too high, F-SCH forward
transmitting power upper limit will be raised, and the
transmission effect improved but the disturbance to other
channels also increases, and may cause forward power
overload.
n If FSCH uprise threshold, FSCH down threshold and Forward
SCH maximum power delta are set too low, transmission
effect cannot be improved through raising F-SCH forward
transmitting power upper limit even when forward load is low,
but forward power overload hardly occurs.
Related n FSCH down threshold
Parameters
n FSCH uprise threshold
FSCH uprise threshold

Description Data service F-SCH transmitting power upper limit uprising
threshold.
n If there is only one data subscriber under one load sector


DGU additionally.
Value Range 0 ~ 100. The unit is 1%.

Default 45
Setting n If FSCH uprise threshold,FSCH down threshold and Forward
transmitting power upper limit will be raised and the
channels increases, and may cause forward power overload.
Related n FSCH down threshold
Parameters
n Forward SCH maximum power delta
FSCH down threshold

Description Data service F-SCH transmitting power upper limit descending
threshold.
n If there is only one data subscriber under one load sector
DGU additionally.

Default 60.
Setting n If FSCH uprise threshold, FSCH down threshold and Forward
transmitting power upper limit will be raised and the
channels increases, and may cause forward power overload.


Related n FSCH uprise threshold
Parameters
n Forward SCH maximum power delta
FSCH uprise threshold of 32X

Description Data service 32X F-SCH transmitting power upper limit.
Default 225.
Setting If F-SCH power lower limit is set too high, the F-SCH power can
not be low; this leads to the waste of forward power resource. If
F-SCH power lower limit is set too low and the F-SCH power is
low, the response speed of forward power control can not meet
the power increase requirement of channel QoS.
If F-SCH power higher limit is set too high and the F-SCH power
is high, other channels will be disturbed and suffer performance
loss. If F-SCH power higher limit is set too low, the QoS of F-
SCH can not meet the requirements.
Furthermore, when performing F-SCH speed assignment and
initial power calculation, F-SCH initial speed is required not more
than FPC_4X2XSCH_MAX_PWR. If this parameter is set too high,
the F-SCH establishment chance increases and the forward data
service traffic also increases; this may cause forward power
overload. If this parameter is set too low, the F-SCH
establishment chance decreases and the forward data service
traffic also decreases.
Related n 2X/4X/8X/16X/32X Supplemental channel minimum power
Parameters
n 4X2X Supplemental channel maximum power
16X8X supplemental channel

maximum power
Description Data service 8X/16X F-SCH transmitting power upper limit.
Value Range 219 ~ 231. Unit: DGU.
Default 219
not be low even when wireless environment is good; this leads
to the waste of forward power resource. If F-SCH power lower
limit is set too low and the F-SCH power is low, the response
speed of forward power control can not meet the power increase
requirement of channel QoS.

Parameters
n FSCH uprise threshold of 32X
4X2X supplemental channel

maximum power
Description Data service 2X/4X F-SCH transmitting power upper limit.
Default 215
SCH unable to meet the requirements.
Parameters

Forward power transmit report

indicator
Description Power report indicator. Whether to perform forward power
overload control and the strength of control also have relations
with other parameters.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 77 describes the value range of Forward power transmit
report indicator.
T A B L E 7 7 V A L U E R A N G E O F F O R W A R D P O W E R T R A N S MI T R E P O R T
INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
Default 1.
Setting Forward power transmit report indicator:
1: channel board reports power.
0: channel board does not report power.
When Forward power transmit report indicator is set as 1,
channel board reports power with Forward power transmit report
period as report period.
If Forward power transmit report period is configured too high,
CCM-CPU resource will be saved but the strength of forward
power overload control and the response speed of forward power
variation become less.
If Forward power transmit report period is configured too low,
more CCM-CPU resource will be consumed but the strength of
forward power overload control and the response speed of
forward power variation increases.
If Forward power transmit report period is configured as 0,
channel board can not report power and Forward power transmit
report period parameter becomes invalid. Forward power
overload control cannot be performed, but CCM-CPU resource is
saved.
Related n Forward power transmit report period
Parameters
n FCH power transmit report indicator
n FCH power transmit report period
n R-SCH Ec/Io report indicator
n R-SCH Ec/Io report indicator period

Forward power transmit report period

Description Forward power report period. Whether to perform forward power
overload control and the strength of control also have relations
with other parameters.
Value Range 7 ~ 255. The unit is 20ms.
Default 10.
Setting Forward power transmit report indicator:
1: channel board reports power.
0: channel board does not report power.
When Forward power transmit report indicator is set as 1,
channel board reports power with Forward power transmit report
period as report period.
If Forward power transmit report period is configured too high,
CCM-CPU resource will be saved but the strength of forward
power overload control and the response speed of forward power
variation become less.
If Forward power transmit report period is configured too low,
more CCM-CPU resource will be consumed but the strength of
forward power overload control and the response speed to
forward power variation increases.
If Forward power transmit report period is configured as 0,
channel board can not report power and Forward power transmit
report period parameter become invalid. Forward power
overload control cannot be performed, but CCM-CPU resource is
saved.
Related n Forward power transmit report indicator
Parameters
FCH power transmit report indicator

Description F-FCH power report indicator. Whether to perform forward
power overload control and the strength of control also have
relations with other parameters.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.

Table 78 describes the value range of FCH power transmit report

indicator.
T A B L E 7 8 V A L U E R A N G E O F F C H P O W E R T R A N S MI T R E P O R T I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
Default 0.
Setting Use default value.
Parameters
n Forward power transmit report period
FCH power transmit report period

Description F-FCH power report period.
Default 50.
Parameters
Reference Whether to perform forward power overload control and the
strength of control also have relations with other parameters.
R-SCH Ec/Io report indicator

Description R-SCH related channel pilot signal intensity report indicator.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 79 describes the value range of R-SCH Ec/Io report
indicator.

T ABLE 79 VALUE R ANGE OF R-SC H EC/I O REPORT INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
Default 0.
Parameters
R-SCH Ec/Io report period

Description R-SCH related channel pilot signal intensity report period.
Default 50.
Parameters
Forward SCH nominal power (1/2/3

leg)
Description F-SCH nominal power (1 leg, 2 legs and more than 2 legs)
Default 195.
Setting If channel power higher limit is set too high and the power of
some channels is high, other channels will be disturbed and
suffer performance loss. If channel power higher limit is set too
low, the QoS of some channels unable to meet the requirements.

If channel power lower limit is set too high, the channel power
can not be low even when wireless environment is good; this
leads to the waste of forward power resource. If channel power
lower limit is set too low and the F-SCH power is low, the
response speed of forward power control can not meet the
power increase requirement of channel QoS. Meanwhile, when
forward power is low, the forward power capacity obtained
through lowering the power will be very small, and can be
neglected.
Related n FSCH power delta (1/2/3 leg)
Parameters
n Power region for voice (1/2/3 leg)
n Nominal transmit power for data (1/2/3 leg)
n Nominal transmit power for voice (1/2/3 leg)
n Power region for data (1/2/3 leg)
FSCH power delta (1/2/3 leg)

Description F-SCH power variation range (1 leg, 2 legs and more than 2
legs).
Default 80.
low, the QoS of some channels unable to meet the requirements.
neglected.
Related n Forward SCH nominal power (1/2/3 leg)
Parameters

SCH power uprise step (1/2/3 leg)

Description Data service F-SCH forward power control uprising step length
(1 leg, 2 legs and more than 2 legs).
Value Range 1 ~ 7. The unit 0.25dB.
Default n SCH power uprise step (1 leg) = 4
n SCH power uprise step (2 leg) = 2
n SCH power uprise step (3 leg) = 1
Related n Forward power uprise step size (1/2/3 leg)
Parameters
n Forward power down step size (1/2/3 leg)
n SCH power down step (1/2/3 leg)
SCH power down step (1/2/3 leg)

Description Data service F-SCH forward power control descending step
length (1 leg, 2 legs and more than 2 legs).
Default n SCH power down step (1 leg) = 4
n SCH power down step (2 leg) = 2
n SCH power down step (3 leg) = 1
Related n Forward power uprise step size(1/2/3 leg)
Parameters
n Forward power down step size(1/2/3 leg)
n SCH power uprise step (12/3 leg)

SCH FPC sub channel gain (1/2/3

leg)
Description F-SCH forward power control sub channel gain (1 leg, 2 legs and
more than 2 legs) is the gain relative to data service F-SCH.
Default 0.
Setting If power control sub channel gain is set too high, it is easy for
MS to decode power control bit correctly and then make correct
reverse power control decisions but the forward capacity
decreases. If power control sub channel gain is set too low, MS
may decode power control bit wrongly and then make wrong
reverse power control decisions but the forward capacity
increases.
PTT power step size up 1/2/3

Description PTT service forward power control uprising step length (1 leg, 2
legs and more than 2 legs).
Default n PTT power step size up 1 = 2
n PTT power step size up 2 = 1
n PTT power step size up 3 = 1
Parameters
PTT power step size down 1/2/3

Description PTT service forward power control descending step length (1 leg,
2 legs and more than 2 legs).
Default n PTT power down up 1 = 4

n PTT power down up 2 = 2

n PTT power down up 3 = 1
Parameters
2X/4X/8X/16X/32X supplemental
channel minimum power
Description Data service 2X/4X/8X/16X/32X F-SCH transmitting power lower
limit.
Default 163.
Related n 4X2X Supplemental channel maximum power
Parameters

RCC2 FCH initial power (voice)

Description RC3/4/5 voice service F-FCH initial transmitting power.
Default 179.
Setting If the initial transmitting power is set too high and the F-FCH
initial transmitting power is high, it is easy for MS to receive
information correctly (Frame Error Rate is low) but the forward
capacity will be low when the channel is established. If the initial
transmitting power is set too low and F-FCH initial transmitting
power is low, the MS receives wrong information (Frame Error
Rate is high) but the forward power resource is saved.
Related n RCC2 FCH initial power (data)
Parameters
n PTT fundamental channel initial power
RCC2 FCH initial power (Data)

Description RC3/4/5 data service F-FCH initial transmitting power.
Default 179.
Setting If the initial transmitting power is set too high and F-FCH initial
transmitting power is high, it is easy for MS to receive
information correctly (Frame Error Rate is low) but the forward
capacity will be low when the channel is established. If the initial
transmitting power is set too low and the F-FCH initial
transmitting power is low, the MS receives wrong information
(Frame Error Rate is high) but the forward power resource is
saved.
Related n RCC2 FCH initial power (voice)
Parameters
n PTT fundamental channel initial power
Nominal transmit power for voice

(1/2/3 leg)
Description Voice service nominal power (1 leg, 2 legs and more than 2
legs).
Default n Nominal transmit power for voice (1 leg) = 169
n Nominal transmit power for voice (2 leg) = 175
n Nominal transmit power for voice (3 leg) = 171

low, the QoS of some channels can not meet the requirements.
neglected.
Parameters
n Forward SCH nominal power (1/2/3 leg)
Nominal transmit power for data

(1/2/3 leg)
Description Data service nominal power (1 leg, 2 legs and more than 2 legs).
Default n Nominal transmit power for data (1 leg) = 169
n Nominal transmit power for data (2 leg) = 175
n Nominal transmit power for data (3 leg) = 171
neglected.
Parameters


nominal_pwr1/2/3_ptt
Description PTT service nominal power (1 leg/2 legs/3 legs).
Value Range 130 ~ 255, Unit: DGU
Default 167/169/171
Setting If channel power upper limit is set in a high value and some
channel power are high, other channels will be interfered. If it is
set in a low value, the QoS requirements of some channels can
not be met and call drops will occur.
If channel power lower limit is set in a high value and even
there is a good radio environment, channel power can not be
turned dow and the forward power resources are wasted. If
channel power lower limit is set in a low value, and channel
power is very low, forward power control reaction speed can not
meet the channel QoS requirements. When forward power is
very low, the forward power capacity received by continuously
adjusting the power is very small and negligible.
Power region for voice (1/2/3 leg)

Description Voice service power variation region (1 leg, 2 legs and more
than 2 legs).
Default n Power region for voice (1 leg) = 80
n Power region for voice (2 leg) = 40
n Power region for voice (3 leg) = 32


neglected.
Parameters
Power region for data (1/2/3 leg)

Description Data service power variation region (1 leg, 2 legs and more than
2 legs).
Default n Power region for data (1 leg) = 80
n Power region for data (2 leg) = 40
n Power region for data (3 leg) = 32
neglected.
Parameters
delta_pwr1/2/3_ptt
Description PTT service forward fundamental channel power change scope (1
leg/2 legs/3 legs).
Value Range 1 ~ 255, Unit: DGU

Default 40/48/68
Setting see nominal_pwr1/2/3_ptt.
RCC2 FCH initial power delta

Description F-FCH initial transmitting power variation range. When system
forward load is lower than FCH initial power uprise threshold, F-
FCH power upper limit increases RCC2 FCH initial power delta.
Value Range 0 ~ 255. The unit DGU.
Default 0.
Setting n If FCH initial power uprise threshold and RCC2 FCH initial
power delta are set too high, F-FCH initial transmitting power
raises and the transmission effect will be improved but the
disturbance to other channels also increases, and may cause
forward power overload.
n If FCH initial power uprise threshold and RCC2 FCH initial
power delta are set too low, transmission effect cannot be
improved through raising F-FCH initial transmitting power
even when forward load is low but forward power overload
hardly occurs.
The application range of this parameter is all F-FCHs of RC3,
RC4 and RC5 under the BTS.
Related n FCH initial power uprise threshold
Parameters
FCH initial power uprise threshold

Description F-FCH initial transmitting power uprising threshold. When
system forward load is lower than FCH initial power uprise
threshold, F-FCH power upper limit increases RCC2 FCH initial
power delta.
Default 75.
Setting n If FCH initial power uprise threshold and RCC2 FCH initial
power delta are set too high, F-FCH initial transmitting power
raises and the transmission effect will be improved but the
disturbance to other channels also increases, and may cause
forward power overload.
n If FCH initial power uprise threshold and RCC2 FCH initial
power delta are set too low, transmission effect cannot be
improved through raising F-FCH initial transmitting power
even when forward load is low but forward power overload
hardly occurs.

The application range of this parameter is all F-FCHs of RC3,

RC4 and RC5 under the BTS.
Related n RCC2 FCH initial power delta
Parameters
expenergypwroptienbl
Description Enable abnormal energy power control optimizing.
Value Range 0, 1
Default 0.
fch_init_pwr_up
Description Channel forward initial transmission power increment in
abnormal energy power control.
Value Range 0 ~ 30
Default 24
expenergyerafrmnum
Description Amount of deleted frame when there is abnormal energy power.
Value Range 0 ~ 30
Default 10
Setting Not applicable
fsnrejectsendalm
Description Enable frame number rejects to send alarms or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: disable
1: enable
Default 0

Setting In normal conditions, even frame number checking is enabled,

frame number checking rejection should not occur but if SDU
board or transmission failure cause a long delay or clock not
works normally, frame number checking rejection will occur.
Frame loss is avoidable accordinly, if frame loss reaches the
threshold, voice quality will become worse. Here, SDU board
failure is the major cause. therefore, when the conversation
frame number checking rejection reaches the threshold, report
alarms with corresponding SDU information. To avoid alarm
storm, alarm report interval must be specified.
Frame number checking at background: enable the frame
number checking when the clock checked by channel board is
normal. If the time is between maximum and minimum timing
advance, the frame number checking will be accepted.
Otherwise, frame number checking will be rejected.
The value range is 0 or 1, the default value is 0. 0 stands for no
alarm report after frame number checking; 1 indicates an alarm
after frame number checking.
fsnrejectlmt
Description Frame number rejects alarms threshold.
Value Range 5 ~ 30
Default 10
Setting If the frame number is higher than this threshold and
fsnrejectsendalm is 1 (enable frame number checking reject to
report alarms), report alarms otherwise do not report alarms.
fsnrejecttimelmt
Description Interval of frame number rejects alarm report.
Default 60
Setting It mainly prevents alarm storm, a frame number is needed to
check alarm report rejection interval. If the interval is small,
alarm storm will likely occur. If the interval is big, it will be
difficult to detect potential abnormal system status (serious
frame loss).

Switch1
Description Maximum forward allowable frame loss.
Default 300
Setting In order to satisfy this request and easy to locate the problems,
this parameter can be configured in NetNumenTM M3 (ZXC10
BSSB).
In old 3G RLSA designs, the forward no-frame checking length is
fixed at 300 frames (6s). In some tests, this length must be
changed to any value.
Forward no-frame checking: check how many frames are on
forward service channel. If CES can not receive SDM forward
frame in specified length (set at background), send remove-leg
request to RCMMain process of RCM.
Switch2
Description GPMmessage report enableswitch.
Value Range 0,1
0: disable
1: enable
Default 0
Setting Generally paging message reports signaling and there are many
paging messages. If these messages are reported, there may be
an huge impact on system performance (including CPU
utilization). By default, air-interface general paging message
signaling is not reported.
Switch4
Description Turn ON BCAM message signaling tracking in PTT or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: disable
1: enable
Default 0

Setting BCAM message reports signaling and there are many BCAM
messages. If these messages are reported, there may be an
huge impact on system performance (including CPU utilization).
By default, air-interface BCAM message signaling is not reported.
Switch5
Description Turn ON NCAM message signaling tracking in PTT or not.
Value Range 0,1
0: disable
1: enable
Default 0

Chapter 3
1X Cell Parameters

n Cell Parameters
n System Parameters
n Power Control Reporting Parameters
n Handoff Parameters
n Reverse Link Overload Parameters
n SCH Rate Parameters
n Redirect Message Parameters
n Neighbor Frequency Parameters
n ECAM Information Repeat Parameters

Cell Parameters
BSS
Description The cell BSS ID.
Value Range 0 ~ 7.
Default BSS ID is automatically filled out by the system, and the default
value is the home BSS ID.
Setting This parameter should not be set.
BTS
Description The system ID of the wireless cell BTS.
Default BTS ID is automatically filled out by the system when creating a
wireless cell and the default value is the system ID of the home
BTS ID.
Setting The system automatically fills in and no need for setting.
Related BSS ID
Parameters
Cell
Description A unique ID for the cell in the home BTS.
Value Range 0 ~ 5.
Default An incremental integer starting from 0 in the range of 0 ~ 5.
Setting Select it from the drop-down box.
Cell alias
Description Cell alias.
A character string is used for identifying a cell manually.
Setting A character string for identifying the cell.

Chapter 3 1X Cell Parameters
SID
Description The cell system ID.
The cell SIDs under the same BTS are same.
SID 0 value is reserved by the system, which cannot be used.
Setting Maintained by the operator.
Related NID
Parameters
NID
Description Network ID inside a system, which is a system subset of the
network.
NID 0 and 65535 are reserved. NID = 0, indicating all BSs not
on any network. MS uses NID reserved value 65535 to
determine the roaming status, that is, MS considers the whole
SID (not considering NID) in a local (not roaming) status.
Related SID
Parameters
LAC
Description Location area code.
LAC and CI are used uniquely to determine a cell for the
operator internally, which are A interface protocol fields.
The LAC boundary should be set in the area with less subscribers,
so as to reduce the registered subscribers cross LACs. If it is
impossible to find a proper area, configure cross LAC in the cell
at the LAC boundary. BSC sends a paging message according to
the paging area newly formed by cross LAC when paging. In this
way, cross LAC registering /handoff can be reduced, enabling
MSC to issue a paging to the LAC if a subscriber registers in an
LAC. But, if the subscriber has been handed over to another LAC,
it results in paging failed.
Reference n CI

n Overlap LAC1
n Overlap LAC2
n Overlap LAC1 Mode
n Overlap LAC2 Mode
CI
Description Cell ID.
LAC and CI are used to determine a cell uniquely internally by
the operator, which are A interface fields.
Related n LAC
Parameters
n Overlap LAC1
n Overlap LAC2
n Overlap LAC1 Mode
n Overlap LAC2 Mode
PTT dispatch location area ID

Pilot_PN
Description Pilot PN offset.
It is valid in the home cell range.
Value Range 0 ~ 511, Unit: 64 chips.
Setting Usable Pilot_PN numbers inside the system = 512/ Pilot_PN
increment. It is recommended to set Pilot_PN increment as
power (2, 4 and 8) of 2.
It is better not to use Pilot_PN = 0. Some test tools use
PILOT_PN = 0 for special usage.
Related Pilot_PN increment
Parameters
Pilot_PN increment
Description Pilot PN offset increment.

Value Range 0 ~ 15, Unit: 64 chips.

Default 4.
Setting If it is set too high, available Pilot_PN is insufficient, increasing
Pilot_PN multiplexing, and causing severe co-Pilot offset
interference.
If it is set too low, available Pilot_PN increases, adjacent pilot
offset interference areas increases, it is impossible to distinguish
large time delay between cells and the multiple path
components in the same cell.
Related Pilot_PN
Parameters
Band class
Description BS frequency band.
Value Range 0 ~ 10.

Value Meaning
0 800M
1 1.9G
2 TACS
3 JTACS
4 Korean PCS
5 450M
6 2G
7 700M
8 1.8G
9 900M
10 Secondary 800M
Other values Reserved
Setting This set of parameters maintained by the operator.

Related CDMA Channel frequency
Parameters

Search window size for the active set

and candidate set
Description Searching window size for Active Set and Candidate Set pilot.
Value Range 0 ~ 15.
Table 81 describes the value range of Search Window Size for
the Active Set and Candidate Set.
T AB L E 81 V AL U E R AN G E O F S E AR C H WI N D O W S I Z E F O R T H E AC T I V E S ET
AN D C AN D I D AT E S ET
Value Meaning
0 4 PN chips
1 6 PN chips
2 8 PN chips
3 10 PN chips
4 14 PN chips
5 20 PN chips
6 28 PN chips
7 40 PN chips
8 60 PN chips
9 80 PN chips
10 100 PN chips
11 130 PN chips
12 160 PN chips
13 226 PN chips
14 320 PN chips
15 452 PN chips
Default 6.
Setting To set it too high, MS searcher may select other BS pilot multi-
path signals by mistake. Meanwhile, MS takes long time to
search Active Set and Candidate Set pilot, and interval for
searching neighbor set pilot increases, resulting in handoff not
timely as well as performance reduced. If it is set too low, MS
might not search useful multi-path signals.
Related n Search window size for the Neighbor Set
Parameters
n Search window size for the Remaining Set

Search window size for neighbor set

Description Searching window size for neighbor set pilot.
Value Range 0 ~ 15.
Table 82 describes the value range of Search Window Size for
Neighbor Set.
T AB L E 82 VAL U E R AN GE OF SE AR C H WI N D OW SI Z E F OR NEI GH B OR SET
Value Meaning
0 4 PN chips
1 6 PN chips
2 8 PN chips
3 10 PN chips
4 14 PN chips
5 20 PN chips
6 28 PN chips
7 40 PN chips
8 60 PN chips
9 80 PN chips
10 100 PN chips
11 130 PN chips
12 160 PN chips
13 226 PN chips
14 320 PN chips
15 452 PN chips
Default 8.
Setting To set is too high, MS wastes time to search neighbor set pilot,
and the interval for searching Active Set and Candidate Set pilot
increases, resulting in performance reduced. To set it too low,
MS might be unable to search neighbor set pilot. The Neighbor
Set should be set higher than the Active Set.
Related n Search window size for the Active Set and Candidate Set
Parameters

Search window size for remaining

set
Description Searching window size for remaining set pilot.
Value Range 0 ~ 15.
Table 83 describes the value range Search Window Size for
Remaining Set.
T ABLE 83 VALUE R ANGE OF SE ARCH WINDOW SIZE FOR RE MAINING SET
Value Meaning
0 4 PN chips
1 6 PN chips
2 8 PN chips
3 10 PN chips
4 14 PN chips
5 20 PN chips
6 28 PN chips
7 40 PN chips
8 60 PN chips
9 80 PN chips
10 100 PN chips
11 130 PN chips
12 160 PN chips
13 226 PN chips
14 320 PN chips
15 452 PN chips
Default
0.
Setting To set it too high, MS searcher may select other sector pilot
multi-path signals by mistake. Meanwhile, MS takes long time to
search remaining set pilot, and interval for searching remaining
set pilot increases, resulting in handoff not timely as well as
performance reduced. If it is set too low, MS might not search
remaining set pilot. When optimizing the system, this parameter
should be set little bit higher than Active Set, and can be set as
0 when neighbor cell configurations are improved.
Related n Search window size for the Neighbor Set
Parameters
n Search window size for the Active Set and Candidate Set

Neighbor set maximum AGE

Description It is the maximum time length staying in the neighbor set after
the Active Sets/Candidate are moved into the Neighbor Set.
Value Range 0 ~ 15.
Table 84 describes the value range of neighbor set maximum age.
T A B L E 8 4 V A L U E R A N G E O F N E I G H B O R S E T M A X I MU M A G E
Value Meaning
0 4
1 6
2 8
3 10
4 14
5 20
6 28
7 40
8 60
9 80
10 100
11 130
12 160
13 226
14 320
15 452
Default 2.
Setting To set it too high, the pilot frequency moved by the Neighbor set
from the Active Set or Candidate Set stays too long, resulting in
new or key neighbor pilot frequency unable to be added in the
Neighbor Set. To set is too low, if the pilot frequency moved
from the Active Set or Candidate Set is not in NLUM, it stays too
short in the neighbor set, increasing the possibility unable to
search required pilot frequency in the neighbor set. Therefore,
the requirements on BS neighbor cell configuration accuracy are
even high.
Related n Search window size for the Active Set and Candidate Set
Parameters
n Search window size for the Neighbor Set

Rescan indicator
Description After MS receives SPM, it indicates whether to reinitialize and
recapture the system (rescan).
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 85 describes the value range of Rescan indicator.
T ABLE 85 VALUE R ANGE OF RESCAN INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 No rescanning
1 Rescanning
Default 0.
Gain adjustment of the RTCH

relative to the RPCH for radio
configurations
Description The gain adjustable value for the reversed service channels
above RC2 related to R-PICH.
Value Range 0 ~ 125, Scale: 0.125 dB.
Default 0.
Setting If it is set too high, the reversed service channel transmitting
power is too high, and inversed interference increases. If it is set
too low, the reversed service channel transmitting power is too
low, and reversed error frame rate increases.
Related Gain adjustment of the RSCH relative to the RPCH for Radio
Parameters Configurations.
Gain adjustment of the RSCH

relative to the RPCH for radio
configuration
Description R-SCH is a gain adjustable value related to R-PICH.
Value Range 0 ~ 125, Scale: 0.125 dB.
Default 0.

Setting If it is set too high, R-SCH transmitting power is too high, and
inversed interference increases. If it is set too low, R-SCH
transmitting power is too low, and reversed error frame rate
increases.
Related Gain adjustment of the RTCH relative to the RPCH for Radio
Parameters Configurations
Radius
Description Cell radius. The signal from handset on reverse link will be
delayed because of propagation delay which value will change
when handset is at different locations. So BTS will acquire any
messages on access channel in a time range, not only at one
time point. Cell radius parameter is used to define this range. If
this value is set too small, handsets on coveragea boundary can
receive and demodule the forward singal but BTS cannot acquire
their reverse messages on access channel. If this value is set too
large, BTS can acquire messages on access channel but the
efficiency of searcher will be decreased.
Value Range 1 ~ 1024, Unit: chip.
Default 128.
Setting Set it according to cell practical situation. To get the initial value
of this parameter, we can take the following steps:
1. Get the designed value of coverage radius of cell. If some
repeaters are connected to this cell, the coverage of
repeaters and transmission (between donor site and repeater)
delay should be considered.
2. Multiply the designed coverage radius value by 2, because
the propagation delay is two-way;
3. Convert the result of step2 into chip unit;
4. Considering diffraction and refraction, we can multiply the
result of step3 by a “multi-path factor” which can be 2;
5. The result of step4 can be an initial setting of cell radius
parameter. It can be optimized as per the actual coverage
and complaint information.
Recommended initial settings of this parameter for sites in
different areas are as follows:
l Urban Area: 128 chips
l Suburban Area: 300 chips
l Rural Area: 500 chips
l Ultra-Far Coverage Area: 900 chips
Related n Cell Mode
Parameters n Maximum RACH search scope

n Maximum RACH separation
Maximum RACH search scope

Description When searching with R-ACH prefix, it is allowed to allocate
maximum searcher power to R-ACH.
Value Range 0 ~ 32, Unit: 1/32.
Default 8.
Setting To set it high, the searching power allocated to R-ACH is high;
therefore, it can support more R-ACHs, but reduces searching
performance of other IS-95 channels. To set it low, it might be
unable to detect R-ACH access attempt due to insufficient
searching power. If there is no IS-95 terminal in the service area,
it is recommended to set it as 32.
Related n Radius
Parameters
n Cell Mode
n Maximum RACH Separation
Maximum RACH separation

Description It is the offset threshold between multi-path signals of the same
subscriber in R-ACH. If the PN offset between the searched
signal and the strongest signal is over this threshold, it does not
be assigned as finger.
Value Range 8 ~ 512, Unit: 1/8 chip.
Default 80.
Setting To set it too high, multi-subscriber signals is combined, resulting
in access collision, and every access attempt fails. To set it too
low, useful multi-path signals might be lost, reducing RAKE
receiver performance. Since R-ACH has no power control, it
results in access attempt failure.
Related n Radius
Parameters
n Cell Mode
n Maximum RACH Search Scope
Protocol revision level

Description BS protocol version number. Protocol revision level as SCHM, ESPM,
EHDM, UHDM, GHDM, ITSPM fields; while Minimum protocol
revision level as SCHM and ESPM fields. MS determines the
version used according to itself version number and Protocol
revision level. If MS version number is lower than Minimum protocol

revision level, MS does not select the system that the BS is

located.
Value Range 1 ~ 7.
Table 86 describes the value range of protocol revision level.
T AB L E 86 V AL U E R AN G E O F PR O T O C O L R E V I S I O N LE V E L
Value Meaning
1 J-STD-008
2 IS-95
3 IS-95A+TSB74
4 IS-95B
5 IS-95B, phase 2
Default 6.
Setting It is unchangeable in NetNumenTM M3 (ZXC10 BSSB).
Parameters
n Standard protocol revision level support indicator

Minimum protocol revision level

Description The minimum protocol version number supported by BS.
Value Range 2 ~ 7.
Default 2.
Setting In the home cell, but under the same BSS, set all the cells with
the same value.
Related n Protocol revision level
Parameters
n Standard protocol revision level support indicator
Standard protocol revision level

support indicator
Description Standard version supported.
Default 20.
Setting No setting is required.
Related n Protocol revision level
Parameters
n Minimum protocol revision level
Base station latitude

Description BS latitude. MS calculates the distance between the current BS
and last time registered BS via Base station longitude and Base
station latitude.
Value Range -1296000 ~ 1296000, indicated by binary complemented code.
Positive figure means north latitude, in unit 0.25’’.
Setting This parameter is maintained by the operator or network planner,
and set by BTS location.
Related Base station longitude
Parameters
Base station longitude

Description BS longitude. MS calculates the distance between the current BS
and last time registered BS via Base station longitude and Base
station latitude.

Value Range -2592000~2592000, indicated by binary complemented code.

Positive figure means east longitude, in unit 0.25’’.
Setting This parameter is maintained by the operator or network planner,
and set by BTS location.
Related Base station latitude
Parameters
Supplemental channel request

message pilot intensity reporting
offset
Description SCRM pilot intensity reported offset.
Value Range 0 ~ 7, Unit: 0.5 dB.
Default 0.
Setting If it is set too high, the strong intensity neighbor pilot does not
be reported, and service channel cannot be established,
impacting R-SCH transmission.
Encryption fields included

Description Encryption supported indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 87 describes the value range of Encryption fields included.
T ABLE 87 VALUE R ANGE OF ENCRYPT ION FIELDS INCLUDED
Value Meaning
0 Not supported
1 Supported
Default 0.
Setting Must set is as 0.
Related n RCCLASS2 support indicator
Parameters
n Neighbor Cell Number
n Supported Sync channel disposal type

Rcclass2_support
Description ENC_SUPPORTED : indication of encryption being supported
RCClass2_Support: indication of above RC2 being supported
NGHBR_CELL_NUM: neighbor cell amount
StdSyncCH: indication of standard sync. channel support
This parameter is only applicable to local cell.
Value Range See the Table 88.
T ABLE 88 PARAMET ER AND VALUE RANGE
Parameter Value range Unit Default

ENC_SUPPORTED 0: not support N/A 0
1: support
RCClass2_Support 0: not support N/A 1
1: support
StdSyncCH 0: not support N/A 1
1: support
NGHBR_CELL_NUM 0…20 N/A N/A
Setting ENC_SUPPORTED must be set to 0 (curremt systems do not

support encryption).
RCClass2_Support should be set to 1.
StdSyncCH is the parameter that can be used to comply with
NOKIA MS, it is set to 1 generally.
Note: ENC_SUPPORTED is ESPM, ITSPM field, see [8].
Neighbor cell number

Description Number of neighbor cells.
Value Range 0 ~ 20.
Setting Set it based on network planning.
Related n RCCLASS2 support indicator
Parameters
n Supported Sync channel disposal type
n Encryption fields included

Handoff mode
Description Semi-soft handoff mode.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 89 describes the value range of Handoff Mode.
T AB L E 89 VAL U E R AN GE OF HAN D OF F M OD E
Value Meaning
0 Handover
1 Handdown
Handover: The destination cell for semi soft handoff does not
include current cell.
Handdown: The destination cell for semi soft handoff includes
current cell.
Default 1.
Setting Set this parameter as 1.
Related Pilot intensity threshold.
Parameters
diversitymode
Description Receiving diversity mode.
Value Range 0,1
0: 2 channel receiving diversity
1: 4 channel receiving dieversity
Default 1
Setting Receiving diversity mode: FALSE - 2 channel receiving diversity,
i.e. two antennas and one TRX resource are used. TRUE – 4
channel receiving diversity, i.e. four antennas and two TRX
resources are used.
Pilot intensity threshold

Description It is the comparative intensity threshold between the hypo
intensity pilot and most intensity pilot during handoff. When the
intensity difference between the hypo intensity pilot and the

most intensity pilot is lower than this threshold, the hypo

intensity pilot is added into the target set.
Value Range 0 ~ 15, Unit: -0.5 dB.
Default 4.
Setting If it is set too high, the weak pilot is added into the target set,
resulting in BS resources waste. If it is set too low, the strong
intensity pilot is added into the target set, reducing the link
quality.
Related Handoff Mode
Parameters
status
Description Cell status.
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Default 0
Setting Setting is invalid.
Note: This field foreground is dynamic field, dynamic
management can block/unblock cells.
Overlap LAC1 mode

Description Overlap LAC1 existing indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 90 describes the value range of Overlap LAC1 mode.
T ABLE 90 VALUE R ANGE OF OVERLAP L AC 1 M ODE
Value Meaning
0 Inexistent
1 Existent
Default 0.

Setting Overlap LAC1 is only valid when the relevant Overlap LAC2
mode is 1.
Related n CI
Parameters
n Overlap LAC1
n Overlap LAC2
n Overlap LAC2 Mode
n LAC
Overlap LAC1
Description Overlapped LAC1.
Setting Overlap LAC1/2 is only valid when the relevant Overlap LAC1
mode/ Overlap LAC2 mode is 1. If it is not configured, the
paging response rate is decreased.
Related n Overlap LAC2 mode
Parameters
n Overlap LAC1 mode
n Overlap LAC2
Overlap LAC2 mode

Description Overlap LAC2 existing indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.

Table 91 describes the value range of Overlap LAC2 mode.
T ABLE 91 VALUE R ANGE OF OVERLAP L AC 2 M ODE
Value Meaning
0 Inexistent
1 Existent
Default 0.
mode is 1.
Parameters
n Overlap LAC1
n Overlap LAC2
Overlap LAC2
Description Overlapped LAC2.
mode is 1. If it is not configured, the paging response rate is
decreased.
Parameters
n Overlap LAC1 mode
n Overlap LAC1
Switch1
Description Control channel changeover enable switch.
Value Range 0,1
Default 0

Switch2
Description Carrier frequency select algorithm options.
Value Range 0,1
0: power
1: user
Default 0
Setting BSC side can implement carrier frequency selection for the
corresponding cells according to power or user amount.
Generally, power is the reference.
Note: This parameter is applicable to 1x handset, not applicable
to 95 handset.
Switch3
Description Barring terminal calls according to distance or not.
Value Range 0,1
Default 0
maxcalldistance
Description Maximum call distance between terminal and base station.
Value Range 0 ~ 65535, Unit: 1/8 chips
Default 65535
Supported sync channel disposal

type
Description Standard synchronous channel supported indication.

Value Range 0~1

Table 92 describes the value range of Supported Sync Channel
Disposal Type.
T AB L E 92 VAL U E R AN GE OF SU PPOR T ED SYN C C H AN N EL DI SPO SAL T YPE
Value Meaning
0 Not supported
1 Supported
Default 1.
Setting This parameter is compatible with NOKIA MS. Generally, it is set
as 1.
gos_b
Description Call loss rate.
Value Range 0, 2, 5
Default 2
Cell mode
Description Cell mode.
CSM5000 chip supports 6 sectors in ordinary mode. Each sector
radius is 512 chips at most. The large cell mode supports 3
sectors, and each sector radius is 1024 chips at most.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 93 describes the value range of Cell mode.
T ABLE 93 VALUE R ANGE OF CELL M ODE
Value Meaning
0 Ordinary cell mode
1 Large cell mode
Default 0.
Setting Set it according to cell practical state.
Related n Radius
Parameters

n Maximum RACH search scope

n Maximum RACH separation
ptt_bcast_index
Description PTT broadcasting timeslot cycle index.
Value Range 0~7
Default 4
Setting Affect classical group, high value will increase classical group
proceeding time, reduce paging channel overhead and save MS
power. Low value will bring about contrary consequences.
Default value is recommended and it is 6 in GoTa office.
sign_slot_cycle_ind
Description Timeslot cycle mode and indicate whether MAX_PTT_SCI is
positive or negative.
Value Range 0, 1
0: MAX_PTT_SCI is negative
1: MAX_PTT_SCI is positive
Default 1
Setting Short timeslot cycle can increase MS PTT function access speed.
If MS load increases, power consumption increases accordingly.
Long timeslot cycle will bring about contrary consequences. In
GoTa office, the configuration is 0.
max_ptt_sci
Description PTT paging maximum timeslot cycle.
Value Range SIGN_SLOT_CYCLE_IND=0; value range 0 ~ 4
SIGN_SLOT_CYCLE_IND=1; value range 0 ~ 7
Default 1
Setting See sign_slot_cycle_ind

fix_search_window
Description Fixed search window center.
Value Range 0, 1
0: dynamically adjust reverse service channel search window
center according to epn
1: fixed reverse service channel search window center fixed
reverse service channel search window center.
Default 0
Setting In GoTa Commercial deployment, it is needed to support all
cells under the dispatching area in GoTa classical group call
mode, this value is set to 1 (fixed or static mode).
In non-Gota Commercial deployment or other cells under the
non-classical group dispatching area, this value is set to 0
(dynamic mode).
max_resend_num
Description Reverse shared channel signaling maximum send times.
Value Range 0~3
Default 0
Setting High value will increase the collision probability and reduce the
access success rate and small value will also reduce the access
success rate too. It is not recommended to modify this value
outside the office.
tr_length
Description Reverse shared channel signaling message length.
Value Range 0 ~ 6, unit: 20 ms
0: indicates lenth is 1
1: indicates length is 2 and so on.
Default 2

Setting High value increases reverse service channel signaling receiving

success rate, but timeslot length is increased and signaling
collision probability increases accordingly. Low value will bring
about the contrary consequences. It must be not less than the
maximum signaling length.
pr_length
Description Reverse shared channel signaling prefix length.
Value Range 0 ~ 15, unit: 20 ms frame
When PR_LENGTH=n, reverse shared channel signaling prefix
length is 2*n+1.
For example:
0: indicates reverse shared channel signaling prefix length is 1
1: indicates reverse shared channel signaling prefix length is 3
2: indicates reverse shared channel signaling prefix length 5.
Default 0
Setting High value increases reverse service channel signaling receiving
success rate, timeslot length and signaling collision probability
also increases accordingly. Floor request reaction time also
increases. Low value will bring about the contrary consequences.
carrierkepppwr_voice
Description Retaining power threshold of voice service call.
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Default 50
Setting Actually the threshold is the percentage of current power
(corresponds to the RFPower in rbCrState table) and maximum
rated power (corresponds to the MaxOverloadPwrfield in
rbFWDOL table). When this percentage is lower than the
retaining power threshold of voice service call, select access
carrier frequency without inter-frequency assignment .
Note:
n This parameter is available when switch2 selects power.
n Voice service is available.

carrierkeeppwr_data
Description Data service call maintaining power threshold.
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Default 50
Setting Actually this threshold is the percentage of current power
rbFWDOL table). When this percentage is lower than the
retaining power threshold of data service call, select access
carrier frequency without inter-frequency assighnment.
Note:
n Data service is available.
loadbalancepwr_voice
Description Voice service inter-frequency assighnment power threshold.
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Default 20
rbFWDOL table). When this percentage is higher than the
retaining power threshold of voice service call, inter-frequency
assighnment may occur. The voice service inter-frequency
assighnment power threshold determines frequency swap is
needed or not. If the percentage of the power difference with
the lowest power carrier frequency and the highest rated power
is not higher than the voice service inter-frequency assighnment
power threshold, calls will retain at access carrier frequency,
otherwise, frequency swap will occur.
Note:
n This parameter is available when switch2 selects power

loadbalancepwr_data
Description Data service inter-frequency assignment power threshold.
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Default 20
rbFWDOL table). When this percentage is higher than the
retaining power threshold of data service call, inter-frequency
assighnment may occur. The data service inter-frequency
assighnment power threshold determines frequency swap is
needed or not. If the percentage of the power difference with
the lowest power carrier frequency and the highest rated power
is not higher than the data service inter-frequency assignment
power threshold, calls will retain at access carrier frequency,
otherwise, frequency swap will occur.
Note:
carrierkeepfch_voice
Description Voice service call retaining user amount threshold.
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Default 15
Setting If the amount of the user that an access carrier frequency is less
than the retained user amount threshold of voice service call,
select access carrier frequency without inter-frequency
assignment.
Note:
n This parameter is available when switch2 selects user
amount.

carrierkeepfch_data
Description Retained user amount threshold of data service call.
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Default 3
Setting If the amount of the user that an access carrier frequency is less
than the retained user amount threshold of data service call,
select access carrier frequency without inter-frequency
assighnment.
Note:
amount.
loadbalancefch_voice
Description Voice service inter-frequency assignment user amount threshold.
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Default 3
Setting If the amount of the user that an access carrier frequency is
more than the retained user amount threshold of voice service
call, inter-frequency assighnment becomes possible, frequency
swap is controlled by voice service inter-frequency assignment
user amount threshold. If the difference with the minimum user
amount carrier frequency is not greater than the voice service
inter-frequency assignment user amount threshold, call remains
at access carrier frequency otherwise frequency swap will take
place.
Note:
amount.

loadbalancefch_data
Description Data service inter-frequency assignment user amount threshold.
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Default 1
Setting If the amount of the user that an access carrier frequency is
greater than the retained user amount threshold of data service
call, inter-frequency assighnment becomes possible, frequency
swap is controlled by data service inter-frequency assignment
user amount threshold. If the difference with the minimum user
amount carrier frequency is not greater than the voice service
inter-frequency assignment user amount threshold, call remains
at access carrier frequency otherwise frequency swap will take
place.
Note:
System Parameters
reg_zone
Description Register zone
Default 0
zone_timer
Description Zone timer length
Value Range 0~7
Default 0
Setting The following Table 94 shows the timer length at handset side
corresponds to this parameter value.

T A B L E 9 4 Z O N E T I ME R V A L U E A N D L E N G T H
ZONE_TIMER value (binary) Timer Length (minutes)

000 1
001 2
010 5
011 10
100 20
101 30
111 45
mult_sids
Description Multiple SID storage indication.
Value Range 0,1
0: single
1: multiple
Default 0
Setting If MS can store the SID_NID_LIST that contains different SIDs,
base station sets this field to ‘1’, otherwise base station sets this
field to ‘0’.
mult_nids
Description Multiple NID storage indication.
Value Range 0,1
0: single
1: multiple
Default 0
Setting If MS can store the SID_NID_LIST with the same SID (different
NID), base station needs to set this field to ‘1’; otherwise base
station will set this field to ‘0’.

base_id
Description BS indentification.
Default Not applicable
Setting BASE_ID is used for R-ACH long code mask, see the Figure 1
below for R-ACH long code mask.
F I G U R E 1 R - AC H L O N G C O D E M A S K
base_class
Description Base station class
Value Range 0, 1
0: frequency band 1 or 4
1: other frequency band
Default 1
Setting For Band Class1 and 4, this value should be 0001, otherwise this
value should be 0000.
home_reg
Description Home register indication
Value Range 0, 1
0: not register
1: registered
Default 1

for_nid_reg
Description NID roaming user register indication.
Value Range 0, 1
0: not register
1: registered
Default 1
Setting If the MS do not complete autonomous registration, base station
will set this field to ‘0’.
for_nid_reg
Description NID roaming user register indication.
Value Range 0, 1
0: not register
1: registered
Default 1
Setting If the MS do not complete autonomous registration, base station
will set this field to ‘0’.
power_up_reg
Description Power on register indication.
Value Range 0, 1
Default 1
Setting If the MS set to autonomous registration after power ON, base
station will set this field to ‘1’ otherwise to ‘0’.
power_down_reg
Description Power down register indication.
Value Range 0, 1

Default 1
Setting If the MS set to autonomous registration before power down,
base station will set this field I to ‘1’ otherwise to ‘0’.
parameter_reg
Description Parameter change registration indication.
Value Range 0, 1
Default 1
Setting If MS will register when the specified parameters change, base
station will set this field to ‘1’ otherwise to ‘0’.
reg_prd
Description Register cycle
Value Range 29 ~ 85
Default 1
Setting If MS does not perform timer-based registration, base station
will set this field to ‘0000000’ and the ideal timer value is
2(REG_PRD/4)×0.08s.
reg_dist
Description Register distance
Default 0
auth
Description Indication of whether MS contains standard authentication data
in access channel message or not.
Value Range 0, 1
0: not contain

1: contain
Default 0
Setting Specify whether authentication is needed according to network
operator’s requirements, RAND and MSC should have the same
settings.
rand
Description Random search value
Value Range 0 ~ 2147483647 or 0 ~ 232-1
Default 1
Setting If AUTH is set to “01”, base station can generate a random
number and this value is sent to handset for authentication; if
AUTH is set to other values, this field dose not make sense.
Reselect included indicator

Description System reselecting parameter included indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 95 describes the value range of Reselect included indicator.
T ABLE 95 VALUE R ANGE OF RESELECT INCLUDED INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Excluded
1 Included
Default 0.
Setting Generally, set this parameter as 0.
Related n Pilot power threshold
Parameters
n Pilot Ec/Io threshold
Pilot power threshold

Description Pilot power threshold.
Value Range 0 ~ 31, Unit: dBm/1.23 MHz.
Default 0.
Setting When Reselect included indicator is 1:

n Set Pilot threshold = Pilot power threshold + 115. Where,

Pilot power threshold is pilot power threshold Ec, in unit
dBm/1.23Mhz. When the pilot is lower than the threshold,
MS reselects the system.
n Set Pilot Ec/Io threshold = -20×log10 (Pilot threshold).
Where, Pilot threshold is the pilot Ec/Io threshold. When the
pilot Ec/Io is lower than the threshold, MS reselects the
system.
Related n Reselect included indicator
Parameters
n Pilot power threshold
n Pilot Ec/Io threshold
Pilot Ec/Io threshold

Description Pilot Ec/Io threshold.
Value Range 0 ~ 31, units: -0.5 dB.
Default 0.
Setting When Reselect included indicator is 1:
n Set Pilot threshold = Pilot power threshold + 115. Where,
Pilot power threshold is pilot power threshold Ec, in unit
dBm/1.23Mhz. When the pilot is lower than the threshold,
MS reselects the system.
n Set Pilot Ec/Io threshold = -20×log10 (Pilot threshold).
Where, Pilot threshold is the pilot Ec/Io threshold. When the
pilot Ec/Io is lower than the threshold, MS reselects the
system.
Related n Reselect included indicator
Parameters
n Pilot power threshold
Offset of local time from system time

(30min)
Description Time difference between the local time and the system time.
Calculate the local time as (unit: 80 ms): SYSTEM_TIME –
(LP_SEC * 12.5) + (LTM_OFF * 22500).
Value Range -24 ~ 26, Unit: 30 minutes.
Default 16.
Setting Set it according to BTS geological location.
Related Daylight savings time indicator.
Parameters

Maximum slot cycle index

Description Maximum time slot cycle index.
Value Range 0 ~ 7.
Default 2.
Setting Set it high, the call setup time can be reduced. But MS
consumes more power, and shorten the standby time. Set it low,
the result is reversed.
Related n Paging Channel data rate
Parameters
n Broadcast slot cycle index
Paging channel data rate

Description F-PCH data rate.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 96 describes the value range of Paging Channel Data Rate.
T AB L E 96 V AL U E R AN G E O F PA G I N G C H AN N E L D AT A R AT E
Value Meaning
0 9600 bps
1 4800 bps
Default 0.
Setting When it is set as 0, F-PCH capacity is increased, but the forward
service link capacity is decreased. When it is set as 1, the effect
is reversed.
Related n Maximum slot cycle index
Parameters
n Broadcast slot cycle index
Preferred access channel mobile

station ID type
Description The preferred access channel MS ID type.
Value Range 0 ~ 3.

Table 97 describes the preferred parameter values.
T A B L E 9 7 V A L U E R A N G E O F P R E F E R R E D A C C E S S C H A N N E L M O B I L E S T AT I O N
ID TYPE
Preferred Access
Use TMSI
Channel Mobile Description
Indicator
Station ID Type
0 0 IMSI_S and ESN
2 0 IMSI
3 0 IMSI and ESN
1 TMSI (assigned valid TMSI);
2
IMSI (not assigned TMSI)
1 TMSI (assigned valid TMSI);
3 IMSI and ESN (not assigned
TMSI)
Default 3.
Setting Set the same value for all cells under the same BTS.
Related n Use TMSI indicator
Parameters
n Delete foreign TMSI
n IMSI_T support indicator
Broadcast slot cycle index

Description Broadcast slot cycle index.
Value Range 0 ~ 7. 0 is to disable cycle paging.
Default 0.
Setting Set is as 0.
Related n Paging Channel data rate
Parameters
n Maximum slot cycle index
Daylight savings time indicator

Description Daylight savings indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 98 describes the value range of Daylight Savings Time
Indicator.

T A B L E 9 8 V A L U E R A N G E O F D A Y L I G H T S A V I N G S T I ME I N D I C A T O R
Value Meaning
0 Non-daylight savings time
1 Daylight savings time
Default 0.
Setting Set it based on operators’ state.
Related Offset of local time from System Time (30min)
Parameters
Extended system parameters

message indicator
Description ESPM sending indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 99 describes the value range of Extended System
Parameters Message Indicator.
T AB L E 99 V AL U E R AN G E O F E X T E N D E D S Y ST E M P AR A ME T E R S M E S S AG E
INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not send
1 Send
Default 1.
Related n Extended CDMA Chanel List Message indicator
Parameters
n Extended Global Service Redirection Message indicator
n Extended Neighbor List Message indicator
n Extended System Parameters Message indicator
n Global Service Redirection Message indicator
n General Neighbor List Message indicator
n Private Neighbor List Message indicator
n User Zone Identification Message indicator

Extended neighbor list message

indicator
Description ENLM sending indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 100 describes the value range of Extended Neighbor List
Message Indicator.
T AB L E 10 0 V AL U E R AN G E O F E X T E N D E D NE I G H B O R LI ST M E S S AG E
INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not send
1 Send
Default 0.
Setting As to Band Class 1, 3, 4, when Minimum protocol revision level
is less than 7, set it as 1.
As to Band Class 0, set it as 0.
Parameters
General neighbor list message

indicator
Description GNLM sending indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 0.

Table 101 describes the value range of General Neighbor List

Message Indicator.
T ABLE 10 1 VALUE RANG E OF GENERAL NEIGHBOR LIST M ESSAGE

INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not send
1 Send
Default 0.
Setting As to Band Class 1, 3, 4, Minimum protocol revision level is
greater than and equal to 7, and when Extended Neighbor List
Message indicator=0, set it as 1.
As to Band Class 0, Minimum protocol revision level is greater
than and equal to 7, and NLM is not sent, set it as 1.
As to Band Class 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and when Extended Neighbor
List Message indicator=0, set it as 1.
Parameters
Global service redirection message

indicator
Description GSRDM sending indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 102 describes the value range of Global Service Redirection
Message Indicator.
T ABLE 10 2 VALUE RANG E OF GLOBAL SERVICE REDIRECTION M ESSAGE

INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not send
1 Send

Default 0.
To send the message, set this parameter as 1; otherwise, set it
as 0.
Parameters
Private neighbor list message

indicator
Description PNLM sending indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 103 describes the value range of Private Neighbor List
Message Indicator.
T AB L E 10 3 V AL U E R AN G E O F PR I V AT E NE I G H B O R LI S T M E S S A G E IN D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not send
1 Send
Default 0.
as 0.
Parameters

user_zone_id
Description UZIMsend indication.
Value Range 0, 1
0: do not send
1: send
Setting When sending a message, the corresponding field must be set to
1, otherwise 0. See the Table 104 below for parameter setting.
T ABLE 10 4 PARAMET ER SETTING
Parameter Setting
EXT_SYS_PARAMETER 1
EXT_NGHBR_LIST Band Class 1, 3, 4，MIN_P_REVis less
than 7：1
Band Class 0：0
GEN_NGHBR_LIST Band Class 1, 3, 4，MIN_P_REV≧7，
EXT_NGHBR_LIST=0：1
Band Class 0，MIN_P_REV≧7， do not
send NLM：1
Band Class 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 ，
EXT_NGHBR_LIST=0：1
Extended global dervice redirection

message indicator
Description EGSRDM sending indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 105 describes the value range of Extended Global Service
Redirection Message Indicator.
T AB L E 10 5 VAL U E RAN G E OF EXT EN D ED GL OB AL SER VI CE RED I R ECT I ON

M ESSAGE INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not send
1 Send
Default 0.

as 0.
Parameters
Extended CDMA chanel list

message indicator
Description ECCLM sending indication.
Value Range 0 ~1.
Table 106 describes the value range of Extended CDMA Chanel
List Message Indicator.
T A B L E 1 0 6 V A L U E R A N G E O F E X T E N D E D C DM A C H A N E L L I S T M E S S A G E
INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not send
1 Send
Default 0.
as 0.
Parameters

Delete foreign TMSI

Description Deleting roaming TMSI indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 107 describes the value range of Delete Foreign TMS.
T AB L E 10 7 VAL U E R AN G E OF DEL ET E FOR EI GN TM S
Value Meaning
0 Not delete
1 Delete
Default 1.
Parameters
n Preferred Access Channel Mobile Station ID Type
Use TMSI indicator

Description User TMSI indication
Value Range 0 ~ 1. 0 means not to use; 1 means to use it.
Table 108 describes the preferred parameter values for TMSI
indicator.
T A B L E 1 0 8 V A L U E R A N G E O F U S E T M S I I N D I C AT O R
Preferred Access
Use TMSI
Channel Mobile Description
Indicator
Station ID Type
0 0 IMSI_S and ESN
2 0 IMSI
3 0 IMSI and ESN
TMSI (assigned valid TMSI);
2 1
IMSI (not assigned TMSI)
TMSI (assigned valid TMSI);
3 1 IMSI and ESN (not assigned
TMSI)
Default 0.

Related n Delete foreign TMSI
Parameters
IMSI_T support indicator

Description IMSI_T supported indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 109 describes the value range of IMSI_T Support Indicator.
T ABLE 10 9 VALUE RANG E OF IM SI_T SUPPORT INDICATOR
Value Meaning
0 Not supported
1 Supported
Default 0.
Setting Use 0 by default.
Parameters
n Delete foreign TMSI
max_altso
Description The maximum amount of available service option that MS can
contain in ORM and PRM.
Value Range 0~7
Defalut 0
Setting Set to “0”.
Pilot_report
Description Pilot report indication.
Value Range 0, 1
0: MS only reports the appended pilots whose strength is
stronger than T_ADD in ORM and PRM.

1: MS reports the appended pilots whose strength is stronger

than T_ADD in all access channel messages.
Default 1
Neighbor set access entry handoff

information included indicator
Description Neighbor set access entry handoff information included
indication.
Value Range 0:Not included; 1: Included.
Default 1.
Setting Access entry handoff permitted can improve call success rate
and paging success rate, but the system overhead increases.
Related n Neighbor Set access entry handoff information included
Parameters indicator
n Access entry handoff permitted indicator
n Neighbor Set access handoff included indicator
n Access handoff list update permitted indicator
n Access handoff permitted for message response indicator
n Access handoff permitted indicator
n Access probe handoff permitted for other messages
n Access Probe handoff permitted indicator

indicator
Description Access entry handoff indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 110 describes the value range of Access entry handoff
T A B L E 1 1 0 V A L U E R A N G E O F A C C E S S E N T R Y H A N D O F F P E R MI T T E D
INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Disabled
1 Enabled

Default 0.
This parameter is only valid when Neighbor Set access handoff
included indicator = 1.
Neighbor set access handoff

included indicator
Description Neighbor set access handoff information included indication.
Value Range 0:Not included; 1: Included.
Default 1.
Access handoff permitted indicator

Description Access entry handoff indication.
Value Range 0 ~1.
0: Disable; 1: Enabled.

Default 1.
Access handoff permitted for

message response indicator
Description Access attempt handoff permitted indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
0: Disabled; 1: Enabled.
Default 1.
This parameter is only valid when Neighbor Set access entry
handoff information included indicator = 1.

Access probe handoff permitted

indicator
Description Access probe handoff permitted indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
0: Disable; 1: Enabled
Default 0.
Access handoff list update permitted

indicator
Description Access handoff list update permitted indicator during access
attempt period.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 111 describes the value range of Access Handoff List
Update Permitted Indicator.
T A B L E 1 1 1 V A L U E R A N G E O F A C C E S S H A N D O F F L I S T U P D A T E P E R MI T T E D
INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
Default 1.

This parameter is only valid when Access Probe handoff

permitted indicator=1.
Access probe handoff permitted for

other messages
Description Whether permitting access probe handoff indication for
messages other than ORM and PRM.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
0: Disable; 1: Enabled.
Default 0.
This parameter is only valid when Access Probe handoff
permitted indicator1= 1.

Maximum number of times that MS

is permitted to perform an access
probe handoff
Description The maximum number of times that MS is permitted to perform
an access probe handoff.
Default 0.
Setting This parameter is only valid when Access Probe handoff
permitted indicator1= 1.
Broadcast GPS assist indicator

Description Broadcast GPS assistant indication
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 112 describes the Broadcast GPS Assist Indicator.
T A B L E 1 1 2 V A L U E R A N G E O F B R O A D C A S T G P S A S S I S T I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not supported
1 Supported
Default 0.
Related n Broadcast GPS Assist Indicator
Parameters
n Short Data Burst supported indicator
n Primary Broadcast Channel Supported indicator
n Autonomous message interval
n Mobile station requests QoS parameter settings in the
Origination Message
n Sync ID supported indicator
n MS initiated position location determination supported
indicator
n Pilot information request supported indicator

Short data burst supported indicator

Description Short data burst support indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 113 describes the value range of Short Data Burst
Supported Indicator.
T A B L E 1 1 3 V A L U E R A N G E O F S H O R T D A T A B U R S T S U P P O R T E D I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not supported
1 Supported
Default 0.
Parameters
Origination Message
indicator
Reverse power control delay

included indicator
Description Reverse power control delay included indication.
When using non-R-PICH gating control mode, and reverse RC is
RC3, 4 and 5 or 6, BS should send power control bit in PCG that
starts in (Reverse power control delay +1)×1.25 ms after PCG is
ended.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.

Table 114 describes the value range of Reverse Power Control

Delay Included Indicator.
T AB L E 11 4 V AL U E R AN G E O F R E V E R S E PO WE R C O N T R O L DE L AY IN C L U D E D
INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Excluded
1 Included
Default 0.
Setting Set by default. Presently, the system does not support R-FCH
gating control.
Related Reverse power control delay
Parameters
Reverse power control delay

Description RC3/4/5/6 R-FCH or R-CCCH prefix works in the gate control
mode for the reverse close ring power control delay.
When using non-R-PICH gating control mode, and reverse RC is
RC3, 4 and 5 or 6, BS should send power control bit in PCG that
starts in (Reverse power control delay +1)×1.25 ms after PCG is
ended.
Value Range 0 ~ 255, Unit: 0.125 ms
Default 0.
Setting Set by default. Presently, the system does not support R-FCH
gating control.
Related Reverse Power control delay include indicator
Parameters
Autonomous message interval

Description Autonomous message sending DIM indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 115 describes the value range of Autonomous message
interval.
T A B L E 1 1 5 V A L U E R A N G E O F A U T O N O MO U S M E S S A G E I N T E R V A L
Value Meaning
0 Not permitted

Value Meaning
1 Permitted
Default 0.
Parameters
Origination Message
indicator
Mobile station requests QoS

parameter settings in the origination
message
Description MS permitted to include QoS information indication in ORM,
ORCM and EOM.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 116 describes the value range of Mobile Station Requests
QoS Parameter Settings in the Origination Message.
T AB L E 11 6 V AL U E R AN G E O F M O B IL E ST AT I O N R E Q U E S T S QO S PAR A ME T E R
SET T IN GS I N T H E OR I GI N AT I ON M ESSAGE.
Value Meaning
0 Not permitted
1 Permitted
Default 0.
Parameters


Origination Message
indicator
Sync ID supported indicator

Description ORM and PRM permitted to be included in MS SYNC_ID
indication.
SYNC_ID (Service Configuration Synchronization Identifier) is
the variable length ID for the service configuration information
records and non-negotiable service configuration information
records that might be saved by MS. BS uses it to determine
whether to omit these two records in SCM. These two records
can be not sent according to SYNC_ID sent by MS, and MS is
expected to use the saved records.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 117 describes the value range of Sync ID supported
indicator.
T ABLE 11 7 VALUE RANG E OF SYNC ID SUP PORT ED INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not permitted
1 Permitted
Default 0.
Parameters
Origination Message
indicator

Primary broadcast channel

supported indicator
Description Primary BCCH supported indication
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 118 describes the value range of Primary Broadcast
Channel Supported Indicator.
T AB L E 11 8 V AL U E R AN G E O F PR I MAR Y BR O AD C AS T C H AN N E L S U P P O RT E D
INDICAT OR R
Value Meaning
0 Not supported
1 Supported
Default 0.
Parameters
Origination Message
indicator
MS initiated position location

determination supported indicator
Description MS originated position location determination indication
supported.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.

Table 119 describes the value range of MS Initiated Position

Location Determination Supported Indicator.
T AB L E 11 9 V AL U E R AN G E O F M S IN IT I AT E D PO S I T I O N LO C AT I O N
D E T E R MI N A T I O N S U P P O R T E D I N D I C A T O R
Value Meaning
0 Not supported
1 Supported
Default 0.
Parameters
Origination Message
indicator
Pilot information request supported

indicator
Description Pilot information request supported indication used by MS.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 120 describes the value range of Pilot Information Request
Supported Indicator.
T AB L E 12 0 V AL U E R AN G E O F PI L O T IN F O R MAT I O N R E Q UE S T S U P P O RT E D
INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not supported
1 Supported
Default 0.


Parameters
Origination Message
indicator
Allocating CHM resource averagely

for RCC1 call
Description Whether to allocate CSM1.5 channel board indication for RC1/2
call preferentially.
CSM1.5 channel board only supports RC1/2 call. To allocate
RC1/2 call preferentially with CSM1.5 channel board, the
following cases occurs:
In BTS, most of subscribers are IS-95, the allocated CSM1.5 CE,
and the usage rate of the powerful CSM5000 channel board is
low.
Therefore, determine this parameter setting based on CE usage
rate.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 121 describes the value range of Allocating CHM resource
averagely for RCC1 call.
T A B L E 1 2 1 V A L U E R A N G E O F A L L O C A T I N G C HM R E S O U R C E A V E R A G E L Y F O R
RCC1 C ALL
Value Meaning
Allocate CSM1.5 channel board for RC1/2 call
0
preferentially
1 Balance allocation of all channel boards
Default 0.
Setting If only CSM1.5 channel bards or only CSM5000 channel boards
are configured under BTS, this parameter does not function.
In the case of hybrid inserting CSM1.5 and CSM5000 channel
boards, and if CE usage rate is high, it is recommended to set it

as 0; otherwise, set it as 1. If there is no CE usage rate

information, set is as 0.
reg_checksum_rep
Description Report group information check indication in PTT power on
registration or not.
Value Range 0, 1
0: not report
1: report
Default 1
reg_prd_overload
Description Register cycle when access channel overloads.
Value Range 29 ~ 85
Default 59
Setting The ideal timer value is 2 (REG_PRD/4)×0.08s, i.e. if this value
becomes higher in a handset unit time, the level times sent to
base station will become lower and accordingly the impact on
system access channel will be weaker. When there is no
overload (non-access channel overload), this value is 58 (default
setting). When this value is set to 59 and the access channel
overload problem remains same, try to adjust it to 60 or 61.
ptt_service_sup_ind
Description PTT service support indication.
Value Range 0, 1
0: no
1: yes
Default 0
Setting This value is a ZTE private value. 1 stands for PTTservice is
supported, PTT parameters will be added into the overhead
messages distributed by us; 0 stands for the system does not
support PTTservice, PTT parameters will not be sent in overhead
messages.

Power Control Reporting

Parameters
Power control reporting threshold
Description In the threshold report mode, if the bad frames received by MS
are over the threshold during Power control reporting frame
count, PMRM is sent.
Providing the target FER is 1%, set Power control reporting
frame count as 2, and expected mean 200 frames with 2 bad
frames. Therefore, counting cycle should be greater than 200,
and the lower limit for Power control reporting frame count
should be 11.
To avoid bad frame counts to be cleared too early, set Power
control reporting frame count maximally.
Since only RC1 uses PMRM for forward power control, as to non-
RC1 calls, PCNPM should be sent in the service channel to forbid
MS reporting PMRM, that is, set all parameters as 0 in PCNPM.
Value Range 0 ~ 31.
Default 2.
Setting If it is set too high, and RC1 forward power control delay is too
big, the RC1 forward link performance is reduced. If it is set as 1,
MS sends PMRM every time it receives a bad frame, which
increases reverse load.
Only use threshold report mode, and the periodic report mode
creates additional reserve message. But it is useless. Only when
Threshold report mode indicator is 1, this parameter is valid.
Now, set the parameter greater than 0; otherwise, MS does not
send PMRM message.
Related n Periodic report mode indicator
Parameters
n Power control reporting frame count
n Power report delay
n Threshold report mode indicator
Power control reporting frame count

Description MS statistic cycle defined by total frames
( 2 Power control reporting frame count 2

× 5).

MS maintains the total frame counter TOT_FRAMES and bad

frame counter BAD_FRAMES received in F-FCH (other counters
are not used in RC1). When MS receives one frame, it should:
n TOT_FRAMES plus 1
n If a bad frame is received, BAD_FRAMES plus 1.
Value Range 0 ~ 15.

Default 7.
Setting If it is set too low, it results in inaccurate bad frame counts. The
parameter setting is related to the target FER as well as Power
control reporting threshold setting.
Parameters
n Power control reporting threshold
Threshold report mode indicator

Description Threshold report mode enabled indication.
n TOT_FRAMES plus 1
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 122 describes the value range of Threshold report mode
indicator.
T A B L E 1 2 2 V A L U E R A N G E O F T H R E S H O L D R E P O R T M O D E I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
Default 1.
Setting Threshold report mode should be used, and set the parameter
as 1, generally.
Parameters


Periodic report mode indicator

Description Period report mode enabled indication.
n TOT_FRAMES plus 1
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 123 describes the value range of Periodic Report Mode
Indicator.
T A B L E 1 2 3 V A L U E R A N G E O F P E R I O D I C R E P O R T M O D E I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
Default 0.
Setting Only use threshold report mode, and the periodic report mode
creates additional reserve message.
Parameters
Power report delay

Description The time delay before starting the new total frames and bad
frames counting after MS sends PMRM.

n TOT_FRAMES plus 1
Value Range 0 ~ 31, Unit: 4 frames.

Default 1.
Setting If it is set too high, MS may not make statistics of some bad
frames, and reduce RC1 forward link performance. If it is set too
low, the reverse Ew/N0 may increase unnecessarily, reducing
the reverse capacity. .
Parameters
Handoff Parameters
Pilot detection threshold (Voice)
Description Ec/Io threshold for adding voice service pilot signals to the
active set/candidate set.
Default 26.
Setting If it is set too high, the number of voice service soft handoff
times is unnecessarily increased, occupying CE resources, and
reducing the system capacity. If it is set too low, data service
handoff area becomes small with poor coverage, as well as call
drop rate increased.
Pilot detection threshold (Voice) and Active Set versus Candidate Set
comparison threshold (Voice) should be considered together for
setting. Judge the former availability based on pilot absolute
intensity, while judge the latter based on the pilot relative
intensity.
Related n Pilot drop threshold(Data)
Parameters
n Pilot detection threshold(Data)
n Pilot drop threshold(Voice)
n Active Set versus Candidate Set comparison threshold(Voice)
n Active Set versus Candidate Set comparison threshold(Data)

Pilot detection threshold (Data)

Description Ec/Io threshold for adding data service pilot signals to the active
set/candidate set.
Value Range 0 ~ 63, Unit: -0.5 dB
Default 26
Setting If it is set too high, the number of data service soft handoff
times is unnecessarily increased, occupying CE resources, and
reducing the system capacity. If it is set too low, data service
handoff area becomes small with poor coverage, as well as call
drop rate increased.
Parameters
n Pilot detection threshold(Voice)
n Active Set versus Candidate Set comparison threshold(Voice)
Pilot drop threshold (Voice)

Description Drop Ec/Io threshold for voice service pilot signals.
Default 30.
Setting If it is set too high, weak pilot is unable to be dropped from the
active set/candidate set, therefore, the number of voice service
soft handoff times increases unnecessarily, occupying CE
resources as well as forward link capacity reduced. If it is set too
low, useful pilot might be dropped too earlier from the active
set/candidate set, becoming interference and QoS degraded;
therefore, the voice/data service call drop increases.
Pilot drop threshold (Voice) and Drop timer value (Voice) should be
considered together for setting. Judge the former availability
based on pilot absolute intensity, while judge the latter based on
the pilot relative intensity.
Parameters
n Drop timer value (Voice)
n Drop timer value (Data)

Pilot drop threshold (Data)

Description Drop Ec/Io threshold for data service pilot signals.
Default 30.
Setting If it is set too high, weak pilot is unable to be dropped from the
active set/candidate set, therefore, the number of voice service
soft handoff times increases unnecessarily, occupying CE
resources as well as forward link capacity reduced. If it is set too
low, useful pilot might be dropped too earlier from the active
set/candidate set, becoming interference and QoS degraded;
therefore, the voice/data service call drop increases.
Pilot drop threshold(Data) and the relevant parameter Drop timer value
(Data) should be considered together for setting. Judge the
former availability based on pilot absolute intensity, while judge
the latter based on the pilot relative intensity.
Related n Pilot drop threshold(Voice)
Parameters
n Drop timer value (Data)
Active set versus candidate set

comparisons threshold (Voice)
Description Comparison thresholds of pilot signal intensity for active set and
candidate set (voice service).
Default 5.
Setting If Active Set versus Candidate Set comparison threshold (Voice) is set
too high, it keeps the strong pilot that is more useful than the
weak pilot in the active set to the candidate set. If it is set too
low, more PSMMs is triggered caused by relative strong pilots of
the active set and candidate set changes, increasing the system
overhead.
In addition, Active Set versus Candidate Set comparison
threshold (Voice) setting should be considered with Pilot drop
threshold(Voice).
Related n Pilot drop threshold (Data)
Parameters
n Pilot detection threshold (Data)
n Pilot detection threshold (Voice)
n Active Set versus Candidate Set comparison threshold (Data)

Active set versus candidate set

comparison threshold (Data)
Description Comparison thresholds of pilot signal intensity for active set and
candidate set.
Default 5.
Setting If Active Set versus Candidate Set comparison threshold (data)
is set too high, it keeps the strong pilot that is more useful than
the weak pilot in the active set to the candidate set. If it is set
too low, more PSMMs is triggered caused by relative strong
pilots of the active set and candidate set changes, increasing the
system overhead.
In addition, Active Set versus Candidate Set comparison
threshold (data) setting should be considered with Pilot drop
threshold (data).
Related n Pilot drop threshold (Data)
Parameters
n Pilot detection threshold (Data)
n Active Set versus Candidate Set comparison threshold (Voice)
Drop timer value (Voice)

Value Range 0 ~ 15.
Table 124 describes the value range of Reselect Drop timer value
(Voice).
T A B L E 1 2 4 V A L U E R A N G E O F R E S E L E C T D R O P T I ME R V A L U E ( V O I C E )
Value Time length

0 0.1 s
1 1s
2 2s
3 4s
4 6s
5 9s
6 13 s
7 19 s
8 27 s

Value Time length

9 29 s
10 55 s
11 79 s
12 112 s
13 159 s
14 225 s
15 319 s
Default
3.
Setting If it is set too high, the weak pilot stays longer in the active
set/candidate set, increasing the pilot search cycle. Meanwhile,
the PSMM of the strong pilot based on Active Set versus Candidate
Set comparison threshold(Voice) increases, increasing the system
signaling overhead.
If it is set too low, the useful pilot migrates from the active
set/candidate set too early to the neighbor cell set, degrading
the QoS, increasing voice/data service call drop rate. When
there is relative more pilot quantity in the neighbor cell set, it is
more severe since the search cycle of the neighbor set is
relatively long.
Drop timer value (Voice) and the relevant Active Set versus Candidate
Set comparison threshold (Voice) should be set jointly. The former
decides the weak pilot stay time in the active set, impacting the
PSMM transmitting mechanism triggered by Active Set versus
Candidate Set comparison threshold (Voice).
Parameters
Drop timer value (Data)

Value Range 0 ~ 15.
Table 125 describes the value range of Reselect Drop timer value
(Data).
T A B L E 1 2 5 V A L U E R A N G E O F R E S E L E C T D R O P T I ME R V A L U E ( D A T A )
Value Time Length
0 0.1 s
1 1s
2 2s

Value Time Length
3 4s
4 6s
5 9s
6 13 s
7 19 s
8 27 s
9 29 s
10 55 s
11 79 s
12 112 s
13 159 s
14 225 s
15 319 s
Default 3.
Setting If it is set too high, the weak pilot stays longer in the active
set/candidate set, increasing the pilot search cycle. Meanwhile,
the PSMM of the strong pilot based on Active Set versus
Candidate Set comparison threshold(Data) increases, increasing
the system signaling overhead.
If it is set too low, the useful pilot migrates from the active
set/candidate set too early to the neighbor cell set, degrading
the QoS, increasing voice/data service call drop rate. When
there is relative more pilot quantity in the neighbor cell set, it is
more severe since the search cycle of the neighbor set is
relatively long.
Drop timer value (Data) and the relevant Active Set versus Candidate
Set comparison threshold (Data) should be set jointly. The former
decides the weak pilot stay time in the active set, impacting the
PSMM transmitting mechanism triggered by Active Set versus
Candidate Set comparison threshold (Data).
Parameters

Handoff option
Description Handoff judgment algorithm option
Value Range 0 ~ 2.
Table 126 describes the value range of Reselect Handoff Option.
T AB L E 12 6 VAL U E R AN G E OF R ESEL EC T HAN D OF F OPT I ON
Value Meaning
Absolute algorithm. Judge based on Pilot set intensity
0
threshold
Relative algorithm. Judge based on soft handoff/hard
1 handoff inside BSS/hard handoff between BSSs for the
pilot set with relatively strong intensity
2 Absolute + relative algorithms
Default
1.
Setting Set the same value for all cells under the same BSC.
Use the default value.
Related n Foreign BSS handoff versus BSS hard handoff comparison
Parameters threshold (Voice )
n Foreign BSS handoff versus BSS hard handoff comparison
threshold (Data)
n Hard handoff versus soft handoff comparison threshold
(Voice)
n Hard handoff versus soft handoff comparison threshold (Data)
n Pilot set intensity threshold
n Drop threshold of source BSS when BSS hard handoff for
data traffic
n Slop of source BSS when BSS hard handoff for data traffic
Pilot set intensity threshold

Description Pilot set hold threshold with absolute algorithm.
Default 28.
Setting Set the same value for all cells under the same BSC.


threshold (Data)
(Voice)
n Handoff Option
data traffic
Hard handoff versus soft handoff

comparison threshold (Voice)
Description Hard handoff comparison threshold for voice services.
Default 1.
Setting If it is set too high, call drop may happen due to voice service
unable to be hard handoff between BSSs timely. If it is set too
low, call drop may happen due to voice service too frequent hard
handoff between BSSs. This parameter may impact hard
handoff between BSSs, as well as hard handoff inside the BSS.
threshold (Data)
n Handoff Option
data traffic
Hard handoff versus soft handoff

comparison threshold (Data)
Description Hard handoff comparison threshold for data services.
Default 1.

Setting If it is set too high, call drop may happen due to data service
low, call drop may happen due to data service too frequent hard
handoff between BSSs. This parameter may impact hard
handoff between BSSs, as well as hard handoff inside the BSS.
threshold (Data)
(Voice)
n Handoff Option
data traffic
Foreign BSS handoff versus BSS

hard handoff comparison threshold
(Voice )
Description Hard handoff comparison threshold for voice services between
BSSs.
Default 1.
Setting If it is set too high, call drop may happen due to voice service
unable to be hard handoff between BSSs. If it is set too low, call
drop may happen due to voice service to frequent hard handoff
between BSSs. To improve PPP link success rate, it is necessary
to reduce number of hard handoff times for data services
between BSSs. Therefore, this parameter should be set little bit
lower than Foreign BSS handoff versus BSS hard handoff comparison
threshold (Data).
Parameters threshold (Data)
(Voice)
n Handoff Option
data traffic

Foreign BSS handoff versus BSS

hard handoff comparison threshold
(Data)
Description Hard handoff comparison threshold for data services between
BSSs.
Default 1.
Setting If it is set too high, call drop may happen due to data service
drop may happen due to data service too frequent hard handoff
between BSSs. To improve PPP link success rate, it is necessary
to reduce number of hard handoff times for data services
between BSSs. Therefore, this parameter should be set little bit
high.
(Voice)
n Handoff Option
data traffic
Drop threshold of source BSS when

BSS hard handoff for Data traffic
Description Soft handoff pilot set comparison threshold during hard handoff
judgment between BSSs for data services.
Default 26.
Setting If it is set too high, data service may drop due to being unable
to perform hard handoff timely.
If it is set too low, data service may drop due to frequent hard
handoff.
This parameter can be used for improving PPP link success rate.


(Voice)
n Handoff Option
threshold (Voice )
Slop of source BSS when BSS hard

handoff for data traffic
Description Soft handoff pilot set slop during hard handoff judgment
between BSSs for data services.
Value Range 0 ~ 100, Unit: 1%.
Default 0.
Setting If it is set too high, data service may drop due to unable to
perform hard handoff timely.
If it is set too low, data service may drop due to frequent hard
handoff.
This parameter can be used for improving PPP link success rate.
(Voice)
n Handoff Option
data traffic
threshold (Voice )

Slope in the inequality criterion for

adding or dropping a pilot (Voice)
Description Voice service soft handoff slop.
Default 0.
Setting If it is set as 0, voice service dynamic handoff algorithm is
disabled. Now, both intercept in the inequality criterion for
adding a pilot to Active Set (Voice) and Intercept in the
inequality criterion for dropping a pilot from the Active Set
(Voice) is invalid.
Currently, dynamic handoff algorithm is not used, that is, this
parameter is set as 0.
When Slope in the inequality criterion for adding or dropping a
pilot (Voice) is not 0, consider it with the relevant parameters
Intercept in the inequality criterion for adding a pilot to Active
Set (Voice) and Intercept in the inequality criterion for dropping
a pilot from the Active Set (Voice). Soft handoff adding/dropping
intercept are the fixed correction values. The soft handoff slop is
the current active set pilot intensity and its percentage, that is,
decide whether to add it into the active set or drop it from the
active set according to the relative intensity of the pilot and the
current active set pilot.
pilot ((Voice) is not 0, if it is set too high, it is easy to add the
pilot into the active set/candidate set. Meanwhile, it is difficult to
drop weak pilot from the active set/candidate set, resulting in
the number of data service soft handoff unnecessarily increased.
Moreover, the useful pilot is easy to be dropped from the active
set/candidate set, resulting in QoS decreased, data service
handoff area reduced, poor coverage and high call drop rate.
Related n Slope in the inequality criterion for adding or dropping a pilot
Parameters (Data)
n Intercept in the inequality criterion for adding a pilot to
Active Set (Voice)
Active Set (Data)
n Intercept in the inequality criterion for dropping a pilot from
the Active Set (Voice)
the Active Set (Data)

Slope in the inequality criterion for

adding or dropping a pilot (Data)
Description Data service soft handoff slop.
Default 0
Setting If it is set as 0, data service dynamic handoff algorithm is
disabled. Now, both intercept in the inequality criterion for
adding a pilot to Active Set (Data) and Intercept in the
inequality criterion for dropping a pilot from the Active Set (Data)
is invalid.
Currently, dynamic handoff algorithm is not used, that is, this
parameter is set as 0.
pilot (Data) is not 0, consider it with the relevant parameters
Intercept in the inequality criterion for adding a pilot to Active
Set (Data) and Intercept in the inequality criterion for dropping
a pilot from the Active Set (Data). Soft handoff adding/dropping
intercept are the fixed correction values. The soft handoff slop is
the current active set pilot intensity and its percentage, that is,
decide whether to add it into the active set or drop it from the
active set according to the relative intensity of the pilot and the
current active set pilot.
pilot (Data) is not 0, if it is set too high, it is easy to add the
pilot into the active set/candidate set. Meanwhile, it is difficult to
drop weak pilot from the active set/candidate set, resulting in
the number of data service soft handoff unnecessarily increased.
Moreover, the useful pilot is easy to be dropped from the active
set/candidate set, resulting in QoS decreased, data service
handoff area reduced, poor coverage and high call drop rate.
Parameters (Voice)
Active Set (Voice)
Active Set (Data)

Intercept in the inequality criterion for

adding a pilot to active set (Voice)
Description Voice service soft handoff plus intercept.
Value Range 0 ~ 63 (complement of twos), Unit: -0.5 dB.
Default 12.
Setting If it is set too high, it is difficult to add pilot into the active
set/candidate set, so that voice service handoff area is
decreased, coverage rate becomes poor, and call drop rate
increases. If it is set too low, it is easy to add pilot into the
active set/candidate set, so that the number of soft handoff
times for voice services are unnecessarily increased, occupying
CE resources and reducing system capacity.
Parameters (Voice)
n Slope in the inequality criterion for adding or dropping a pilot
(Data)
Active Set (Data)

adding a pilot to active set (Data)
Description Data service soft handoff plus intercept.
Default 12.
Setting If it is set too high, it is difficult to add pilot into the active
set/candidate set, so that data service handoff area is decreased,
coverage rate becomes poor, and call drop rate increases. If it is
set too low, it is easy to add pilot into the active set/candidate
set, so that the number of soft handoff times for data services
are unnecessarily increased, occupying CE resources and
reducing system capacity.
Parameters (Voice)
(Data)


Active Set (Voice)

dropping a pilot from the active set
(Voice)
Description Drop intercept for voice service soft handoff.
Default 8.
Setting If it is set too high, useful pilot might be dropped too earlier
from the active set/candidate set, becoming interference and
degraded QoS, therefore, the voice service call drop increases. If
it is set too low, weak pilot is difficult to be dropped from the
active set/candidate set, increasing unnecessary soft handoff
times for voice services, occupied CE resources and the system
capacity decreased.
Parameters (Voice)
(Data)
Active Set (Voice)
Active Set (Data)

dropping a pilot from the active set
(Data)
Description Drop intercept for data service soft handoff.
Default 8.

Setting If it is set too high, useful pilot might be dropped too earlier
from the active set/candidate set, becoming interference and
degraded QoS, therefore, the data service call drop increases. If
it is set too low, weak pilot is difficult to be dropped from the
active set/candidate set, increasing unnecessary soft handoff
times for data services, occupied CE resources and the system
capacity decreased.
Parameters (Voice)
(Data)
Active Set (Voice)
Active Set (Data)
Search type
Description Candidate frequency search type.
Value Range 0, 1, 3.
Table 127 describes the value range of Reselect Search type.
T ABLE 12 7 VALUE RANG E OF RESELECT SEARCH T YPE
Value Meaning
0 Indicating that MS stops any period search in process
1 Indicating that MS perform a single search
3 Indicating that MS perform periodic search
Default 3.
Setting Use the default value.
Related n Time between successive searches on Candidate Frequency
Parameters for periodic searches
n Search mode
n Align timing indicator
n Search offset

Time between successive searches

on candidate frequency for periodic
searches
Description Periodic search for periodic candidate frequency search.
Value Range 0 ~ 15
Table 128 describes the value range of Reselect this parameter.
T AB L E 12 8 V AL U E R AN G E O F R E S E L E C T T H I S PAR A ME T ER
Value Meaning
0 0.48
1 0.96
2 2
3 2.96
4 4
5 4.96
6 10
7 20
8 30
9 40
10 50
11 60
12 80
13 100
14 150
15 200
Default 8.
Setting If it is set too high, MS may not timely perform handoff,
resulting call drop. If it is set too low, MS will frequently
interrupt forward/reverse service channels to search candidate
frequency, reducing QoS.
Related n Search type
Parameters
n Search mode
n Search offset

Search mode
Description Candidate frequency search mode.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 129 describes the value range of Reselect Search mode.
T ABLE 12 9 VALUE RANG E OF RESELECT SEARCH M ODE
Value Meaning
0 Search CDMA pilot in the candidate frequency.
1 Search simulated channel
Default 0.
Parameters
n Time between successive searches on Candidate Frequency
for periodic searches
n Search offset
Align timing indicator

Description Initial searching start time adjustment indication
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 130 describes the value range of Reselect Align timing
indicator.
T A B L E 1 3 0 V A L U E R A N G E O F R E S E L E C T A L I G N T I MI N G I N D I C A T O R
Value Meaning
0 Not adjusted
1 Adjusted
Default
0.
Parameters
n Search mode
n Search offset

Search offset
Description Search offset for first search start time vs. action time.
Value Range 0 ~ 63, Unit: 1.25 ms.
Default 0.
Setting When Align timing indicator =0, Search offset is invalid.
Search offset is the offset for first search start time vs. action
time, which can be CFSROM action time, or CFSCNM action time.
Parameters
n Search mode
Serving frequency total pilot Ec

threshold
Description Current active set pilot Ec threshold.
Serving Frequency total pilot Ec threshold and Serving
Frequency total pilot Ec/Io threshold are in a “or” relationship,
that is, one of conditions is satisfied, MS does not search the
candidate frequency.
In ZTE CDMA2000 system, when BS detects MS is in a boundary
cell, it indicates MS to search candidate frequency for handoff.
Now, it is unnecessary to consider the current active set pilot
intensity.
Value Range 0 ~ 31, Unit: 2 dB.
Default 31.
Setting If it is set too high, MS is possibly to search the candidate
frequency, but the active set pilot receiving power is relatively
high, therefore, handoff may not be necessary. If it is set too
low, MS may not search the candidate frequency, therefore,
handoff may not perform timely, resulting in call drop.
Set it as 31, indicating that MS decides whether to consider
active set pilot Ec when searching the candidate frequency.
Related Serving Frequency total pilot Ec/Io threshold
Parameters

Serving frequency total pilot Ec/Io

threshold
Description Current active set pilot Ec/Io threshold.
Serving Frequency total pilot Ec threshold and Serving
Frequency total pilot Ec/Io threshold are in a “or” relationship,
that is, one of conditions is satisfied, MS does not search the
candidate frequency.
Now, it is unnecessary to consider the current active set pilot
intensity.
Default 31.
Setting If it is set too high, MS is possibly to search the candidate
frequency, but the active set intensity is relatively high,
therefore, handoff may not be necessary. If it is set too low, MS
may not search the candidate frequency, therefore, handoff may
not perform timely, resulting in call drop.
Set it as 31, indicating that MS decides whether to consider
active set pilot Ec/Io when searching the candidate frequency.
Related Serving Frequency total pilot Ec threshold
Parameters
Minimum difference in received

power
Description Receiving power difference threshold for work frequency and
candidate frequency/target frequency.
Now, it is unnecessary to consider the receiving power of the
candidate frequency as well as searching set pilot intensity sum.
But, when UHDM/GHDM hard handoff fails and returns for
handling, the receiving power of the target frequency and active
set pilot intensity after handoff should be considered. Therefore,
separate two sets of parameters Minimum difference in received
power or Minimum total pilot Ec/Io for candidate frequency
search and hard handoff failure return mechanism (GHDM or
UHDM processing).
Value Range 0 ~ 31, Unit: 2 dB.
Default 0.

Setting If it is set too high:

n For candidate frequency search, it is possible that MS does
not search the candidate frequency, and unable to perform
handoff timely, resulting in call drop.
n When handling GHDM or UHDM, even if the target frequency
is strong, MS will also judge handoff failed, resulting in
handoff success rate dropped.
If it is set too low:
n For candidate frequency search, it is possible that MS
searches the candidate frequency, but the work frequency is
relatively higher than the receiving power of the candidate
frequency, handoff may not be necessary. Now, set it as 0,
indicating that MS decides whether to consider the receiving
power difference between the work frequency and the
candidate frequency when the candidate frequency searches
pilot.
n When handling GHDM or UHDM, even if the target frequency
is weak, MS also starts measuring the active set pilot
intensity after handoff, resulting in MS unable to return to
the original work frequency, therefore, QoS is reduced. Now,
set it as 0, indicating that MS judges whether to consider the
receiving power difference between work frequency and
target frequency when judging handoff succeeded.
Related n Total maximum wait time on Target Frequency
Parameters
n Pilot delectation threshold of Candidate Frequency
n Minimum total pilot Ec/Io
Minimum total pilot Ec/Io

Description Total Ec/Io threshold for candidate frequency/target frequency.
UHDM processing).
Default 0.
Setting If it is set too high:

n For candidate frequency search, it is possible that MS does

not send CFSRPM, and unable to perform handoff timely,
resulting in call drop.
n When handling GHDM or UHDM, even if the active set pilot is
strong, MS will also judge hard handoff failed, resulting in
handoff success rate dropped.
If it is set too low:
n For candidate frequency search, it is possible that MS sends
CFSRPM, but the candidate frequency intensity is weak that
is not suitable for handoff. Now, set it as 0, indicating that
MS decides whether to search total Ec/Io for the pilot set in
the candidate frequency when sending CFSRPM.
n When handling GHDM or UHDM, even if the active set is
weak after hard handoff, MS also tries to demodulate forward
service channel, resulting in MS unable to return to its
original work frequency, and QoS decreased. Now, set it as 0,
indicating that MS decides whether to consider the total
Ec/Io of the active set pilot after hard handoff when
demodulating the forward service channels.
Parameters
n Pilot delectation threshold of Candidate Frequency
n Minimum difference in received power
Pilot delectation threshold of

candidate frequency
Description Adding threshold for candidate frequency pilot.
UHDM processing).
Value Range 0 ~ 63, Unit: -0.5 dB
Default 28.
Setting If it is set too high, the weak pilot in the candidate frequency is
reported in CFSRPM, reducing the handoff success rate. If it is
set too low, the strong pilot in the candidate frequency is unable
to report in CFSRPM, and MS does not handoff timely.


Parameters
Total maximum wait time on target

frequency
Description MS maximum waiting length on target frequency.
UHDM processing).
Value Range 0 ~ 15, Unit: 80 ms.
Default 3.
Setting If it is set too high, MS waits too long in the target frequency.
When hard handoff fails, it cannot return to its original work
frequency. If it is set too low, MS waits too short in the target
frequency, reducing handoff success rate.
Related n Pilot delectation threshold of Candidate Frequency
Parameters
Pilot search parameter update

indicator
Description Pilot search parameter update indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Value Meaning
0 Not updated
1 Updated

Default 1.
Setting It is recommended to set by default.
Related Search mode for Candidate Frequency Search Set.doc
Parameters
Search mode for candidate

frequency search set
Description Search mode for candidate frequency search set.
Value Range 0 ~ 3.
Value Meaning
0 No search priority or search window
1 Use search priority
2 User search window
3 Use search priority or search window
Default 0.
Setting It is recommended to set by default.
Related Pilot search parameter update indicator.
Parameters
fschcomparethresh
Description Forward supplementary channel handoff comparision threshold.
Value Range 0 ~ 15
Default 2
Setting Pilot strength comparison threshold in forward supplementary
channel handoff.

FSCH detection threshold

Description Add pilot Ec/Io threshold for data service F-SCH hard handoff or
semi-soft handoff.
When F-SCH handoff mode is semi-soft handoff, it pilots FCH
valid set, requiring its Ec/Io lower than FSCH detection threshold
so as to add it into the F-SCH valid set. When the pilot meeting
the conditions also satisfies any condition below, add it into F-
SCH valid set:
n When F-SCH valid set is void, among all pilots, its Ec/Io is
arranged in the previous FSCH active set size.
n When F-SCH valid set is not void:
„ The sum of F-SCH current valid set pilot quantity and
non-F-SCH valid set pilot quantity meeting the above
conditions is less than and equal to FSCH active set size.
The sum of F-SCH current valid set pilot quantity and non-F-SCH
valid set pilot quantity meeting the above conditions is greater
than FSCH active set size. As to non-F-SCH valid set pilot, add
its Ec/Io to FSCH active set comparison threshold, and then, sort
all the pilots by intensity in an ascending order. The pilot in the
previous FSCH active set size is the new F-SCH valid set pilot.
Default 26.
Setting This parameter is valid only when FSCH handoff type is 1 or 2.
If FSCH detection threshold is set too high, the weak pilot can
also set up F-SCH, now F-SCH occupies relatively high power,
reducing the system forward capacity. If it is set too low, F-SCH
cannot be set up for the strong pilot, reducing the data service
throughput.
The parameter cannot be set higher than Pilot detection
threshold (Data) or Pilot detection threshold (Voice).
Related n Add to FSCH active set comparison threshold
Parameters
n FSCH active set size
FSCH drop threshold

Description Drop pilot Ec/Io threshold for F-SCH active set pilot handoff
Default 30.
Setting This parameter is valid only when FSCH handoff type is 1 or 2.

Related FSCH drop timer value

Parameters
Add to FSCH active set comparison

threshold
Description The pilot Ec/Io comparison threshold for soft handoff of data
service F-SCH part.
valid set, requiring its Ec/Io lower than FSCH detection threshold so
as to add it into the F-SCH valid set. When the pilot meeting the
conditions also satisfies any condition below, add it into F-SCH
valid set:
than FSCH active set size. As to non-F-SCH valid set pilot, add its
Ec/Io to FSCH active set comparison threshold, and then, sort all the
pilots by intensity in an ascending order. The pilot in the
Default 4.
Setting If it is set too high, the strong pilot cannot be added into the
active set for replacing the weak pilot in the original active set,
and now, F-SCH occupies relative high power resources,
reducing the system forward capacity. Meanwhile, it decreases
the data service throughput.
If it is set too low, when the intensity difference is very limited
between the candidate pilot and active set pilot, it is also added
into the active set replacing the comparatively strong pilot in the
original active set, resulting in F-SCH frequently disconnected,
and reducing the data service throughput.
This parameter is only valid when FSCH handoff type is 1.
Related n FSCH detection threshold
Parameters
n FSCH active set size

FSCH drop timer value

Description Drop timer length for F-SCH active set pilot handoff.
Default 5.
Setting If it is set too high, the low intensity pilot is difficult to be
dropped from F-SCH active set. Now, F-SCH occupies relatively
high power, reducing the system forward capacity.
If it is set too low, the strong intensity pilot is dropped from F-
SCH active set, impacting F-SCH transmission effect, and
reducing the data service forward throughput.
FSCH drop timer value should be set higher than FSCH detection
threshold.
Related FSCH drop threshold
Parameters
FSCH active set size

Description The number of active sets for data services during F-SCH soft
handoff.
valid set, requiring its Ec/Io lower than FSCH detection threshold
so as to add it into the F-SCH valid set. When the pilot meeting
the conditions also satisfies any condition below, add it into F-
SCH valid set:
than FSCH active set size. As to non-F-SCH valid set pilot, add its
Ec/Io to FSCH active set comparison threshold, and then, sort all the
pilots by intensity in an ascending order. The pilot in the
Value Range 0 ~ 255, Unit: set.
Default 2.
Setting If it is set too high, the number of F-SCH active sets is big,
occupying a large amount of system resources. If it is set too
low, the number of F-SCH active sets is small, reducing
transmission effect.

This parameter is only valid when FSCH handoff type is 1.

Related n FSCH detection threshold
Parameters
n Add to FSCH active set comparison threshold
FSCH hard handoff comparison

threshold
Description Pilot intensity comparison threshold for F-SCH hard handoff.
Default 4.
Setting If it is set too high, even if the candidate pilot is strong, hard
handoff cannot be performed. Now, F-SCH occupies relatively
high power, reducing the system forward capacity. Meanwhile, it
reduces the data service throughput.
If it is set too low, the candidate pilot is relatively weak, hard
handoff is performed, resulting in F-SCH frequently disconnected,
Related Maximum comparison count of FSCH setup possibility
Parameters
RSCH handoff type

Description Data service R-SCH handoff type
Value Range 0 ~ 2.
Table 133 describes the value range of Reselect RSCH handoff
type.
T ABLE 13 3 VALUE RANG E OF RESELECT RSCH HANDOFF T YPE
Value Meaning
Soft handoff. Set up F-SCH in all the active pilot sets
0
over FCH.
Semi-soft handoff. Set up F-SCH in the FCH active set
1
pilots meeting the conditions.
Hard handoff. Set up F-SCH in all the active pilot sets
2
over the strongest FCH.
Default 0.
Related n FSCH handoff type
Parameters

n FSCH select cell algorithm

n Reverse SCH select leg algorithm
Reverse SCH select leg algorithm

Description Leg selection algorithm indication for data service R-SCH semi-
soft handoff.
Value Range 0 ~ 4.
Table 134 describes the value range of Reselect Reverse SCH
select leg algorithm.
T ABLE 13 4 VALUE RANG E OF RESELECT REVERSE SC H SELECT LEG

AL GOR I T H M
Value Meaning
Select based on the maximum numbers configured by the
0
background
1 Select the maximum speed supported
2 Select by pilot intensity distribution
3 Select by rate distribution and pilot intensity distribution
4 Reserved value
Default
0.
Parameters
n FSCH select cell algorithm
n RSCH handoff type
RSCH detection threshold

Description Add leg reverse pilot threshold for pilot when R-SCH hard
handoff or semi-soft handoff.
When R-SCH handoff mode is semi-soft handoff, it pilots RCH
valid set, requiring its Ec/Io lower than RSCH detection threshold
so as to add it into the R-SCH valid set. When the pilot meeting
the conditions also satisfies any condition below, add it into R-
SCH valid set:
n When R-SCH valid set is void, among all pilots, its Ec/Io is
arranged in the previous RSCH active set size.
n When R-SCH valid set is not void:
„ The sum of R-SCH current valid set pilot quantity and
non-R-SCH valid set pilot quantity meeting the above
conditions is less than and equal to RSCH active set size.

The sum of R-SCH current valid set pilot quantity and non-R-
SCH valid set pilot quantity meeting the above conditions is
greater than RSCH active set size. As to non-F-SCH valid set pilot,
add its Ec/Io to RSCH active set comparison threshold, and then,
sort all the pilots by intensity in an ascending order. The pilot in
the previous RSCH active set size is the new R-SCH valid set pilot.
Default 15.
Setting This parameter is valid only when RSCH handoff type is 1 or 2.
If it is set too high, R-SCH cannot be set up in the strong pilot,
so that data service throughput is decreased. If it is set too low,
R-SCH can be set up in the weak pilot, now, the power occupied
by R-SCH is relatively high, reducing the system reverse
capacity.
Related n Add to RSCH active set comparison threshold
Parameters
n RSCH active set size
RSCH drop threshold

Description Drop pilot Ec/Io threshold for R-SCH active set pilot handoff.
Default 30.
Related RSCH drop timer value
Parameters
Add to RSCH active set comparison

threshold
Description Reverse pilot comparison threshold for R-SCH semi-soft handoff.
SCH valid set:


greater than RSCH active set size. As to non-F-SCH valid set
pilot, add its Ec/Io to RSCH active set comparison threshold, and
then, sort all the pilots by intensity in an ascending order. The
pilot in the previous RSCH active set size is the new R-SCH valid
set pilot.
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Default 4
Setting If it is set too high, the strong pilot cannot be added into the
active set for replacing the weak pilot in the original active set,
and now, R-SCH occupies relative high power resources,
reducing the system reverse capacity. Meanwhile, it decreases
the data service throughput.
If it is set too low, when the intensity difference is very limited
between the candidate pilot and active set pilot, it is also added
into the active set replacing the comparatively strong pilot in the
original active set, resulting in R-SCH frequently disconnected,
This parameter is only valid when RSCH handoff type is 1.
Related n RSCH detection threshold
Parameters
RSCH drop timer value

Description Drop timer length for R-SCH active set pilot handoff.
Default 5.
Setting If it is set too high, the low intensity pilot is difficult to be
dropped from R-SCH active set. Now, R-SCH occupies relatively
high power, reducing the system forward capacity.
If it is set too low, the strong intensity pilot is dropped from R-
SCH active set, impacting R-SCH transmission effect, and
reducing the data service forward throughput.
RSCH drop timer value should be set higher than RSCH
detection threshold.
Related RSCH drop threshold
Parameters

RSCH active set size

Description The number of active sets for R-SCH semi-soft handoff.
SCH valid set:
greater than RSCH active set size. As to non-F-SCH valid set
pilot, add its Ec/Io to RSCH active set comparison threshold, and
then, sort all the pilots by intensity in an ascending order. The
pilot in the previous RSCH active set size is the new R-SCH valid
set pilot.
Value Range 0 ~ 255, Unit: set.
Default 2.
Setting If it is set too high, the number of R-SCH active sets is big,
occupying a large amount of system resources. If it is set too
low, the number of R-SCH active sets is small, reducing
transmission effect.
This parameter is only valid when RSCH handoff type is 1.
Related n RSCH detection threshold
Parameters
n Add to RSCH active set comparison threshold
RSCH hard handoff comparison

threshold
Description Pilot intensity comparison count for R-SCH hard handoff leg
reverse.
Default 4.
Setting If it is set too high, even if the candidate pilot is strong, hard
handoff cannot be performed. Now, R-SCH occupies relatively
high power, reducing the system reverse capacity. Meanwhile, it
reduces the data service throughput.

If it is set too low, the candidate pilot is relatively weak, hard

handoff is performed, resulting in R-SCH frequently disconnected,
Related Maximum comparison count of RSCH setup possibility
Parameters
Maximum comparison count of

RSCH setup possibility
Description Pilot intensity comparison count for R-SCH hard handoff.
Value Range 0 ~ 10.
Default 3.
Setting If it is set too high, and when the candidate pilot is strong, hard
handoff is performed for a long delay. During this period, R-SCH
occupies relatively high power, reducing the system forward
capacity. Meanwhile, it reduces the data service throughput.
If it is set too low, when the intensity of the candidate pilot or
active set instantaneously change, hard handoff is performed,
resulting in R-SCH frequently disconnected, and reducing the
data service throughput.
Related RSCH Hard handoff comparison threshold
Parameters
Report by threshold indicator

Description Reverse pilot intensity threshold report mode enabled indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 135 describes the value range of Reselect reveres pilot
intensity threshold report mode enabled indication.
T AB L E 13 5 V AL U E R AN G E O F R E S E L E C T R E V E R E S PI L O T IN T EN S IT Y
T H R E S H O L D R E P O R T M O D E E N A B L E D I N D I C AT I O N
Value Meaning
0 No report threshold
1 Report threshold
Default 0.
Setting 0.

rreportupthreshold
Description Report upper limit ,trigger handoff adding.
Default 0
rreportlowthreshold
Description Report lower limit ,trigger handoff dropping.
Default 0
Periodic report indicator

Description Reverse pilot intensity periodic report mode enabled indication
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 136 describes the value range of Reselect Periodic report
indicator.
T AB L E 13 6 V AL U E R AN G E O F R E S E L E C T PE R I O D I C R E P O RT IN D IC AT O R
Value Meaning
0 No periodic report
1 Periodic report
Default
1.
Related RSCH report period
Parameters
RSCH report period

Description Report period for reverse pilot intensity periodic report mode
Value Range 0 ~ 255, Unit: 20 ms
Default 100.

Setting If it is set too high, the reverse pilot intensity report period is
long, not good for quick R-SCH handoff judgment based on
reverse pilot intensity change.
If it is set too low, reverse pilot intensity report period is short,
but the overhead for the system internal signaling increases.
This parameter is only valid when Periodic report indicator = 1.
Related Periodic report indicator
Parameters
FSCH handoff type

Description Data service F-SCH handoff type.
Value Range 0 ~ 2.
Table 137 describes the value range of Reselect FSCH handoff
type.
T ABLE 13 7 VALUE RANG E OF RESELECT FSCH HANDOFF T YPE
Value Meaning
Soft handoff. Set up F-SCH in all the active pilot sets
0
over FCH.
Semi-soft handoff. Set up F-SCH in the FCH active set
1
pilots meeting the conditions.
Hard handoff. Set up F-SCH in all the active pilot sets
2
over the strongest FCH.
Default
2.
Related n FSCH select cell algorithm
Parameters
n RSCH handoff type
FSCH select cell algorithm

Description Selecting cell algorithm indication for data service F-SCH semi-
soft handoff.
Value Range 0 ~ 4.

Table 138 describes the value range of Reselect FSCH select cell
algorithm.
T AB L E 13 8 VAL U E R AN G E OF R ESEL EC T FSC H S EL EC T C EL L AL GOR I T H M
Value Meaning
Select based on the maximum numbers configured by
0
the background
1 Select the max. speed supported
2 Select by pilot intensity distribution
3 Select by rate distribution and pilot intensity distribution
4 Reserved value
Default 0.
Parameters
n RSCH handoff type
n
trizweakpsthreshold
Description Triz algorithm forward supplementary channel weak pilot
threshold.
Value Range 10 ~ 30, Unit: -0.5dB
Default 18
Setting This threshold affects the pilot strength range that forward
supplementary channel cells can be established.
trizstrongpsdelta
Description Triz algorithm forward supplementary channel strong pilot cell
offset value.
Default 6
Setting Triz algorithm forward supplementary channel strong pilot cell
offset value should be less than riz algorithm forward
supplementary channel weak pilot cell offset value.

trizweakpsdelta
Description Triz algorithm forward supplementary channel weak pilot cell
offset value.
Default 8
Setting Triz algorithm forward supplementary channel weak pilot cell
offset value should be greater than Triz algorithm forward
supplementary channel strong pilot cell offset value.
trizfschslope
Description Triz algorithm slope for calculating forward supplementary
channel combined strength.
Default 4
Note: It is valid when using Triz algorithm, if there are more
than one cell in forward supplementary channel active set, it is
used to calculate the combined pilot strength.
trizmaxfschhonum
Description Triz algorithm forward supplementary channel handoff maximum
cell number.
Value Range 0~6
Default 4
Note: It is valid when using Triz algorithm, maximum number of
cell that can be established by forward supplementary channel.

fschdroppossibility
Description Triz algorithm forward supplementary channel handoff dropping
cell comparing times.
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Default 3
Note: It is valid when using Triz algorithm in handoff dropping
decision, times of continuously satisfying handoff dropping
strength threshold.
trizfschecio32Xcon
Description Triz algorithm 32X convolutional code forward supplementary
channel ECIOthreshold.
Value Range 0 ~ 50
Default 12
Note: It is valid when using Triz algorithm, 32X convolutional
code forward supplementary channel ECIO establishment
threshold.
fschsetupthreshold
Description T_SCH_ADD forward supplementary channel establish threshold.
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Default 2
Setting Pilot strength threshold for forward supplementary channel
establishment.

Maximum comparison count of

FSCH setup possibility
Description Pilot intensity comparison count for F-SCH hard handoff.
Value Range 0 ~ 10.
Default 3.
Setting If it is set too high, and when the candidate pilot is strong, hard
handoff is performed for a long delay. During this period, F-SCH
occupies relatively high power, reducing the system forward
capacity. Meanwhile, it reduces the data service throughput.
If it is set too low, when the intensity of the candidate pilot or
active set instantaneously change, hard handoff is performed,
resulting in F-SCH frequently disconnected, and reducing the
data service throughput.
Related FSCH Hard handoff comparison threshold
Parameters
Power scope of two reverse leg

considered as equal
Description R-SCH leg reverse pilot intensity comparison threshold. When
reveres pilot intensity difference of two legs is within this range,
it is considered as the same intensity.
Default 2.
If it is set too high, when the leg intensity difference is big, it is
also considered as the same intensity. The strong leg cannot
replace the weak leg. Now, R-SCH occupies relatively high power,
reducing the system reverse capacity. Meanwhile, the data
service throughput is decreased.
If it is set too low, even if the leg intensity difference is small,
the replacing occurs, resulting in R-SCH frequently disconnected,
and the data service throughput reduced.
Related n Add to RSCH active set comparison threshold
Parameters

Hard handoff vs. soft handoff

comparison threshold for PTT(0.5dB)
Description Hard handoff comparison threshold for PTT services.
Default 1.
Setting If it is set too high, call drop may happen due to PTT service
low, call drop may happen due to PTT service too frequent hard
handoff between BSSs.
This parameter may impact hard handoff between BSSs, as well
as hard handoff inside the BSS.
Related „ Hard handoff versus soft handoff comparison threshold (Data)
Parameters „ Hard handoff versus soft handoff comparison threshold (Voice)
Foreign BSS handoff vs. BSS hard

handoff comparison threshold for
PTT(0.5dB)
Description Hard handoff comparison threshold for PPT services between
BSSs.
Default 1.
Setting If it is set too high, call drop may happen due to PPT service
drop may happen due to PPT service to frequent hard handoff
between BSSs.
To improve PPP link success rate, it is necessary to reduce
number of hard handoff times for data services between BSSs.
Therefore, this parameter should be set little bit high.
Set the same value for all cells under the same BSC.
Related Hard handoff vs. soft handoff comparison threshold for
Parameters PTT(0.5dB).
soft_slope_bs
Description Soft handoff slope used by base station.
Value Range 0 ~ 63

Default 0
Setting =0, not use optimized dynamic soft handoff algorithm.
>0, use dynamic soft handoff algorithm.
Note: Optimized dynamic soft handoff algorithm switch.
Meanwhile, as the soft handoff slope used by base station, it is
used in handoff threshold calculation.
add_intercept_bs
Description Soft handoff adding intercept used by base station.
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Default 26
Note: It is valid when soft_slope_bs>0, it is used in handoff
adding threshold calculation.
drop_intercept_bs
Description Soft handoff dropping intercept used by base station.
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Default 30
Note: It is valid when soft_slope_bs>0, it is used in handoff
dropping threshold calculation.
t_comp_drop
Description Handoff dropping comparison threshold.
Value Range 0 ~ 12, unit: 0.5dB
Default 5
Setting It is set in the value which is greater than the t_comp parameter
in handoff parameter.

Note: It is valid when soft_slope_bs>0, it determines whether

sending PMRO is needed or not.
Reverse Link Overload

Parameters
Reverse power control mode
Description Reverse overload control mode.
Value Range 0 ~ 4.
Table 139 describes the value range of Reverse Power Control
Mode.
T AB L E 13 9 V AL U E R AN G E O F R E V E R S E PO WE R C O N T R O L M O D E
Value Meaning
Both RSSI mode and equivalent user mode judge
0
overload, and reverse overload can be considered.
RSSI mode or equivalent user mode judges overload, and
1
the reverse overload can be considered.
2 Only use RSSI mode.
3 Only use equivalent user mode.
4 Disable reverse overload control.
Default 3.
Setting Should be set in 1, 3, and 4.
Related n RC2 correction factor
Parameters
n RC3 correction factor
n RSCH correction factor
n RSCH correction code
n EQNU reverse overload threshold
n EQNU reverse protected threshold.
n RSSI reverse overload threshold
n RSSI reverse protected threshold

deltarssi
Description RSSI value.
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Default 1
RSSI reverse overload threshold

Description The reverse overload threshold for RSSI mode.
Default 95.
Setting No modification required.
Related n Reverse power control mode
Parameters
n EQNU reverse protected threshold
RSSI reverse protected threshold

Description The reverse overload protection threshold for RSSI mode.
Default 85.
Setting It is not recommended to modify this parameter.
Related n Reverse power control Mode
Parameters


RC2 correction factor

Description RC2 correction factor. The equivalent user mode calculates the
reverse load via converting all reverse service channels into 8 K
voice R-FCH under RC1. This set of parameters will convert R-
FCH of RC1, RC3 and RC4, different target FERs and coding
mode (volume or TURBO) R-SCH into the correction factor for 8
K voice R-FCH under RC1.
Value Range 0 ~ 32767, Unit: 1/1000.
Default 1500.
Setting If it is set too high, the calculated reverse load is virtually high,
so that it is unable to set up high-speed R-SCH even in the case
of true reverse load not high, reducing data service reverse
throughput. If it is set too low, the calculated reverse load is
virtually low, so that it sets up high-speed R-SCH even in the
case of true reverse load very high, increasing the system
reverse interference, and harmful for the system performance.
It is not recommended to modify this parameter.
Parameters

Description RC3 correction factor.
Value Range 0 ~ 32767, Unit: 1/1000.
Default 700.


Parameters
Reference The equivalent user mode calculates the reverse load via
converting all reverse service channels into 8 K voice R-FCH
under RC1. This set of parameters converts R-FCH of RC1, RC3
and RC4, different target FERs and coding mode (volume or
TURBO) R-SCH into the correction factor for 8 K voice R-FCH
under RC1.

Description RC4 correction factor.
The equivalent user mode calculates the reverse load via
under RC1.
Value Range 0 ~ 32767, Unit: 1/1000.

Default 945.
Parameters


CoeffCODE
Value Range 0 ~ 32767, Unit: 1/1000.
under RC1.
Default 760.
Parameters

CoeffFER
Description The correction factor for R-SCH TURBO coding mode.
under RC1.
Value Range 0 ~ 32767, Unit: 1/1000.
Default 890.
Parameters
EQNU reverse protected threshold

Description The reverse overload protected threshold for equivalent user
method.
Default 41.
Setting Set it slight lower than EQNU reverse overload threshold.
Parameters


EQNU reverse overload threshold

Description The reverse overload threshold value for equivalent user method.
Default 46.
Setting If it is set too high, when the system reverse load is high,
relatively high speed R-SCH can be established, but the system
reverse interference is further increased, reducing the system
performance. If it is set too low, when the system reverse load
is low, the relatively high speed R-SCH cannot be established,
reducing the reverse throughput of data services.
Parameters
SCH Rate Parameters

RSCH set leg PS threshold of 1X
Description Set up LegPs threshold when the rate is over one time.
This parameter is used to judge R-SCH rate for certain soft
handoff. Not use it for initial setup of R-SCH.

Value Range 0 ~ 255, units: dB.

Default 16.
Setting If R-PICH intensity threshold is set too high, it is difficult to set
up high-speed R-SCH, reducing data service reverse throughput.
If the threshold is set too low, the MS with poor signal can set
up high-speed R-SCH, causing relatively high reverse
interference.
The R-PICH intensity threshold with relatively high rate R-SCH
must be set with the value not less than the low-speed R-SCH.
Related n RSCH set leg PS threshold of 16X
Parameters
n RSCH set leg PS threshold of 8X

Description Set up LegPs threshold when the rate is over two times.

Default 24.
interference.
Parameters


Description Set up LegPs threshold when the rate is over four times.

Default 32.
interference.
Parameters

Description Set up LegPs threshold when the rate is over eight times.
Value Range 0 ~ 255, units: dB

Default 34.
interference.
Parameters



Description Set up LegPs threshold when the rate is over sixteen times.

Default 38.
interference.
Parameters

Description Set up LegPs threshold when the rate is over thirty-two times.

Default 40.
interference.


Parameters
RSCH (1X and up) Ec/Io threshold

Description The forward Ec/Io threshold reported by MS with 1X rate R-SCH
Default 32.
Setting If Ec/Io threshold is set too high, it is difficult to set up high-
speed R-SCH, reducing data service reverse throughput. If the
threshold is set too low, the MS with poor signal can set up high-
speed R-SCH, causing relatively high reverse interference.
The Ec/Io threshold with relatively high rate R-SCH must be set
with the value not less than the low-speed R-SCH.
Related n RSCH (32X and up) Ec/Io threshold
Parameters
n RSCH (16X and up) Ec/Io threshold

Description The forward Ec/Io threshold reported by MS to set up 2X rate
and higher rate R-SCH.
Default 24.
Parameters


Description The forward Ec/Io threshold reported by MS with 4X rate R-SCH.
Value Range 0 ~ 255, units: -0.5 dB
Default 16.
Parameters

Description The forward Ec/Io threshold reported by MS with 8X rate R-SCH
Value Range 0 ~ 255, units: -0.5 dB
Default 14.
Parameters


Description The forward Ec/Io threshold reported by MS with 16X rate R-
SCH
Default 10.
Parameters

Description The forward Ec/Io threshold reported by MS with 32X rate R-
SCH.
Default 8.
Parameters

RSCH (4X and up) 1 way delay

Description The distance threshold for MS and BS to set up 4X and over rate
R-SCH.
Calculate the distance between MS and BS based on the EPN
reported by MS, and 1 chip = 244 m. In this way, it is necessary
to correct the wireless environment that BTS is located.
Default 100.
Setting If the threshold is set too high, it is difficult to set up high-speed
R-SCH, reducing data service reverse throughput. If the
threshold is set too low, the MS far away from the BS can also
set up high-speed R-SCH, causing relatively high reverse
interference.
RSCH (2X) 1 way delay

Description The distance threshold for MS and BS to set up 2X rate R-SCH.
Default 1750.
interference.
RSCH (1X) 1 way delay

Description The distance threshold for MS and BS to set up 1X rate R-SCH.

Default 2775.


interference.
RSCH (over 4X) Eb/Nt threshold

Description FER threshold to set up 4X and higher rate R-SCH.
External ring Eb/Nt reported by MS and FER reported by SDM
function jointly to determine R-SCH rate.
Value Range -32 ~ 32, units: dB.
Default 7.
threshold is set too low, the MS with poor link quality can also
interference.
The R-SCH threshold with relatively high rate must be set with
the value not less than the low-speed R-SCH.
Related n RSCH (over 4X)Eb/Nt threshold
Parameters
n RSCH (1X) Eb/Nt threshold
n RSCH (2X) FER threshold
n RSCH (4X and up) FER threshold
RSCH (2X) Eb/Nt threshold

Description FER threshold to set up 2X rate R-SCH.
Value Range -32 ~ 32, units: dB.

Default 9.
interference.

Related n RSCH (over 4X) Eb/Nt threshold
Parameters
RSCH (1X) Eb/Nt threshold

Description FER threshold to set up 1X rate R-SCH.
Value Range -32 ~ 32, units: dBm.

Default 11.
interference.
Related n RSCH (over 4X)Eb/Nt threshold
Parameters
RSCH (4X and up) FER threshold

Description Eb/Nt threshold to set up 4X and higher rate R-SCH.

Default 5.


interference.
Parameters
RSCH (2X) FER threshold

Description Eb/Nt threshold to set up 2X rate R-SCH.

Default 8.
interference.
Parameters

RSCH (1X) FER threshold

Description Eb/Nt threshold to set up 1X rate R-SCH.

Default 10.
interference.
Parameters
Wireless environment
Description Wireless environment .
Value Range 0 ~ 3.
Table 140 describes the value range of Wireless environment.
T A B L E 1 4 0 V A L U E R A N G E O F W I R E L E S S E N V I R O N ME N T
Value Meaning
0 Dense urban area
1 Ordinary urban area
2 Outskirts
3 Rural area

Default 0.
Related n RSCH (4X and up) 1 way delay
Parameters
n RSCH (2X) 1 way delay
n RSCH (1X) 1 way delay
n Correct factor
n Wireless environment
Correct factor
Description Correction factor.
Value Range 5 ~ 10.

Table 141 describes the value range of Correct Factor.
T ABLE 14 1 VALUE RANG E OF CORRECT FACT OR
Wireless
Meaning
environment
0 5 ~10
1 10 ~14
2 20 ~33
3 30 ~50
Default 10.
Related n RSCH (4X and up) 1 way delay
Parameters
n RSCH(2X) 1 way delay
n RSCH(1X) 1 way delay
n Correct factor
n Wireless environment

RSCH forward PS compare times

Description Ec/Io comparative times when R-SCH increased.
R-SCH rate increased requirements:
n Ec/Io repeatedly reported by MS should be higher than the
relevant Ec/Io threshold RSCH forward PS compare threshold,
reaching RSCH forward PS compare times.
n R-PICH intensity repeatedly reported by SDM should be
higher than the relevant R-PICH threshold RSCH forward leg
PS compare threshold, reaching RSCH forward leg PS
compare times.
Default 10.
Setting If comparative threshold and comparative times are set too high,
R-SCH is not easy to increase when MS wireless environment
becomes good, reducing data service reverse throughput. If they
are set too low, they causes R-SCH repeatedly disconnected
when wireless environment changes, also reducing data service
reverse throughput.
Related n RSCH forward leg PS compare times
Parameters
n RSCH forward leg PS compare threshold
n RSCH forward PS compare threshold
n RSCH forward PS compare times
rschfwdpscompthres
Description RSCH Ec/Iocomparison threshold.
Default 2
RSCH forward leg PS compare

times
Description R-PICH intensity comparative times when R-SCH increased.


compare times.
Default 10.
reverse throughput.
Related n RSCH forward leg PS compare times
Parameters
RSCH forward leg PS compare

threshold
Description R-PICH intensity comparative threshold when R-SCH increased.
compare times.
Value Range 0 ~ 255, units: dBm.
Default 2.
reverse throughput.
Related n RSCH forward leg PS compare times,
Parameters

FSCH rate assign algorithm

Description F-SCH rate assignment algorithm.
Value Range 0 ~ 2.
Table 142 describes the value range of FSCH Rate Assign
Algorithm.
T AB L E 14 2 VAL U E R AN G E OF FSC H R AT E ASSI GN AL GO R IT H M
Value Meaning
0 F-FCH transmitting power based
1 Based on pilot Ec/Io reported by MS
2 Based on F-FCH power and pilot Ec/Io
Default 0.
Setting When it is set as 0, calculate F-SCH initial transmitting power
based on the relevant F-FCH transmitting power. If the
calculated F-SCH power is too high, it results in forward power
overload, reducing F-SCH rate till meeting the requirements of
power overload control. Now, the F-SCH rate is determined. If it
is unable to meet the power overload control requirements, it
will fail to set up F-SCH.
When it is set as 1, obtain the F-SCH rate and initial transmitting
power from the table according to the pilot Ec/Io reported by MS.
Meanwhile, F-SCH transmitting power should meet the power
overload control requirements.
When it is set as 2, select a higher rate from two algorithms for
F-SCH rate, and use relevant initial power. If the rates obtained
from the two algorithms are the same, use the initial power
obtained from the F-FCH based algorithm.
2X Convolutional FSCH Ec/Io

threshold (-0.5dB)
Description To assign relevant Ec/Io threshold for convolutional 2X rate F-
SCH.
The foreground corrects TURBO coded F-SCH based on
convolutional code F-SCH; therefore, only set convolutional
coded F-SCH in the background.


Default 28.
speed F-SCH, reducing data service forward throughput. If the
threshold is set too low, the MS with poor signal can also set up
high-speed F-SCH, occupying large amount of BS forward
resources.
If the initial transmitting power is set too high, it occupies large
amount of BS forward power resources, but it improves
transmission performance during initial setup of F-SCH. If it is
set too low, the transmission performance is poor during F-SCH
initial setup, but it can save BS forward power resources.
The Ec/Io threshold with relatively high rate F-SCH and the
initial transmission power must be set with the value not less
than the low-speed F-SCH.
Related n 32X convolutional FSCH Ec/Io threshold (-0.5dB)
Parameters
n 16X convolutional FSCH Ec/Io threshold (-0.5dB)
n 2X convolutional FSCH initial power (0.25dB)
2X Convolutional FSCH initial power

(0.25dB)
Description The initial transmitting power of 2X convolutional F-SCH.
convolutional coded F-SCH; therefore, only set convolutional
Value Range 0 ~ 255, units: DGU.
Default 189.
resources.


Parameters

threshold (-0.5dB)
Description To assign relevant Ec/Io threshold for convolutional 4 X rate F-
SCH.

Default 22.
resources.
Parameters



(0.25dB)
Description The initial transmitting power of 4X convolutional F-SCH.

Default 197.
resources.
Parameters


threshold (-0.5dB)
SCH.

Default 14.
resources.
Parameters


(0.25dB)
Description The initial transmitting power of 8X convolutional F-SCH .
Default 205.
resources.
Parameters
n

threshold (-0.5dB)
SCH.


Default 14.
resources.
Parameters
n 16X convolutional FSCH initial power(0.25dB)
16X Convolutional FSCH initial

power (0.25dB)
Description The initial transmitting power of 16X rate convolutional F-SCH .
Default 213.


resources.
Related n 16X convolutional FSCH Ec/Io threshold(-0.5dB)
Parameters
n 8X convolutional FSCH Ec/Io threshold(-0.5dB)

threshold (-0.5dB)
SCH.
Default 10.

resources.


Parameters
32X Convolutional FSCH initial

power (0.25dB)
Description The initial transmitting power of 32X rate convolutional F-SCH.
Value Range 0 ~ 255, units: DGU .
Default 221.
resources.
Related n 16X convolutional FSCH Ec/Io threshold(-0.5dB)
Parameters

Redirect Message
Parameters
Enable SRDM indicator
Description Whether to support SRDM indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 143 describes the value range of Enable SRDM Indicator.
T A B L E 1 4 3 V A L U E R A N G E O F E N A B L E S R DM I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not supported
1 Supported
Default 0.
Use the default setting.
Related n SRDM expected NID
Parameters
n SRDM expected SID
n SRDM band class
n SRDM redirect type
n Delete TMSI indicator
n Return if failed indicator
n SRDM record type
Return if failed indicator

Description Whether to return to the original system if redirection fails
indication.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.

Table 144 describes the value range of Return if Failed Indicator.
T A B L E 1 4 4 V A L U E R A N G E O F R E T U R N I F F A I L E D I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not return
1 Return
Default 0.
Parameters
n SRDM expected SID
n SRDM band class
n Enable SRDM indicator
n SRDM record type
Delete TMSI indicator

Description Whether to delete TMSI indication for MS needing redirection.
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 145 describes the value range of Delete TMSI Indicator.
T AB L E 14 5 VAL U E R AN G E OF DEL ET E TM SI IN D I C AT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not delete
1 Delete
Default 0.
Parameters
n SRDM expected SID
n SRDM band class


n SRDM record type
SRDM redirect type

Description Redirection type
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 146 describes the value range of SRDM Redirect Type.
T A B L E 1 4 6 V A L U E R A N G E O F S R DM R E D I R E C T T Y P E
Value Meaning
0 Ordinary
1 NDSS
Default 0.
Parameters
n SRDM expected SID
n SRDM band class
n SRDM record type
SRDM record type

Description The redirected system type.
Value Range 0 ~ 5.
Table 147 describes the value range of SRDM Record Type.
T A B L E 1 4 7 V A L U E R A N G E O F S R DM R E C O R D T Y P E
Value Meaning
0 NDSS off indication
1 Redirected simulated system
2 Redirected to CDMA system
3 Redirected TACS simulated system

Value Meaning
4 Redirected JTACS simulated system
5 Redirected to DS-41 system
Default 2.
Related n SRDM expected SID
Parameters
n SRDM band class
n SRDM expected NID
SRDM band class

Description Band Class for redirection of CDMA system
Value Range 0 ~ 10.
Default 10.
Parameters
n SRDM expected SID
n SRDM record type
SRDM expected SID

Description To redirect to the expected CDMA system SID.
Default 0.


Parameters
n SRDM band class
n SRDM record type
SRDM expected NID

Description To redirect to the expected CDMA system NID.
Default 0.
Related n SRDM expected SID
Parameters
n SRDM band class
n SRDM record type
SRDM CDMA channel 0~14

Description Frequency assignment parameter.
Setting Set it according to actual network state.
Parameters
n SRDM expected SID
n SRDM record type

Neighbor Frequency
Parameters
Band class
Description BS frequency band.
Value Range 0 ~ 10.
Table 148 describes the value range for neighbor frequency

band.
T A B L E 1 4 8 V A L U E R A N G E O F BS F R E Q U E N C Y B A N D
Value Meaning
0 800 M
1 1.9 G
2 TACS
3 JTACS
4 Korean PCS
5 450 M
6 2G
7 700 M
8 1.8 G
9 900 M
10 Secondary 800 M
Other values Reserved
Setting This set of parameters maintained by the operator.

Related n Neighbor carrier Id
Parameters
n Band class
n Neighbor CDMA Channel frequency
n Use timing indicator
n Neighbor cell count
n Pilot Channel search priority
n Neighbor pilot channel search window size
n Corresponding pilot is to be searched indicator

Corresponding pilot is to be
searched indicator
Description Add the pilot to the candidate set
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 149 describes the value range of this parameter.
T A B L E 1 4 9 V A L U E R A N G E O F T H I S P A R A ME T E R .
Value Meaning
0 Not add
1 Add
Default 1.
Setting Modify it based on operators’ state.
Parameters
n Band class
n Is preferred neighbor cell
Is preferred neighbor cell

Description If preferred neighbor cell
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 150 describes the value range of Reselect Is preferred
neighbor cell.
T AB L E 15 0 V AL U E R AN G E O F R E S E L E C T IS PR E F E R R E D NE I G H B O R C E L L T
Value Meaning
0 No
1 Yes
Default 0.


Parameters
n Band class
Neighbor carrier ID
Description Neighbor cell serial number
Default Automatically fill in by the system, starting from 0, and increased by 1.
Related n Band class
Parameters
Neighbor CDMA channel frequency

Description Frequency point of the neighbor cell.
Band Class 0.
Table 151 describes the value range of SR1 Neighbor CDMA
Channel frequency.
T A B L E 1 5 1 B A N D C L A S S 0 , S R 1 N E I G H B O R C DM A C H A N N E L F R E Q U E N C Y
Band Frequency Sub- Band Frequency

Subclass
Point class Point
A” 1013 ~ A” 1013 ~
0 1
1023 1023

Band Frequency Sub- Band Frequency

Subclass
Point class Point
A 1 ~ 311 A 1 ~ 311
B 356 ~ 644 B 356 ~ 644
A’ 689 ~ 694 A’ 689 ~ 716
B’ 739 ~ 777 B’ 717 ~ 779
Band Class 1.
Table 152 describes the value range of SR1 Neighbor CDMA
Channel frequency.
T AB L E 15 2 B AN D C L ASS 1, SR 1 NEI G HBOR C D M A C HA N NEL AR EQ UE NC Y
Frequency Frequency Point Frequency Frequency Point

Section Section
A 25 ~ 75 E 725 ~ 775
D 325 ~ 375 F 825 ~ 875
B 425 ~ 675 C 925 ~ 1175

Parameters
n Band class
Neighbor pilot channel search

window size
Description Search window size of the neighbor pilot
Value Range 0 ~ 15.
Table 153 describes the value range of this parameter.
T A B L E 1 5 3 V A L U E R A N G E O F NE I G H B O R P I L O T C H A N N E L S E A R C H W I N D O W
SIZE
Value Meaning
0 4

Value Meaning
1 6
2 8
3 10
4 14
5 20
6 28
7 40
8 60
9 80
10 100
11 130
12 160
13 226
14 320
15 452
Default 0.
Setting To set is too high, MS will waste time to search neighbor set
pilot, and the interval for searching Active Set and Candidate Set
pilot increases, resulting in performance reduced. To set it too
low, MS might be unable to search neighbor set pilot.
Parameters
n Band class

Pilot channel search priority

Description Priority of the pilot channel search.
Value Range 0 ~ 3.
Table 154 describes the value range of Reselect Pilot Channel
search priority.
T AB L E 15 4 V AL U E R AN G E O F PI L O T C H AN N E L S E AR C H P R I O R IT Y
Value Meaning
0 Low
1 Medium
2 High
3 Extremely high
Default 0.
Parameters
n Band class
Use timing indicator

Description Action time included indication
Value Range 0 ~ 1.
Table 155 describes the value range of Reselect Use timing
indicator.
T A B L E 1 5 5 V A L U E R A N G E O F R E S E L E C T U S E T I MI N G I N D I C A T O R
Value Meaning
0 Excluded
1 Included

Default 0.
Setting Only selected from the preferred neighbor cell during semi-soft
handoff.
Parameters
n Band class
ECAM Information Repeat

Parameters
acchoecamrepnum
Description Access handoff call origination ECAMmessage resend times.
Value Range 0 ~ 4.
Default 2
Setting Access handoff call origination ECAM message resending times,
default value at is background 2, the available maximum value
is 4, this is layer 1 ECAM message resend (CHM resend) times,
this value is used in access handoffs and non-access handoffs. If
it is set to 0, CHM sends the ECAM message only once (ECAM
second layer resend function is turned off).
accecamreporigdly0~4
Description In access handoff, call origination ECAM message resending
interval 0 ~ 4.
Value Range 0 ~ 12000., Unit: ms
Default 0/800/800/800/800

Setting Access handoff call origination ECAM message resend interval N

(N is 0-4): stands for the interval of resending the ECAM
message N.
accecamrepnorigdly0~4
Description Access handoff call origination ECAMmessage resend 0 ~ 4.
Default 0/800/800/800/800
Setting Access handoff non-call origination ECAM message resend
interval N (N is 0-4): stands for the interval of resending the
ECAM message N.
ecamrepdly0~4
Description In non-access handoff, ECAM message resend interval 0 ~ 4.
Default 0/100/100/0/0
Setting When non- access handoff ECAM message resend is separated N
(N to take 0 ~ 4): Expressed when Nth resend ECAMmessage
time gap.
maxecamcampwr
Description Maximum ECAM gain.
Default 220
Setting Maximum power gain when sending ECAM message.
ecamcampwrstep
Description ECAM gain step length.
Value Range 0 ~ 50
Default 1


Note: Power increases when resending the ECAM message.

Chapter 4
1X Carriers Parameters

n Carrier Parameters
n Power Control Message Parameters
n Forward Power Overload Parameters
n Periodic Pilot Measurement Request Order Parameters
n Traffic Parameters
n Access Parameters
n Global Redirect Message Parameters
n PTT SCH Power Control Parameters
n Neighbor Cell List Parameters

Chapter 4 1X Carriers Parameters
Carrier Parameters
Group ID
Description Group ID.
A physical configuration parameter of carrier sector, only
applicable to this carrier sector.
Value Range 0~1.
Related n BDS subsystem Id
Parameters
n RFS subsystem Id
n Sector Id in group
n TRX Element Id
Sector ID in group
Description ID of a sector in a group.
Value Range 0~5.
Parameters
n RFS subsystem Id
n Group Id
n TRX Element Id
BDS subsystem ID
Description Subsystem ID of BDS.
Related n RFS subsystem Id
Parameters
n Group Id
n TRX Element Id

RFS subsystem ID
Description Subsystem ID of RFS.
Parameters
n Group Id
n TRX Element Id
TRX element ID
Description TRX element ID.
Parameters
n RFS subsystem Id
n Group Id
Band class
Description This parameter is used to determine the band, only applicable to
this carrier sector.
All carriers sectors of a BTS should work at the same band and
frequency assignment.
A frequency can be uniquely determined by its band class and
Table 156 describes the relationship among band, frequency
assignment and frequency.
T A B L E 1 5 6 R E L AT I O N S H I P A M O N G B A N D , F R E Q U E N C Y A S S I G N ME N T A N D
FREQUENCY
Band Frequency
MS/BS Frequency (MHz)
Class Assignment N
Band Class 1 ≤ N ≤ 799 0.030N + 825.000
0 (800M) MS 991 ≤ N ≤ 1023 0.030 (N-1023) +
825.000
BS 1 ≤ N ≤ 799 0.030N + 870.000

Band Frequency
MS/BS Frequency (MHz)
Class Assignment N
991 ≤ N ≤ 1023 0.030 (N-1023) +
870.000
Band Class MS 0 ≤ N ≤ 1199 1850.000 + 0.050N
1 (1.9G)
BS 0 ≤ N ≤ 1199 1930.000 + 0.050N
1 ≤ N ≤ 300 0.025(N-1) + 450.000
539 ≤ N ≤ 871 0.025(N-512) +
411.000
MS 1039 ≤ N ≤ 0.020(N-1024) +
1473 451.000
1792 ≤ N ≤ 0.020(N-1792) +
Band Class 2016 479.000
5 (450M) 1 ≤ N ≤ 300 0.025(N-1) + 460.000
539 ≤ N ≤ 871 0.025(N-512) +
421.000
BS 1039 ≤ N ≤ 0.020(N-1024) +
1473 461.000
1792 ≤ N ≤ 0.020(N-1792) +
2016 489.000
Value Range 0~10.

Table 157 describes the value range of Band Class.
T A B L E 1 5 7 V A L UE R A N G E O F B A N D C L A S S
Band Class Description Band Class Description

0 800M 6 2G
1 1.9G 7 700M
2 TACS 8 1.8G
3 JTACS 9 900M
4 Korean PCS 10 Secondary 800M
5 450M Others Reserved
Setting Offered by the operator.

Related CDMA Frequency Assignment
Parameters

CDMA frequency assignment

Description This parameter is used to determine the frequency assignment,
only applicable to this carrier sector.
All carriers sectors of a BTS should work at the same band and
A frequency can be uniquely determined by its band class and
Value Range 0~2047
Table 158 describes the value range of Band Class 0, SR1. CDMA
Frequency Assignment.
T A B L E 1 5 8 V AL U E R A NG E O F B A N D C L A S S E S 0 , S R 1 . C DM A
F R E Q U E N C Y A S S I G NM E NT .
Frequency
Subclas Frequency Subclas
Band Band Assignme
s Assignment s
nt
A” 1013…1023 A’’ 1013…102
3
A 1...311 A 1...311
0 1
B 356...644 B 356...644
A’ 689...694 A’ 689...716
B’ 739...777 A’’’ 717...779
Table 159 describes the value range of Band Class 1, SR1.

CDMA Frequency Assignment.
T A B L E 1 5 9 V AL U E R A NG E O F B A N D C L A S S E S 1 , S R 1 . C DM A
F R E Q U E N C Y A S S I G N ME N T
Frequency Frequency
Band Band
Assignment Assignment
A 25...275 E 725...775
D 325...375 F 825...875
B 425...675 C 925...1175
Setting Offered by the operator.

Related Band Class
Parameters

QPCH hash indicator

Description Indicate whether this carrier is included when the MS that
supports RC3, 4, 5 or QPCH uses Hash algorithm to select
carriers.
Corresponding to RC_QPCH_HASH_IND field of ECCLM.
Value Range 0: not included, 1: included
Default 0, that is, this carrier sector is not included.
Setting It is not necessary to set this parameter currently.
Related n QPCH Support indicator
Parameters
n RC3, 4,5 Support indicator
n BCCH Support indicator
QPCH support indicator

Description Indicate whether QPCH is supported.
Responding to ESPM field.
Value Range 0: not supported, 1: supported
Default 0, that is QPCH is not supported.
Setting If QPCH is not configured in this carrier sector, set this
parameter to be 0. Otherwise, set it to be 1.
Related n QPCH hash indicator
Parameters
n RC3, 4, 5 Support indicator
RC3, 4, 5 support indicator

Description Indicate whether RC3, 4 and 5 are supported.
Value Range 0: not supported, 1: supported.
Default 1, that is, RC3, 4 and 5 are supported.
Parameters
n QPCH hash indicator

BCCH support Indicator

Description Indicate whether BCCH is supported.
Corresponding to ESPM, UNLM, and GNLM fields.
Value Range 0: not supported, 1: supported.
Default 0, that is, BCCH is not supported.
Parameters
n QPCH hash indicator
n RC3,4,5 Support indicator
Transmit diversity mode

Description Transmit diversity mode, only applicable to this carrier sector.
Corresponding to ECCLM, GNLM, and UNLM fields.
Value Range 0: OTD, 1: STS
Default 0.
Related n Transmit diversity hash indicator
Parameters
n Transmit Power Level
Transmit diversity hash indicator

Description Indicate whether this carrier frequency is included when the MS
that supports Transmit diversity mode of this carrier sector uses
Hash algorithm to select carrier frequencies. Only applicable to
this carrier sector.
Corresponding to ECCLM field.
Value Range 0: not included, 1: included.
Default 0.
Related n Transmit Diversity mode
Parameters
n Transmit Power Level

Transmit power level

Description Transmit power level of diversity, only applicable to this carrier
sector.
Corresponding to ECCLM, GNLM, and UNLM fields.
Value Range 0 ~ 4.
Table 160 describes the value range of Transmit Power Level.
T A B L E 1 6 0 V A L U E R A N G E O F T R A N S MI T P O W E R L E V E L
Transmit Power
Description
Level
0 9dB lower than the transmit power of F-PICH
3 The same as the transmit power of F-PICH
Default 0.
Related n Transmit Diversity mode
Parameters
n Transmit diversity hash indicator
Nominal transmit power offset

Description Nominal transmit power offset, expressed in binary
supplemental code.
This parameter and the parameter Extended nominal transmit
power are used in the open loop power control of reverse links.
Only applicable to this carrier sector, but generally, the setting
of this parameter for all carriers sectors of a BSS should be the
same.
Corresponding to APM, EHDM, GHDM, and UHDM fields.
Value Range 0~15, corresponding to –8 -~ 7 (dB) respectively
Default 0.
Setting If the value of this parameter is set too high, the access time of
the MS is shortened, but the interference to reverse links
increases. If the value is set too low, the interference to reverse
links decreases, but the access time of the MS is prolonged,
moreover, the MS may be inaccessible.

Related Extended nominal transmit power

Parameters
Extended nominal transmit power

Description This parameter and the parameter Nominal transmit power
offset are used in the open loop power control of reverse links.
Only applicable to this carrier sector, but generally, the setting
of this parameter for all carriers sectors of a BSS should be the
same.
Corresponding to APM, EHDM, GHDM, and UHDM fields.
Value Range 0: the value range of nominal transmit power offset is –8 to 7db
1: the value range of nominal transmit power offset is –24 to -
9dB
Default 0.
Setting If the band class of the BS is Band class 0 or Band Class 3, this
parameter must set to be 0. Or if the MS is accessed with a
power much lower than the estimated open loop power, set the
parameter to be 1.
Related Nominal transmit power offset
Parameters
First list
Description Indicate the basic carrier.
Only applicable to this carrier sector. There should be only one
basic carrier in a cell.
In the CCLM, the basic carrier is in the First List (First in channel
List). As the preferred carriers are required to be listed first in
the CCLM, if there are preferred carriers, the basic carrier should
be selected from them.
Table 161 describes the preferred frequencies of some band
classes.
T ABLE 16 1 PRE FERR E D C ARRIER FREQUENCIES OF SOME BAND CLASSES
Band Class Preferred Carrier Frequencies

800M, SR1 System A 283 (primary), 691 (secondary)
Subclass 0 System B 384 (primary), 777 (secondary)
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200,
1.9G, SR1 Block A
225, 250, 275
Block D 325, 350, 375

Band Class Preferred Carrier Frequencies

425, 450, 475, 500, 525, 550, 575,
Block B
600, 625, 650, 675
Block E 725, 750, 775
Block F 825, 850, 875
925, 950, 975, 1000, 1025, 1050,
Block C
1075, 1100, 1125, 1150, 1175
160, 210*, 260 (* means the frequency
Block A
supports inter-block roaming)
Block B 120, 170, 220*
Block C 47, 97, 147*
450M Block D 573, 623, 673*

Block E 731*, 781, 831
Block F 1841*, 1903, 1965
Block G 1291*, 1353, 1415
Block H 1089, 1151, 1213*
Value Range
0: non-basic carrier frequency, 1: basic carrier frequency.
Setting Select the frequency with the widest coverage as the basic
carrier frequency. Though the basic carrier frequencies of
different cells can be set differently, in actual application, only
one basic carrier frequency is set for the entire network.
Related n Is In Critical Cell
Parameters
n Is beacon
Maximum Ideal pilot power

Description Only applicable to this carrier sector and used to cell breathing.
Cell breathing is a function that allows the cell to adjust its
coverage dynamically based on its current load, so that the
loads of neighbor cells are balanced. When the number of
subscribers of a cell increases, its load increases accordingly. In
this case, the coverage of the cell is shrunk and the subscribers
at the cell edge are handed off to the neighbor cells with small
load. On the contrary, when the number of subscribers of a cell
decreases, its load decreases, too. In this case, the coverage of
the cell is enlarged. As this function has a significant effect on
network planning, it is not used in our system now. The K_PARA
parameter was originally used in cell breathing.
Value Range 0~255.
Default 0.

Related n Control Threshold

Parameters
n Adjustment Proportion
n Filter Parameter
Control threshold
Description Only applicable to this carrier sector and used to cell breathing.
See Maximum Ideal Pilot Power for the definition of cell
breathing.
Value Range 0~255.
Default 0.
Setting This parameter is not used currently.
Related n Maximum Ideal Pilot Power
Parameters
n Filter Parameter
Adjustment proportion
Description Adjustment proportion.
Only applicable to this carrier sector and used to cell breathing.
breathing.
Value Range 0~255.
Default 0.
Setting This parameter is not used currently.
Parameters
n Control Threshold
n Filter Parameter
Filter parameter
Description Filter parameter.
breathing.
Value Range 0~255.
Default 0.


Parameters
n Control Threshold
Carrier call threshold

Description Threshold for holding carrier calls.
Value Range 1~255.
Default 15.
Setting When higher values are set for the parameters Carrier Call
Threshold and Thresholds of changing carrier, the probability of
inter-carrier assignment decreases, thus the call success rate
increases, but the unbalance of load between carriers is likely to
occur. When lower values are set, the load is averaged among
carriers, but the call success rate decreases due to frequent
occurrence of inter-carrier assignment. For those critical cells,
set up the traffic channel in the basic carrier for as many MSs as
possible in order to reduce inter-frequency handoffs, therefore,
it is required to set the two parameters of those non-basic
carriers to be a low value. It is recommended to set Carrier Call
Threshold to be 8, Threshold of changing carrier to be 2.
It is recommended to set all the carriers in a cell as hybrid
carriers, or set them to be voice carriers or data carriers. That is
to say, the hybrid carrier should not co-exist with voice/data
carrier.
Related n Threshold of changing carrier
Parameters
n Carrier Type
Threshold of changing carrier

Description Threshold for assigning carrier.
Used to carrier selection.
In a multi-carrier CDMA network, the MS uses its own IMSI and
HASH algorithm to determine the paging channel of which
carrier in CCLM is monitored. In call origination/termination, the
MS accesses the system via the monitored carrier (access
carrier), while the BS will, via CAM/ECAM, assign a carrier for
the MS to set up the traffic channel. If the assigned carrier is
different from the access one, inter-carrier assignment occurs.
As the coverage differs among carriers, the MS may not find the
assigned carrier. Therefore, the call success rate may decrease

in the case of inter-carrier assignment. The reason why the BS

assigns a carrier different from the access carrier is that it tries
to balance the loads of carriers.
In voice services (including PTT), the BS perform inter-carrier
assignment only when the following two points are met:
n The number of subscribers in the access carrier is greater
than the value of the parameter Carrier Call Threshold.
n The difference of subscriber number between the access
carrier and the assigned one is greater than the value of the
parameter Threshold of changing carrier.
In data services, the quantity of radio resources is quite great if
F/R-SCH is available, so they are allocated among carriers on an
average basis.
The difference among different types of carriers lies in their
principles of allocating Walsh codes: the principle used in voice
carrier is to reduce the PAR (peak-average ratio), the one in
data carrier is to reserve the lower-order Walsh codes, and the
one in hybrid carrier is a tradeoff of the above two. Therefore, if
one or several carriers are set to be data carriers to gather the
data service subscribers into it (them), other carriers should be
set to be voice carriers in order to reduce the PAR.
Value Range 1~255.
Default 3.
Setting When higher values are set for the parameters Carrier Call
Threshold and Thresholds of changing carrier, the probability of
inter-carrier assignment decreases, thus the call success rate
increases, but the unbalance of load between carriers is likely to
occur. When lower values are set, the load is averaged among
carriers, but the call success rate decreases due to frequent
occurrence of inter-carrier assignment. For those critical cells,
set up the traffic channel in the basic carrier for as many MSs as
possible in order to reduce inter-frequency handoffs, therefore,
it is required to set the two parameters of those non-basic
carriers to be a low value. It is recommended to set Carrier Call
Threshold to be 8, Threshold of changing carrier to be 2.
It is recommended to set all the carriers in a cell as hybrid
carrier.
Related n Carrier Call Threshold
Parameters
n Carrier Type

Is beacon
Description Indicate whether it is pilot beacon (used to assist inter frequency
handoffs, but the traffic channel cannot be set up).
Value Range 0: non pilot beacon, 1: pilot beacon.
Default 0.
Setting Set this parameter according to the actual configuration.
Related n First list
Parameters
n Is In Critical Cell
Carrier type
Description Carrier Type. Select proper carrier according to service type
(voice, data).
Only applicable to this carrier sector.
This parameter is used to select the carrier.
Value Range 1: voice carrier, 2: data carrier, 3: hybrid carrier.
Default 3.
Setting It is recommended to set all the carriers in a cell as hybrid
carrier.
Related n Carrier Call Threshold
Parameters
n Threshold of changing carrier
status
Description manual block/unblock.
This parameter is only applicable to local carrier/sector.
Value Range 0,1
Default 0
Setting This parameter setting is invalid and it cannot affect the
block/unblock of carrier frequency.
Note: Carrier frequency state is passed by BTS to BSC

dynamically. Manual block is available in dynamic management.

Reverse preamble length

Description The length of the preamble sent by the MS on the reverse traffic
channel when it performs handoffs.
Responding to NUM_PREAMBLE field of EHDM, GHDM, and UHDM.
Value Range 0~7.
Table 162 describes the reverse preamble length when RC3/4/5
is used after handoff.
T AB L E 16 2 R E V E R S E PR E A MB L E LE N G T H IN C AS E O F R C 3/ 4/ 5
Reverse preamble length Preamble Length (1.25ms)

0 0
1 2
2 4
3 6
4 8
5 10
6 12
7 16
Note:
n If RC1/RC2 is used after handoff, the preamble length is
20ms.
n If RC3/4/5 is used after handoff, the preamble length is
1.25ms.
Default 0.
Setting Currently this parameter is not used in the background of our
system, and in the foreground, a fixed value of 7 is used.
When a large value is set for this parameter, the BS can easily
detect the traffic channel of the MS, thus the handoff success
rate increases, but the interference to reverse links increases.
When a small value is set, the interference to reverse links
decreases, but the handoff success rate decreases, too.
Reference 3GPP2 C.S0005-A v6.0: Upper Layer (Layer 3) Signaling
Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems, Release A
Addendum 2.

MS DROP SSHO threshold (For

Voice)
Description A threshold for inter-frequency semi-soft handoff in voice
services.
When all the pilots of active sets of a MS fall into the critical cell
but are not the basic carrier frequency, BS decides whether it
sends CFSRQM to the MS based on the values of
PILOT_PN_PHASE and PILOT_STRENGTH in the PSMM from the
MS, and decide whether it originates an inter-frequency semi-
soft handoff based on the target pilot strength in CFSRSM.
Value Range 0~63, Unit: -0.5db
Default 20.
Setting This parameter is only valid for critical cells. If a larger value is
set, the chance for MS to perform semi-soft handoffs increases.
If a smaller value is set, the chance for MS to perform semi-soft
handoffs decreases. If the critical cell covers highways, a smaller
value should be set for this threshold.
Related n MS DROP SSHO Threshold (for data)
Parameters
n RTD Threshold (for voice)
n RTD Threshold (for data)
RTD Threshold (For Voice)

Description RTD threshold for voice services.
Value Range 0~65535, Unit: 100ns.
Default 232.
Related n MS DROP SSHO Threshold (for voice)
Parameters
n MS DROP SSHO Threshold (for data)

MS DROP SSHO threshold (For

Data)
Description A threshold for inter-frequency semi-soft handoff in data
services.
Value Range 0~63 , Unit: -0.5dB
Default 20.
Parameters
RTD threshold (For Data)

Description RTD threshold for data services.
Value Range 0~65535, Unit: 100ns.
Default 232.
Parameters
n MS DROP SSHO Threshold (for data)
Is in critical cell
Description Indicate whether the MS is in the critical cell (multi-carrier cell at
the coverage edge of multi-carrier and single-carrier cells).

Value Range 0: not in the critical cell, 1: in the critical cell.

Default 0.
Setting Set this parameter according to the actual configuration.
Related n First list
Parameters
n Is beacon
sectorgain
Description Sector gain.
Default 268
Setting Qualcomm chips are used to calculate the forward control
channel gain, it is mainly used to measure the cell coverage.
Control channel gain is directly proportional to the sector gain.
Therefore, when sector gain increase, control channel gain also
increases, and the power occupied by the control channel will
increase accordingly and sector coverage becomes larger.
However, the available power for service channel decreases,
sector capacity becomes small.
When sector gain decreases, control channel gain also decreases,
and the power occupied by the control channel will decrease
accordingly and sector coverage becomes smaller. However, the
available power for service channel increases, sector capacity
becomes larger. In general, the default value is acceptable. For
capacity test, sector gain should be set as low as possible and
for coverage test, sector gain should be set as high as possible.
switch1
Description Access channel overload control enable switch.
Value Range 0,1
0: disable
1: enable
Default 0
Setting The MS originates a new call can not access because service
channel overloads. If MS originate more calls, system will be
interfered at reverse direction. Therefore, overload control is
needed on access channel to decrease message collision
probability during traffic peak hours and reverse interference
when service channel overloads.

1 stands for the access channel overload control function is

enabled and 0 stands for the access channel overload control
function is disabled.
Power Control Message

Parameters
Forward power control operation
mode indicator,
Description Indication of forward power control operation mode of F-FCH
where there is no F-SCH.
Corresponding to PCNM, GHDM, UHDM fields.
Value Range 0 ~ 6.
Table 163 describes the value range of Forward Power Control
Operation Mode Indicator.
T AB L E 16 3 V AL U E R AN G E O F FO R W AR D P O W E R C O N T R OL OP E R AT I O N M O D E
INDICAT OR
Forward Reverse power control

Power sub-channel allocation
Control (Power Control Group
Meaning #0~15)
Operation
Mode Suppleme
Indicator Fundamental
ntal
000 MS transmits at 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, Not
800bps on 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, supported
fundamental reverse 10, 11, 12,
power control sub- 13, 14, 15
channel
001 MS transmits at 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 1, 3, 5, 7,
400bps on 10, 12, 14 9, 11, 13,
fundamental / 15
supplemental reverse
power control sub-
channel
010 MS transmits at 1, 5, 9, 13 0, 2, 3, 4,
200bps and 600bpson 6, 7, 8, 10,
fundamental / 11, 12, 14,
supplemental power 15
control sub-channel
011 MS sends EIB on 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, Not
reverse power control 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, supported
sub-channel 10, 11, 12,

Forward Reverse power control

Power sub-channel allocation
Control (Power Control Group
Meaning #0~15)
Operation
Mode Suppleme
Indicator Fundamental
ntal
13, 14, 15
100 MS sends QIB on 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, Not
reverse power control 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, supported
sub-channel 10, 11, 12,
13, 14, 15
101 MS sends QIB on 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 1, 3, 5, 7,
fundamental reverse 10, 12, 14 9, 11, 13,
power control sub- 15
channel and sends
EIB on supplemental
reverse power control
sub-channel
110 MS transmits at 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 1, 3, 5, 7,
400bps on 10, 12, 14 9, 11, 13,
fundamental reverse 15
power control sub-
channel and sends
EIB on supplemental
reverse power control
sub-channel
Other values: Reserved
Default 0.
Setting The default setting is recommended.
The parameter is valid only when Forward Link Power Control
parameter included indicator is 1.
Related n Forward Power Control Operation Mode Indicator
Parameters
n Forward Power Control Operation mode used during FSC
assignment interval,
n Power Control Subchannel indicator
n Master Supplemental channel index

mode used during FSC assignment
interval
Description Indication of forward power control operation mode of F-FCH
where there is available F-SCH.
Corresponding to ESCAM fields.

Value Range 0~6.

See Forward Power Control Operation Mode Indicator for value
meanings.
Default 1.
Setting Default setting.
Parameters
Power control subchannel indicator

Description Indication of power control sub-channel.
Corresponding to PCNM, GHDM, UHDM, ECAM, ESCAM fields.
Value Range 0: FCH; 1: DCCH.
Default 0.
parameter included indicator is 1 and when Forward Power
Control Operation mode used during FSC assignment interval is
1, 2, 5 or 6. Because MS can support two supplementary
channels according to related protocol, it should be made clear
as which supplementary channel is the master supplementary
channel.
Parameters
Setpoint report threshold included

indicator
Description Indication of whether F-DCCH outer loop report threshold is
included or not.
Corresponding to PCNM field.
Value Range 0: Not included; 1: Included.
Default 0.
Setting The parameter is valid only when Forward Link Power Control
Default setting (normally) is recommended.

Related n Setpoint Report Threshold included indicator

Parameters
n Setpoint Report Threshold
n SCH Setpoint Report Threshold
Setpoint report threshold,

Description F-DCCH outer loop report threshold.
Corresponding to PCNM field.
Value Range 0~255 (Unit: 0 .125dB).
Default 0.
Setting The parameter is valid only when Setpoint Report Threshold
included indicator is 1.
If the parameter is set too low, redundant reverse signalling
increases and reverse capacity decreases; while if it’s set too
high, it is harder to detect outer loop threshold errors.
Parameters
n SCH Setpoint Report Threshold included indicator
Reverse traffic channel power

relative to access power,
Description Gain of reverse traffic channel power as relative to access
channel power. It’s used to adjust initial transmit power of
reverse traffic channel as relative to R-ACH or R-EACH.
Corresponding to ECAM fields.
Value Range
0~15 , binary supplemental code , Unit: dB.
Default 0.
Setting If the parameter is set too high, the reverse traffic channel has
high transmit power and in that case, system’s reverse load is
increased. If it’s set too low, the reverse traffic channel has low
transmit power and in that case, FER of the reverse traffic
channel is increased.
Related n Reverse Power Control parameter included indicator
Parameters
n Reverse eighth gating mode indicator

Reverse eighth gating mode

indicator
Description Indication of R-FCH gating mode.
Corresponding to ECAM, GHDM, UHDM fields.
Value Range 0: Disabled; 1: Enabled.
Default 0.
Setting It must be set to 0.
Related n Reverse Power Control parameter included indicator
Parameters
n Reverse Traffic Channel power relative to access power
Initial supplemental channel outer

loop Eb/Nt setpoint option
Description Option for setting initial F-SCH outer loop, indicating whether
Initial SCH Output loop Eb/Nt setpoint is an absolute value or an
offset value as relative to the current value.
Corresponding to ESCAM field.
Value Range 0: Absolute; 1: Offset
Default 0.
The parameter should be set to 0.
Related n Initial SCH Output loop Eb/Nt setpoint
Parameters
n Minmum SCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint
n Maximum SCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint
SCH setpoint report threshold

included indicator
Description Indication of whether F-SCH outer loop report threshold is
included or not.
Corresponding to PCNM, ESCAM fields.
Value Range 0: Not included; 1: Included
Default 0.
Setting Default setting (normally) is recommended.


Parameters
SCH setpoint report threshold

Description F-SCH outer loop report threshold.
Value Range 0~255.
Default 8, Unit: 0.125dB
Setting The parameter is valid only when SCH Setpoint Report Threshold
included indicator is 1.
If the parameter is set too low, redundant reverse signalling
high, it is harder to detect outer loop threshold errors.
Parameters
n SCH Setpoint Report Threshold included indicator
Forward link power control

parameter included indicator
Description Indication of whether forward link power control parameter is
included or not.
Corresponding to PCNM, ESCAM, GHDM, UHDM fields.
Most power control parameters are valid only when this
parameter is 1.
Default 1.
Reverse power control parameter

included indicator
Description Indication of whether reverse power control parameter is
included or not.


Default 1.
Setting It should be set to 1.
Related n Reverse Traffic Channel power relative to access power
Parameters
n Reverse eighth gating mode indicator
Fundamental channel OLPC

Description Indication of whether FCH outer loop power control parameter is
included or not.
Corresponding to PCNM, GHDM, UHDM fields.
Value Range 0: Not included; 1: Included
Default 1.
Setting Default setting (normally)
Related n FCH target Frame Error Rate(Voice) /(data)
Parameters
n Minimum FCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint(Voice)/(data)
n Maximum FCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint(Voice) /data
n Initial FCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint(Voice)/(data)
DCCH outer loop power control

parameter include indicator
Description Indication of whether DCCH outer loop power control parameter
is included or not.
Responding to PCNM, GHDM, UHDM fields.
Default 0.
Related n DCCH target Frame Error Rate
Parameters
n Minimum DCCH outer Loop Eb/Nt setpoint
n Maximum DCCH outer Loop Eb/Nt setpoint

DCCH target frame error rate

Description Target frame error rate of DCCH.
Responding to PCNM, GHDM, UHDM, ECAM fields.
Value Range 0~30.
See FCH target Frame Error Rate(Voice) for value meanings.
Default 0.
Setting The parameter is valid only when DCCH Outer Loop Power
control Parameter include indicator is 1.
Related n DCCH Outer Loop Power control Parameter include indicator
Parameters
Minimum DCCH outer loop Eb/Nt

setpoint
Description Lower limit of DCCH outer loop Eb/Nt.
Corresponding to PCNM, GHDM, UHDM, ECAM fields.
Value Range
0~255, Unit: 0.125dB.
Default 0.
Setting If the parameter is set to 255, it will direct MS table to have
related thresholds be set to the current Eb/No value of this
channel.
The parameter is valid only when DCCH Outer Loop Power
Related n DCCH Outer Loop Power control Parameter include indicator
Parameters
n DCCH target Frame Error Rate
Maximum DCCH outer loop Eb/Nt

setpoint
Description Upper limit of DCCH outer loop Eb/Nt
Corresponding to PCNM, GHDM, UHDM, ECAM fields.
Value Range 0~255, Unit: 0.125dB.
Default 0.

Setting If the parameter is set to 255, it will direct MS table to have

related thresholds be set to the current Eb/No value of this
channel.
The parameter is valid only when DCCH Outer Loop Power
Related n DCCH Outer Loop Power control Parameter
Parameters
n include indicator DCCH target Frame Error Rate
Master supplemental channel index

Description Indication of master supplemental channel.
Value Range 0~1.
Default 0.
Parameters
FCH target frame error rate(Voice)

Description Target frame error rate of fundamental channel for voice service.
Corresponding to FPC_FCH_FER field of PCNM, GHDM, UHDM,
ECAM.
Value Range 0~30.
Table 164 describes the value range of FCH target Frame Error
Rate(Voice).
T A B L E 1 6 4 V A L U E R A N G E O F F C H T A R G E T F R A ME E R R O R R A T E ( V O I C E )
FER (binary) Target FER FER (binary) Target FER

00000 0.2% 10101...11001 11%...15%
(Unit: 1.0%)
00001...10100 0.5%...10% 11010...11110 18%...30%
(Unit: 0.5%) (Unit: 3.0%)
11111: Reserved
Default 2.
Setting If the parameter is set too high, F-FCH forward transmit power
(voice) decreases and forward capacity increase, but FER of F-

FCH (voice) gets higher which means performance degradation

and in serious cases call drops will arise. If the parameter is set
too low, the forward transmit power increases and forward
capacity decrease, but F-FCH voice service performance is
improved.
Related n Fundamental Channel OLPC parameter included indicator
Parameters
n
FCH target frame error rate(Data)

Description Target Frame Error Rate of fundamental channel for data service.
See FCH target Frame Error Rate(Voice) for FER meanings.
Corresponding to FPC_FCH_FER fields of PCNM, GHDM, UHDM,
ECAM.
Value Range 0~30.
Default 2.
(data) decreases and forward capacity increase, but FER of F-
FCH (data) gets higher which means performance degradation
and in serious cases call drops will arise. If the parameter is set
too low, the forward transmit power increases and forward
capacity decrease, but F-FCH data service performance is
improved.
Parameters
fpc_fch_fer_ptt

Initial FCH outer loop Eb/Nt

setpoint(data)
Description Initial FCH outer loop Eb/Nt value (data).
Corresponding to FPC_FCH_INIT_SETP field of ECAM.
Value Range 0~255, Unit: 0.125dB
Default 64.
for data initiation is very high, forward capacity decreases. If it’s
set too low, forward transmit power may not be able to meet the
requirement, performance is degraded and in serious case call
drops arise.
Parameters
n FCH target Frame Error Rate(Voice) /(data)
Initial SCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint

Description Threshold of initial F-SCH outer loop Eb/Nt. It’s a binary
supplemental code when Initial Supplemental Channel Outer
Loop Eb/Nt setpoint option is 1.
Corresponding to ESCAM field.
Value Range 0~255, Unit: 0 125dB
Default 56.
If the parameter is set too high, F-SCH forward transmit power
for data service remains high, in which case forward capacity
decreases. If it’s set too low, forward transmit power decreases,
which may give rise to the case that when forward outer loop
reaches or gets close to lower limit, radio environment will
deteriorate suddenly, now if forward transmit power fails to get
high enough in due time, transmission is affected.
Related n Initial Supplemental Channel Outer Loop Eb/Nt setpoint
Parameters option
n Minimum SCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint

Initial FCH outer loop Eb/Nt

setpoint(Voice)
Description Initial FCH outer loop Eb/Nt value (voice)
Corresponding to FPC_FCH_INIT_SETPT field of ECAM.
Default 64.
Setting If the parameter is set too high, F-FCH forward transmits power
for voice initiation is very high, forward capacity decreases. If it
is set too low, forward transmit power may not be able to meet
the requirement, performance is degraded and in serious case
call drops arise.
Parameters
Maximum FCH outer loop Eb/Nt

setpoint(Voice)
Description Upper limit of FCH outer loop Eb/Nt (voice)
Corresponding to FPC_FCH_MAX_SETPT field of PCNM, GHDM,
UHDM, ECAM.
Default 80.
for voice service increases, forward capacity decreases. If it is
set too low, forward transmit power cannot meet the
requirement, performance is degraded and in serious case call
drops arise.
Parameters

Maximum FCH outer loop Eb/Nt

setpoint(Data)
Description Upper limit of FCH outer loop Eb/Nt (data)
Corresponding to FPC_FCH_MAX_SETPT field of PCNM, GHDM,
UHDM, ECAM.
Default 80.
for data service increases, forward capacity decreases. If it is set
too low, forward transmit power cannot meet the requirement,
performance is degraded and in serious case call drops arise.
Parameters
Maximum SCH outer loop Eb/Nt

setpoint,
Description Upper limit of F-SCH outer loop Eb/Nt.
Default 72.
for data service increases, in which case forward capacity
decreases. If it is set too low, forward transmit power may not
be able to meet the requirement and then transmission is
affected.
Related n initial Supplemental Channel Outer Loop Eb/Nt setpoint
Parameters option .
n Initial SCH Output loop Eb/Nt setpoint
n Minimum SCH outer loop Eb/Nt setpoint

Minimum FCH outer loop Eb/Nt

setpoint(Data)
Description Lower limit of FCH outer loop Eb/Nt (data)
Corresponding to FPC_FCH_MIN_SETPT field of PCNM, GHDM,
UHDM, ECAM.
Default 16.
deteriorate, now if forward transmit power fails to get high
enough in due time, call drops arise.
Parameters
Minimum FCH outer loop Eb/Nt

setpoint(Voice)
Description Lower limit of FCH outer loop Eb/Nt (voice).
Corresponding to FPC_FCH_MIN_SETPT field of PCNM, GHDM, UHDM,
ECAM.
Default 16.
for voice service remains high, in which case forward capacity
enough in due time, call drops arise.
Parameters

Minimum SCH outer loop Eb/Nt

setpoint,
Description Lower limit of F-SCH outer loop Eb/Nt.
Value Range 0~255, Unit: 0 125dB.
Default 8.
enough in due time, transmission is affected.
Related n initial Supplemental Channel Outer Loop Eb/Nt setpoint
Parameters option
n Initial SCH Output loop Eb/Nt setpoint
Power threshold of supplemental

target frame error rate of overload
(%)
Description Power threshold of F-SCH target FER of overload. When forward
power is lower than this parameter, set target FER based on F-
SCH rate scalability.
Value Range 50~100, Unit: %.
Default 65.
Related n Supplemental channel target Frame Error Rate of overload
Parameters
n Supplemental channel target Frame Error Rate of
32x/16x/8x/2x
n Supplemental channel target Frame Error Rate

Supplemental channel target frame

error rate of overload
Description F-SCH target FER when forward power is higher than Power
threshold of Supplemental target Frame Error Rate of
overload(%)
Corresponding to FPC_SCH_FER field of PCNM, ESCAM .
Value Range 0~31.
Default 10.
Related n Power threshold of Supplemental target Frame Error Rate of
Parameters overload(%)
32x/16x/8x/2x


error rate of 32x
Description 32X F-SCH target FER when forward power is lower than Power
overload(%).
Corresponding to FPC_SCH_FER field of PCNM, ESCAM.
Value Range 0~31.
Default 10.
n Supplemental channel target Frame Error Rate of overload

error rate of 16x
overload(%).
Value Range 0~31.
Default 10.


error rate of 8x
overload(%).
Value Range 0~31.
Default 6.
Setting The parameter is valid only when Forward Power Control
Operation mode used during FSC assignment interval is 1.

error rate of 4x
overload(%).
Value Range 0~31.
Default 4.


error rate of 2x
overload(%).
Value Range 0~31.
Default 4.

error rate
Description Default F-SCH target FER.
Value Range 0~30.
Default 10.
Setting The parameter is reserved.
32x/16x/8x/2x

Forward Power Overload

Parameters
Forward power overload control
enabled
Description Indicate whether the forward power overload control is enabled.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 165 describes the value range of Forward Power Overload
Control Enabled.
T AB L E 16 5 VAL U E RAN G E OF FOR W AR D POW ER OV ER L OAD CON T R OL

ENABLED
Value Meaning
0 Enabled
1 Disabled
Default 1.
Setting If the value is 1, the forward power overload control function
does not work. If the value is 0, the forward power overload
control function will work.
The value of this parameter for all carriers of a cell should be the
same.

period
Description Period for overload control of forward power.
Forward power overload control period is calculated as follows:
Forward power transmit report period × Forward Power Overload
Control period (Unit: 20ms)
Value Range 0 ~ 100. Unit: times.
Default 5.
Setting If the value of the parameter is too high, the carrier sector will
respond to the power change at a long interval, but the quantity

of messages synchronized from CCM to CMP decreases. If the

value is too low, the carrier sector will respond to the power
change in a short time, but the quantity of messages
synchronized from CCM to CMP increases.
Related Forward Power Overload Control report period
Parameters

report period
Description The period for reporting forward power.
Default 1.
Related Forward Power Overload Control period
Parameters
SCH setup threshold

Description A threshold used to disable F-SCH setup
Only applicable to this carrier sector
Value Range 0 ~ 100.Unit: %.
Default 85.
Setting If the threshold is set too high, the forward capacity of the
system increases, but the system will have to work under heavy
load for a long time, and the HPA is likely to power off. If the
threshold is set too low, the forward capacity of the system
decreases, but the HPA is unlikely to power off.
Setting Requirement: SCH setup threshold ≤ Call setup
threshold ≤ Soft Handoff threshold ≤ Power up threshold.
Related n Power up threshold
Parameters
n Soft Handoff threshold
n Call setup threshold

Call setup threshold

Description A threshold used to disable new call setup.
Default 90.
threshold ≤ Soft Handoff threshold ≤ Power up threshold
Parameters
n Soft Handoff threshold
n SCH setup threshold
Soft handoff threshold

Description A threshold used to disable handoff.
Default 95.
Parameters
Power up threshold
Description A threshold used to reject power up request.


Default 100.
Related n Soft Handoff threshold
Parameters
Rating power(mw)
Description Only applicable to this carrier sector.
Value Range 0 ~ 30000. Unit: mw.
Default Table 166 describes the default value of Rating power.
T ABLE 16 6 DEFAULT VALUE OF RATING POWER
Frequency BTS Value

Macro BTS 30000
800MHz,450MHz
Micro cell 10000
1.9GHz,2.1GHz Macro BTS 20000
Micro cell 5000
Setting If the values of the two parameters Rating power and Cell Power
are too high, the system capacity increases, but the HPA is likely
to power off. If the values are too low, the system capacity
decreases, but the HPA is unlikely to power off. The Ratio of pilot
to maximum overload power is used to calculate Maximum overload
power by the background, and the Maximum overload power cannot
be adjusted manually.
The value of Cell Power cannot be greater than that of Rating
power.
Maximum overload power can be calculated only after F-PICH is
configured.
Related n Ratio of pilot to maximum overload power
Parameters
n Maximum overload power
n Cell Power

Cell power(mw)
Description Designed power of the cell.
Default Table 167 describes the default value of Cell power.
T ABLE 16 7 DEFAULT VALUE OF CELL POWER
Frequency BTS Value
800MHz, Macro BTS 30000

450MHz Micro cell 10000
1.9GHz, 2.1GHz Macro BTS 20000
Micro cell 5000
Setting If the values of the two parameters “Rating power” and “Cell
Power” are too high, the system capacity increases, but the HPA
is likely to power off. If the values are too low, the system
capacity decreases, but the HPA is unlikely to power off. The
Ratio of pilot to maximum overload power is used to calculate
Maximum overload power by the background, and the Maximum
overload power cannot be adjusted manually.
The value of Cell Power cannot be greater than that of Rating power.
configured.
Parameters
n Maximum overload power
n Rating power
HPA gain
Description HPA gain.
Default 54.
Related n Environment Type
Parameters
n Calibrate Value

Environment Type
Description Environment for calibration
Value Range 0,1.
Default 1.
Related n HPA gain
Parameters
n Calibrate Value
n RFE lower power
Ratio of pilot to maximum overload

power
Description The ratio of pilot power to overload power.
Value Range 0 ~ 200. Unit: ‰.
Default 150.
Power.
configured.
Related n Maximum overload power
Parameters
n Cell Power
n Rating power
Maximum overload power

Description Power used for overload control

Power.
configured.
Parameters
n Cell Power
n Rating power
Calibrate value
Description A value used for calibration.
Only applicable to the carrier sector.
Related n HPA gain
Parameters
n Environment Type
n RFE lower power
RFE lower power

Description A threshold used to report low power alarms.
Default 5.
Setting If the value of this parameter is too high, fake alarms is reported.
If the value is too low, the system cannot detect the low power
alarms.
Related n HPA gain
Parameters
n Environment Type
n Calibrate Value

Periodic Pilot Measurement

Request Order Parameters
Include setpoint information indicator
Description Indicate whether the outer loop Eb/Nt threshold is included.
Value Range 0: not included, 1: included
Default 0.
Setting If the parameter is set to be 1, MS icludes the outer loop Eb/Nt
threshold in PPSMM.
Related n ORDQ for Semi-Soft Handoff
Parameters
n ORDQ for SCH
n Pilot Measurement Request Order period
ORDQ for semi-soft handoff

Description The period for MS to report the pilot strength in the case of
semi-soft handoff.
Corresponding to PPMRO(Periodic Pilot Measurement Request
Order) ORDQ field.
Value Range 1~255 , Unit: 80ms.
When the parameter Include Setpoint information indicator is set
to be 1, the value range of this parameter is 1~254. When the
parameter Include Setpoint information indicator is 0, the value
range of this parameter is 10~254.
Default 10.
Setting If the value of the parameter is set too high, the MS reports the
pilot strength at a long interval, and the handoff success rate
decreases. If the value is set too low, the MS reports the
strength frequently, and the signaling overhead increases.
Related n Include Setpoint information indicator
Parameters
n ORDQ for SCH

ORDQ for SCH

Description The period for MS to report the pilot strength in the case of F-
SCH setup.
Order) ORDQ field.
Value Range 1~255, Unit: 80ms.
When the parameter Include Setpoint information indicator is set
to be 1, the value range of this parameter is 1~254. When the
parameter Include Setpoint information indicator is 0, the value
range of this parameter is 10~254.
Default 10.
pilot strength at a long interval, and the accuracy of F-SCH rate
assignment decreases. If the value is set too low, the MS reports
the strength frequently, and the signaling overhead increases.
As the MS is required to report the pilot strength only in the case
of inter-frequency handoff or F-SCH setup, the parameter can be
set to be a small value.
Parameters
n ORDQ for Semi-Soft Handoff
Threshold of total received Ec of

pilots in active set
Description A threshold used to control the total received power of the pilots
in the active set.
Order) field.
Value Range 0~31, 31 indicates the threshold is ignored.
Use the following formula to calculate the value of the parameter:
(10 × log10 ( pilot_ec_thresh ) + 120) 2

Where pilot_ec_thresh is the threshold of total received power
Ec (Unit: mw) of pilots in the active set. When Ec is lower than
the threshold, the MS sends PPSMM to the BS.
Default 31.
Setting If the threshold is set too high, the MS reports the received
power frequently, which allows the BS to learn the pilot strength
of the active set of the MS timely, but the reverse signaling

overhead increases. If the threshold is set too low, the MS

reports the received power at a long interval, causing the
reverse signaling to decrease, but the BS is unlikely to learn the
pilot strength of the active set of the MS in time.
Related pilot Strength Threshold of Serving Frequency
Parameters
Pilot measurement request order

period
Description The period for BS to send PMRO (Pilot Measurement Request
Order) to MS in the case of inter-frequency handoff
Value Range 1~254, Unit: second.
Default 1.
pilot strength at a long interval, and the handoff success rate
decreases. If the value is set too low, the MS reports the
strength frequently, and the signaling overhead increases.
Parameters
n ORDQ for Semi-Soft Handoff
n ORDQ for SCH
Pilot strength threshold of serving

frequency
Description A threshold used to control the total strength of pilots in the
active set.
Order) field.
Value Range 0~31, 31 indicates the threshold is ignored.
Use the following formula to calculate the value of the parameter:
− 20 × log10 pilot_streng_thresh
Where pilot_streng_thresh is the total strength (Ec/Io) threshold
of pilots in the active set. When Ec/Io is lower than the threshold,
the MS sends PPSMM (Periodic Pilot Strength Measurement
Message) to the BS.
Default 31.
Setting If the threshold is set too high, the MS reports the pilot strength
at a long interval, and the handoff success rate decreases. If the

threshold is set too low, the MS reports the strength frequently,

and the signaling overhead increases.
Related Threshold of total received Ec of pilots in Active Set
Parameters
Traffic Parameters
Search offset of traffic channel
Description Search offset of traffic channel.
Value Range 0~4095 (Unit: 1/8chip).
Default 512.
Related
n Transmit power decay
Parameters
n Forward distributing delay of hardware
n Reverse distributing delay of hardware
Search window of TCH acquisition

Description Size of search window for TCH acquisition.
Corresponding to CSM1.5 chipset acquisition_width parameter.
The parameter is only applicable to this carrier sector but all
carrier sectors of the same BTS should better use the same
search window size.
Only used for CSM1.5k CHM (not CSM5000 CHM).
Value Range 0~32767, Unit: 1/8chip.
Default 496.
Setting Search Window of TCH Acquisition should be set to a large
enough value so that MS can be found during a handoff.
However, it should not be set too large as that would consume
too much search time of CSM1.5k.
Search window of TCH demodulation should be set to a larger value
than Search Window of TCH Acquisition so that multipath signal can
be searched and collected.
Related Search window of TCH demodulation
Parameters

Search window of TCH

demodulation
Description Width of search window for TCH demodulation.
Corresponding to CSM1.5 chipset demodulation_width
parameter.
Default 800.
Setting The parameter should be set to a larger value than Search
Window of TCH Acquisition so that multipath signals can be
searched and collected.
Related Search Window of TCH Acquisition.
Parameters
Power control subchannel gain

Description Power control bit gain.
Corresponding to CSM1.5 chipset PC_GAIN parameter.
Value Range 0~255, Unit: DGU.
Default 128.
Related n Power control subchannel gain offset
Parameters
n Traffic symbol gain
Power control subchannel gain offset

Description Power control sub-channel gain offset.
Default 1.
Related n Power Control subchannel gain
Parameters
n Traffic symbol gain
Traffic symbol gain

Description Data bit gain.
Corresponding to CSM1.5 chipset DATA_GAIN parameter.


Default 128.
Related n Power control subchannel gain offset
Parameters
n Power Control subchannel gain
Forward distributing delay of

hardware
Description Forward hardware delay.
The forward and reverse delay needed for CHM configuration are
obtained from Forward distributing delay of hardware and
Reverse distributing delay of hardware, plus forward and reverse
fiber delay (reported by hardware). Forward delay is the delay
from CSM chip to antenna output while reverse delay is the
delay from BTS reception antenna to CSM chip. CES obtains
transmit advance (BTF) time of a sector from forward delay;
while CES uses reverse delay together with EPN to calculate
search window center offset.
Default 0.
Related n Search Offset of Traffic Channel
Parameters
Reverse distributing delay of

hardware
Description Reverse hardware delay.
See Forward distributing delay of hardware for more details.
Value Range 0~255 , Unit: 1/8chip.
Default 0.
Parameters

Transmit power decay

Description Transmit power loss.
Value Range 0~255.
Default 6.
Parameters
Estimate time of digital transmit

power (sec)
Description Estimated time of digital transmit power.
Value Range 0~32767 , Unit: second.
Default 2.
Setting The parameter is not used for the moment.
Related n Nominal gain ratio of traffic to pilot
Parameters
n Forward power estimate enable
n FSCH gain
Forward power estimate enable

Description Indication of whether to enable or disable forward power
estimation.
Value Range 0: Disabled; 1: Enabled
Default 1.
Related n Estimate time of digital transmit power (sec)
Parameters
n Nominal gain ratio of traffic to pilot
n FSCH gain

TCH outlock threshold

Description Traffic channel out-of-lock threshold.
Corresponding to CSM5000 chipset IN_LOCK_THRESH_95/2000
parameter.
Value Range 0~255.
Setting The parameter is not used for CSM5000 CHM.
Related n TCH inlock threshold
Parameters
n TCH combine threshold
TCH inlock threshold

Description Traffic channel in-lock threshold.
Corresponding to CSM5000 chipset OUT_LOCK_THRESH_2000
parameter.
Value Range 0~255.
Related n TCH outlock threshold
Parameters
n TCH combine threshold
TCH combine threshold

Description Traffic channel combine threshold.
Corresponding to CSM5000 chipset COMBINE_THRESH_95
parameter.
Value Range 0~255.
Related n TCH outlock threshold
Parameters
n TCH inlock threshold
TCH acquisition search threshold

Description Traffic channel acquisition search threshold.
Value Range 0~32767

Related n TCH demodulation search threshold

Parameters
n Initial TCH finger inlock power
TCH demodulation search threshold

Description Traffic channel demodulation search threshold
Value Range 0~32767.
Related n TCH acquisition search threshold
Parameters
n Initial TCH finger inlock power
Initial TCH finger inlock power

Description Traffic channel Finger initial power.
Corresponding to CSM5000 chipset INIT_FINGER_ENERGY_95
and INIT_FINGER_ENERGY_2000 parameters.
Default 1456.
Related n TCH acquisition search threshold
Parameters
n TCH demodulation search threshold
Index of Ew/No
Description Index of Ew/No.
Because the reverse outer loop power control in CSM5000 uses
the setting value of Ec/Io, the CSM1.5 chip needs the index
acquisition threshold.
Value Range 0~96.
Default 80.
Setting The parameter is only used for CSM1.5 CHM.
The default setting is recommended.
Related Out loop power control enable
Parameters

Nominal gain ratio of traffic to pilot

Description Nominal gain ratio of traffic channel to pilot channel.
Value Range 1~100 , Unit: %.
Default 50.
Parameters
n FSCH gain
Outer loop power control enable

Description Indication of whether reverse outer loop power control is
enabled or disabled.
Value Range 0: Disabled; 1: Enabled.
Default 1.
Related Index of Ew/No
Parameters
FSCH gain
Description F-SCH initial gain.
Value Range 0~255 , Unit: DGU.
Default 219.
Parameters
n Nominal gain ratio of traffic to pilot
Reverse power control mode

Description Reverse power control mode.
Value Range 0~3.

Table 168 describes the value range of Reverse power control

mode.
T ABLE 16 8 VALUE RANG E OF REVERSE PO WER CONT ROL MODE
Value Reverse power control mode R-PICH gated rate

0 800 Hz Full rate
1 400 Hz Half rate
2 200 Hz 1/4 rate
3 Closed N/A
Default
0.
The system currently supports full rate only as R-PICH gated
rate.
Related n Initial reverse outer loop setpoint
Parameters
n Reverse power control subchannel pattern
Reverse power control subchannel

pattern
Description Reverse power control command sent to MS when there is no
Finger combination.
Corresponding to CSM5000 chipset PC_PATTERN parameter.
Value Range 0~3.
Table 169 describes the value range of Reverse power control

subchannel pattern.
T ABLE 16 9 T HE VALUE RANGE OF REVERSE POWER CONTROL SUBCHANNEL

PATT ERN
Description (supposing MS
Value Enumeration constant closed loop power control
step is 1dB)
0 No gain (same number for
CSMDEF_PC_NO_GAIN
UP/DOWN indications)
1 Gain increases by 25dB per
CSMDEF_PC_GAIN_25DB
second
CSMDEF_PC_GAIN_50DB
second
CSMDEF_PC_GAIN_100DB
second
Default 1.

Setting If the parameter is set too high, MS transmit power increases

fast and it takes shorter time to re-acquire MS, but reverse
capacity decreases. If it’s set too low, MS transmit power
increases slowly and it takes longer to re-acquire MS. If it’s set
to 0, MS transmit power may remain unchanged.
Parameters
n Initial reverse outer loop setpoint
Consult FSCH parameter included

indicator
Description Indication of whether consult F-SCH parameter is included or not.
Default 1.
Related n FSCH coding type
Parameters
n Maximum rate of FSCH
n Preferring options of FSCH
Maximum rate of FSCH

Description Maximum rate of F-SCH.
Value Range 0~4.
Table 170 for the value range of Maximum Rate of FSCH.
T A B L E 1 7 0 V A L U E R A N G E O F M A X I MU M R A T E O F F S C H .
Maximum rate of FSCH SCH rate

0 1X
1 2X
2 4X
3 8X
4 16X
Default 4.
Related n Consult FSCH parameter included indicator
Parameters
n FSCH coding type

FSCH coding type

Description F-SCH coding type.
Value Range 0: Convolution coding; 1: TURBO coding.
Default 0.
Parameters
Preferring options of FSCH

Description Preferring optional of F-SCH that corresponds to maximum rate
of F-SCH.
Value Range SCH may use MuxPDU types 1, 2, 3 and 5. When SCH uses
MuxPDU type 5, the reuse option is 0xf20 (used by 32X SCH).
When SCH uses MuxPDU types 1, 2 or 3, the available reuse
options are as given in the below table, and in this case the
reuse options are related with the size of SDU on SCH physical
layer.
Table 171 describes the value range of Preferring options of FSCH.
T ABLE 17 1 T HE VALUE RANGE OF P R E F E R R I N G O P T I O N S O F F S C H.
Max. MuxPDU Reuse options

Bit number of Rate set 1 Rate set 2
num. physical layer (forward RC3/4, (forward RC5,
of SDU reverse RC3) reverse RC4)
SDU
on Mu MuxPDU MuxPDU MuxPDU
each xP type 3 type 3 type 3
SCH Mux Mux
DU
physic PDU PDU
ty Do Do
al Sin type Sin Dou type Sin
pe ubl ubl
layer gle 2 gle ble 2 gle
1, e e
2
172/26 0x3 0x4
1
7
360/55 2 0x8 0x9 0x8 0x9
1
2 09 05 0a 06
744/11 4 0x8 0x9 0x8 0x9
2
28 11 09 12 0a
1512/2 8 0x8 0x9 0x8 0x9
4
280 21 11 22 12
3048/4 0x9 0x9
8
584 21 22

When reuse option is greater than 0x10, the method for

calculating reuse options is as given in the table below. The
sequence comes from the lowest bit to highest bit.
Table 172 describes the Calculation of
T AB L E 17 2 CAL C U L AT I ON S OF REU SE OPT I ON S
Field Bit number Value

00: N/A
Rate_Set 2 01: rate set 1
10: rate set 2
000000: no limit
Max_Data_Blocks 6
000001…001000
00: same
Data_Block_Size 2 01: 2 times
11: variable
00: MuxPDU type 1, 2 or 4
01: MuxPDU type 3
MuxPDU_Type 2
10: MuxPDU type 4 or 6
11: MuxPDU type 5
Format_Descriptor 4 0000: format 1
Default 0x921.
Setting Setting of the parameter is related with FSCH coding type and
Maximum rate of RSCH.
Parameters
n FSCH coding type
Consult RSCH parameter included

indicator
Description Indication of whether consult R-SCH parameter is included or
not.
Value Range 0: Included; 1: Not Included.
Default 1.
Related n preferring RC of RSCH
Parameters
n RSCH coding type
n Maximum rate of RSCH
n Preferring options of RSCH
n Reverse DTX duration

Maximum rate of RSCH

Description Maximum rate of R-SCH.
Value Range 0~4.
Table 173 describes the value range of Maximum Rate of RSCH.
T A B L E 1 7 3 V A L U E R A N G E O F M A X I MU M R A T E O F R S C H
Maximum rate of RSCH SCH rate

0 1X
1 2X
2 4X
3 8X
4 16X
Default 4.
Related n Consult RSCH parameter included indicator
Parameters
n preferring RC of RSCH
n RSCH coding type
Preferring RC of RSCH
Description Preferring RC of R-SCH.
Value Range 3: RC3; 4: RC4.
Default 3.
Parameters
n RSCH coding type

RSCH coding type

Description R-SCH coding type.
Value Range 0: Convolution coding; 1: TURBO coding.
Default 0.
Parameters
n Preferring RC of RSCH
Preferring options of RSCH

Description Preferring options of R-SCH that corresponds to maximum rate
of R-SCH.
Value Range See preferring options of FSCH.
Default 0x921.
Setting Setting of this parameter is related with RSCH coding type and
Maximum rate of RSCH.
Parameters
n preferring RC of RSCH
n RSCH coding type
Reverse DTX duration

Description DTX duration of R-SCH.
Corresponding to REV_SCH_DTX_DURATION field of SCAM and
ESCAM.
Default 12.

Parameters
n Preferring RC of RSCH
n RSCH coding type

Initial reverse outer loop setpoint

Description Initial reverse outer loop set point, determining target Ec/Io.
Corresponding to CSM5000 chipset PC_SETPOINT parameter.
Default 191.
Setting If OUTER_ENABLE (reverse outer loop power control enable) is 1,
then the parameter uses the setpoint calculated by reverse outer
loop algorithm; otherwise, the parameter is used as invariable
reverse outer loop setpoint. If the parameter is set too high,
reverse link quality is enhanced but reverse capacity decreases;
while if it’s set too low, reverse capacity increases but reverse
link quality is degraded.
Parameters
n Reverse power control subchannel pattern
Access Parameters
Initial power offset for access,
Description The initial power offset of Access Probe.
Corresponding to APM field.
Value Range -16~15, Unit: db
Default 0.
Setting If the value of the parameter is set too high, the access of MS
may cause reverse links to be blocked, thus the performance of
R-ACH decreases. If the value is too low, MS may access the
system after many access probes and the probability of R-ACH
collision increases.
The setting of this parameter and the parameter Power
Increment should allow the MS to access the system after
Number of access probes access probes.
Related n Power increment
Parameters
n Number of access probes

Power increment
Description The power increment between two consecutive access probes in
an access probe sequence.
Value Range 0~7 (Unit: dB)
Default 3.
Setting If the value of the parameter is set too high, the access of MS
may cause reverse links to be blocked, thus the performance of
R-ACH decreases. If the value is too low, MS may access the
system after many access probes and the probability of R-ACH
collision increases.
The setting of this parameter and the parameter Initial power
offset for access should allow the MS to access the system after
Number of access probes access probes. In setting this
parameter and the parameter Number of access probes, try to
balance them. If the value of this parameter is small, that of
Number of access probes should be large and vice versa.
Related n Initial power offset for access
Parameters
n Number of access probes
Number of access probes

Description The maximum number of access probes in an access probe
sequence minus 1.
Value Range 0~15.
Default 6.
Setting If the parameter is set too high, the chance of successful access
of the access probe sequence increases, but so will the
interference to reverse links. If it is set too low, the interference
to reverse links decreases, but so will the chance of successful
access of the access probe sequence.
Related n Power increment
Parameters
n Initial power offset for access

Maximum Access Channel message

capsule size
Description The maximum number of frames in a message capsule of an
access channel minus 3.
Value Range 0~7 , Unit: frame.
Default 3.
Setting If the value of the parameter is set too high, the access channel
capacity is wasted and the interference to reverse links increases.
If the value is set too low, some R-ACH messages may not be
transmitted.
Set the parameter according to the length requirement of R-ACH
messages. Each R-ACH frame consists of 96 bits (20ms frame,
4800bps), of which 88 bits are message bits and 8 bits are
encoder tail bits. The default value 3 (6 frames) of this
parameter is enough to meet the length requirement of any R-
ACH message (if DBM is too long, it can be sent via the traffic
channel). As a result, it is not necessary to optimize this
parameter.
As the modulation symbols of frames in the preamble of the
access channel are all “0”, they can be easily captured.
Related n Access Channel preamble length
Parameters
n Parallel demodulate channel preamble length
Access Channel preamble length

Description The number of frames in the preamble of a static access channel
minus 1.
Value Range 0~15, Unit: frame.
Default 3.
If the value is set too low, the chance for the BS to capture the
access probes decreases. As a result, many access probes may
be required before a MS accesses the BS, and the access time of
the MS increases.
Related n Maximum Access Channel message capsule size
Parameters
n Parallel demodulate channel preamble length

Persistence value for access

overload class 0~9
Description The persistence value of the MS with one of the access overload
classes 0~9.
Corresponding to PAM field.
Value Range 0~63.
Default 0.
Setting If the value is set too high, the MS may take a long time to
access the system. If the value is set too low, lots of access
collisions may occur if the load of R-ACH is heavy. In this case,
the MS has to retry access probe, which increases both the load
of reverse links and the access time of the MS.
Related n Persistence value for access overload class 10 (test mobile
Parameters stations)
n Persistence value for access overload class 11 (emergency
mobile stations)
n Persistence value for access overload class 12/13/14/15
n Persistence modifier for Access Channel attempts for
message transmissions
registrations
n Emergency persistence included indicator
n Persistence value for emergency call for access overload
classes 0~9

overload class 10 (test mobile
stations)
Description The persistence value of the MS with an access overload class of
10.
Value Range 0~7.
Default 0.
Setting If the persistence value is set too high, the MS may take a long
time to access the system. If the value is set too low, lots of
access collisions may occur if the load of R-ACH is heavy. In this
case, the MS has to retry access probe, which increases both the
load of reverse links and the access time of the MS.

Related n Persistence value for access overload class 0~9

Parameters
mobile stations)
registrations
classes 0~9

overload class 11 (emergency
mobile stations)
11.
See Persistence value for access overload class 0~9 for the
access overload classes of different MSs.
Value Range 0~7.
Default 0.
Parameters
n Persistence value for access overload class 10 (test mobile
stations)
registrations
classes 0~9


overload class 12/13/14/15
12/13/14/15.
See Persistence value for access overload class 0~9 for the
access overload classes of different MSs.
Value Range 0~7.
Default 0.
Parameters
stations)
mobile stations)
registrations
classes 0~9
Persistence modifier for Access

Channel attempts for message
transmissions
Description The modified persistence value when the message is transmitted.
Value Range 0~7.
Default 0.

Related n Persistence value for access overload class 0-9
Parameters
stations)
mobile stations)
registrations
classes 0~9
Persistence modifier for access

channel attempts for registrations
Description The modified persistence value when the MS originates a
registration.
Value Range 0~7.
Default 0.
Parameters
stations)
mobile stations)
classes 0-9

Time randomization for access

channel probes
Description Random delay in sending access channel probes.
Value Range 0~9
Default 0
Setting If the value of this parameter is set too high, the chances of
access collisions may decrease, but the MS may have to take a
long time to access the system. If the value is set too low, the
access time of the MS is shortened, but the chances of access
collisions may increase.
Before sending an access probe, the MS will determine the delay
according to its ESN and HASH algorithm, which ranges from 0
to 2value of this parameter -1 chips, while the BS can also know the
delay from the ESN of the MS. The setting “0” means no delay.
Acknowledgment timeout
Description The acknowledgement (that BS did not receive the access
channel probe sent by the MS) timeout minus 2.
Default 2.
Setting If the value of this parameter is set too high, the access time of
the MS is prolonged in case many access probes are required. If
the value is set too low, the MS sends unnecessary access
probes, which increase both the load of access channel and the
chances of access collisions.
Access channel probe backoff range

Description The maximum delay (when the MS sends the access channel
probe of a sequence) minus 1.
Value Range 0~15.
Default 0.
Setting If the value of this parameter is set too high, the access time is
prolonged in case many access probes are required. If the value
is set too low, the chances of access collisions may increase.

The setting of this parameter depends on the processing speed

of the BS (i.e. the speed during the period from the time R-ACH
receives the access probe to the time F-PCH sends ACK). A lower
setting cannot speed up the access.
Access channel probe sequence

backoff range
Description The maximum delay (between access probe sequences or before
the first access probe sequence of the response message) minus
1.
Value Range 0~15.
Default 0.
Setting If the value of this parameter is set too high, the access time is
prolonged in case many access probes are required. If the value
is set too low, the chances of access collisions may increase.
Related n Access Channel probe backoff range
Parameters
Maximum number of access probe

sequences for an access channel
request
Description The maximum number of access probe sequences that are
requested.
Value Range 0~15.
Default 2.
Setting If the value of this parameter is set too high, there is an
excessive access probe sequence in an access attempt, which
increases the load of the access channel. If the value is set too
low, the access probe sequences in an access attempt may be
insufficient, thus reducing the access success rate.
Related Maximum number of access probe sequences for an Access
Parameters Channel response

Maximum number of access probe

sequences for an access channel
respond,
Description The maximum number of access probe sequences that respond.
Value Range 0~15.
Default 2.
Related Maximum number of access probe sequences for an Access
Parameters Channel request
ACCT information included indicator

Description Indicate whether ACCT information is included.
Corresponding to ACM field.
Default 0
Setting This parameter must be set to be 0 currently.
ACCH message monitor included

indicator
Description Indicate whether the access channel monitoring is supported.
It is the parameter of CSM5000.
Value Range 0~1.
Default 0.
Setting This parameter is a CSM5000 chip parameter.
Related n Access Channel monitor timer(min)
Parameters

Emergency persistence included

indicator
Description Indicate whether the persistence value for emergency call is
included.
Value Range 0~1.
Default 1.
Parameters
stations)
mobile stations)
registrations
classes 0~9
Persistence value for emergency call

for access overload classes 0~9
Description The persistence value for emergency call of the MS with an
access overload class 0~9.
Value Range 0~7.
Default 0.
Parameters
stations)
mobile stations)


registrations
Access channel acquisition search

window width
Description The width of the search window for access channel acquisition
It is a CSM5000 chip parameter.
Value Range 0~65535 , Unit: 1/8chip.
Default 1600.
Related Access channel demodulation search window width
Parameters
Access channel demodulation

search window width
Description The width of the search window for access channel demodulation
It is a CSM5000 chip parameter.
Default 256.
Setting Access Channel acquisition search window width,
Related Access Channel acquisition search window width
Parameters
Access channel outlock threshold

Description A threshold used to unlock the access channel.
Value Range 0~255.
Default 64.
Setting This parameter is used in CSM1.5, not in CSM5000.
Related n Access Channel inlock threshold
Parameters
n Access Channel combination threshold

Related n Access Channel probe sequence backoff range

Parameters
Access channel inlock threshold

Description A threshold used to lock the access channel.
Value Range 0~255.
Default 64.
Related n Access Channel outlock threshold
Parameters
n Access Channel combination threshold
Access channel combination

threshold
Description A threshold used to combine access channels.
Value Range 0~255.
Default 64.
Related n Access Channel outlock threshold
Parameters
n Access Channel inlock threshold
Access channel acquisition threshold,

Description A threshold for searching access channel acquisition.
Default 1488.
Related n Access Channel demodulation threshold
Parameters
n Initial Access Channel finger inlock power

Access channel demodulation

threshold
Description A threshold for searching access channel demodulation.
Default 1600.
Related n Access Channel acquisition threshold
Parameters
n Initial Access Channel finger inlock power
Initial access channel finger inlock

power
Description Access Channel finger in-lock Initial power.
Default 2160.
Related n Access Channel acquisition threshold
Parameters
n Access Channel demodulation threshold
Access channel monitor timer(min)

Description Interval for monitoring the access channel.
It is the parameter of CSM5000.
Default 0.
Setting This parameter is a CSM5000 chip parameter.
Related n ACCT message monitor included indicator
Parameters
Parallel demodulate channel

preamble length
Description The number of frames in the preamble of a dynamic access
channel minus 1.
Value Range 0~15, Unit: frame.

Default 0.
If the value is set too low, the chance for the BS to capture the
access probes decreases. As a result, many access probes may
be required before a MS accesses the BS, and the access time of
the MS increases.
Related n Maximum Access Channel message capsule size
Parameters
n Access Channel preamble length
Parallel demodulate channel

capability
Description The number of subscribers allowed to be accessed by a dynamic
access channel (DACH) within the specified period.
Value Range 0~255.
Default 8.
Setting This parameter is used to calculate the number of DACHs
required. If its value is set too high, the established DACHs may
be insufficient, causing the subscribers not to be accessed within
the specified period. If the value is set too low, too many DACHs
are established, thus CE resources may be wasted.
The number of established DACHs is related to the number of
idle reverse CEs.
Related Maximum parallel demodulate channel count
Parameters
Maximum parallel demodulate

channel count
Description The maximum number of dynamic access channels (DACH)
allowed to be established in this carrier sector.
Value Range 0~15.
Default 10.
Setting If the value of this parameter is set too high, too many DACHs is
established, thus CE resources may be wasted. If the value is
set too low, the established DACHs may be insufficient, causing
the subscribers not to be accessed within the specified period.
The number of established DACHs is related to the number of
idle reverse CEs.
Related n Parallel demodulate channel capability
Parameters

Global Redirect Message

Parameters
Redirect access overload class
(0~15)
Description Indicate whether the MS of an access overload class (ACCOLC) is
redirected.
Corresponding to GSRDM and EGSRDM fields.
Value Range 0: do not redirect, 1: redirect.
Default 0.
Setting Set the parameter according to actual network configuration.
Related n Return if fail indicator
Parameters
n GSRDM excluded indicator
n GSPDM record type
n GSRDM band class
n GSRDM expected SID
n GSRDM expected NID
n GSRDM CDMA channel
Return If fail indicator

Description Indicate whether MS returns to the original system after
redirection fails.
Value Range 0: do not return, 1: return.
Default 0.
Related n Redirect access overload class 0~15
Parameters
n GSPDM record type
n GSRDM band class


Delete TMSI indicator

Description Indicate whether the MS that needs to be redirected deletes
TMSI.
Value Range 0: do not delete, 1: delete.
Default 0.
Related n Redirect access overload class 0-15
Parameters
n Return if fail indicator
n GSPDM record type
n GSRDM band class
GSRDM excluded indicator

Description Indicate whether the MS with protocol version 6 or later
processes GSRDM.
Value Range 0: process, 1: do not process.
Default 0.
Related n Redirect access overload class 0~15.
Parameters
n GSPDM record type
n GSRDM band class

Protocol revision of redirected MS

indicator
Description Indicate whether the protocol version of the MS that needs to be
redirected is included.
Corresponding to EGSRDM fields.
Default 0.
Related n Excluded MS protocol revision indicator
Parameters
n Minimum redirect protocol revision
n Maximum redirect protocol revision
Excluded MS protocol revision

indicator
Description Indicate the MS with some protocol version does not be
redirected.
Value Range 0: The MS with a protocol version between Minimum Redirect
Protocol Revision and Maximum Redirect Protocol Revision needs
to be redirected.
1: The MS with a protocol version between Minimum Redirect
Protocol Revision and Maximum Redirect Protocol Revision does
not need to be redirected.
Default 0.
Setting Set the parameter as required. This parameter is valid only
when the parameter Protocol Revision of Redirected MS
Indicator is set to be 1.
Related n Protocol revision of redirected MS indicator
Parameters

Minimum redirect protocol revision

Description The minimum protocol version of the MS that needs to be
redirected.
Value Range 6~7.
Default 6.
Parameters
n Excluded MS protocol revision indicator
Maximum redirect protocol revision

Description The maximum protocol version of the MS that needs to be
redirected.
Value Range 6~7.
Default 7.
Parameters
n Excluded MS protocol revision indicator
GSRDM record type

Description Indicate the system to be redirected to.
Value Range 1: analog; 2: CDMA.
Default 2


Parameters
n GSRDM band class
GSRDM band class

Description The band of the CDMA system to be redirected to.
Value Range 0-10.
Default 0.
Parameters
n GSPDM record type
GSRDM expected SID

Description System identification (SID) of the CDMA system to be redirected
to.
If the MS is not instructed to be redirected to a specific CDMA
system, the parameters GSRDM Expected SID and GSRDM
Expected NID should be set to be 0 and 65535 respectively.
Default 0.
Parameters


n GSPDM record type
n GSRDM band class
GSRDM expected NID

Description The network identification (NID) of the CDMA system that is
redirected to.
Value Range 0-65535, if the MS is not instructed to be redirected to a specific
CDMA system, the parameters GSRDM Expected SID and
GSRDM Expected NID should be set to be 0 and 65535
respectively.
Default 65535.
Related n Redirect access overload class 0~15.
Parameters
n GSPDM record type
n GSRDM band class
GSRDM CDMA channel (0~14)

Description Channel of the candidate CDMA system that is redirected to.
Value Range 0~2047.

Parameters

n GSPDM record type

n GSRDM band class
PTT SCH Power Control

Parameters
mode indicator
Description Indication of PTT-FCH power control operation mode.
Value Range 0~6.
Table 174 for the value range of Forward Power Control
Operation Mode Indicator.
T AB L E 17 4 V AL U E R AN G E O F FO R W AR D PO WE R C O N T R O L OP E R AT I O N M O D E
INDICAT OR
Reverse power control sub-

channel allocation (PCG #0-
Value Meaning 15)
Suppleme
Fundamental
ntary
000 MS transmits at 800bps 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Not
on fundamental reverse 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, supported
power control sub- 12, 13, 14, 15
channel
001 MS transmits at 400bps 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 3, 5, 7,
on fundamental / 12, 14 9, 11, 13,
supplemental reverse 15
power control sub-
channel
010 MS transmits at 200bps 1, 5, 9, 13 0, 2, 3, 4,
and 600bpson 6, 7, 8, 10,
fundamental / 11, 12, 14,
supplemental power 15
control sub-channel
011 MS sends EIB on reverse 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Not
power control sub- 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, supported
channel 12, 13, 14, 15
100 MS sends QIB on reverse 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Not
power control sub- 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, supported

Reverse power control sub-

channel allocation (PCG #0-
Value Meaning 15)
Suppleme
Fundamental
ntary
channel 12, 13, 14, 15
101 MS sends QIB on 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 3, 5, 7,
fundamental reverse 12, 14 9, 11, 13,
channel and sends EIB
on supplemental reverse
power control sub-
channel
110 MS transmits at 400bps 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 3, 5, 7,
on fundamental reverse 12, 14 9, 11, 13,
channel and sends EIB
on supplemental reverse
power control sub-
channel
Other values: Reserved
Default 0.
Setting Set as needed.
Related n Forward Link Power Control parameter included indicator
Parameters
n PTT SCH FER report indicator
n Forward Power Control mode during PTT FSCH assignment
interval
Forward link power control

Description Indication of whether forward outer loop power control
parameter is included or not.
Default 1.
Parameters
interval

PTT SCH FER report indicator

Description Indication of whether to report PTT-SCH FER or not.
Value Range 0: Not report; 1: Report.
Default 0.
Parameters
n Forward Power Control Operation Mode Indicator
interval
Forward power control mode during

PTT FSCH assignment interval
Description PTT-SCH forward power control mode.
Value Range 0~6.
Default 1.
Setting Set as needed.
Parameters
n Forward Power Control Operation Mode Indicator
Initial PTT SCH outer loop Eb/Nt

setpoint option
Description Option of initial PTT-SCH forward outer loop threshold setting
Value Range 0: Absolute; 1: Relative.
Default 0.
Related n Initial PTT SCH Output loop Eb/Nt setpoint
Parameters
n Minimum PTT SCH output loop Eb/Nt setpoint
n Maximum PTT SCH Output Loop Eb/Nt setpoint
n PTT SCH target Frame Error Rate
n

PTT SCH target frame error rate

Description PTT-SCH target FER.
Value Range 0~30.
Table 175 describes the value range of PTT SCH target Frame
Error Rate
T ABLE 17 5 V A L U E R A N G E O F PT T S C H T A R G E T F R A ME E R R O R R A T E
FER (binary) Target FER FER (binary) Target FER

00000 0.2% 10101...11001 11%...15%
(Unit: 1.0%)
00001...10100 0.5%...10% 11010...11110 18%...30%
(Unit: 0.5%) (Unit: 3.0%)
11111: Reserved
Default 10.
Setting If the parameter is set too high, PTT-SCH forward transmit
power decreases and forward capacity increases, but voice
quality will degrade. If it’s set too low, forward transmit power
increases and forward capacity decreases, but voice quality is
boosted.
Related n Initial PTT SCH Outer Loop Eb/Nt Setpoint
Parameters
n Initial PTT SCH Output loop Eb/Nt setpoint
Initial PTT SCH output loop Eb/Nt

setpoint
Description Threshold of initial PTT-SCH forward outer loop Eb/Nt. It’s a
binary supplemental code when Initial PTT SCH Outer Loop
Eb/Nt setpoint option is 1.
Default 40.
Setting If the parameter is set too high, initial PTT-SCH forward transmit
power is high, in which case forward capacity decreases. If it’s
set too low, forward transmit power of PTT-SCH at the initial
setup stage may not be able to meet requirement.


Parameters
Minimum PTT SCH output loop

Eb/Nt setpoint
Description Lower limit of PTT-SCH forward outer loop Eb/Nt.
Default 8.
power remains high and forward capacity decreases. If it’s set
too low, forward transmit power decreases but voice quality is
affected adversely.
Parameters
Maximum PTT SCH output loop

Eb/Nt setpoint
Description Upper limit of PTT-SCH forward outer loop Eb/Nt.
Default 56.
power increases and forward capacity decreases; while if it’s set
too low, forward transmit power may be lower than what it
should be and in that case voice quality is affected adversely.
Parameters

PTT SCH setpoint report threshold

included indicator
Description Indication of whether PTT-SCH outer loop report threshold is
included or not.
Default 0.
Related PTT SCH Setpoint Report Threshold
Parameters
PTT SCH setpoint report threshold

Description Threshold of PTT-SCH outer loop report.
Value Range 0~255 (Unit: 0.125dB).
Default 8.
Setting The parameter is valid only when PTT SCH Setpoint Report
Threshold Included is set to 1.
If the parameter is set too low, redundant reverse signaling
high, it becomes difficult to detect outer loop errors promptly.
Related PTT SCH Setpoint Report Threshold Included
Parameters
PTT SCH initial power

Description Initial transmit power of PTT-SCH.
Default 40.
Setting If the parameter is set too high, forward transmit power
increases considerably when PTT enhanced group call user of
this carrier sector increases, in serious cases HPA will even
break off. If it’s set too low, there would be no sound for some
time when the PTT enhanced group call is first being set up.
Related n PTT SCH maximum power
Parameters
n PTT SCH minimum power

PTT SCH minimum power

Description Lower limit of PTT-SCH transmit power.
Default 10.
increases considerably when PTT enhanced group call user of
this carrier sector increases, in serious cases HPA will even
break off. Because of F-SCH power sharing for PTT enhanced
group call, the parameter can be set to a low value.
Related n PTT SCH initial power
Parameters
n PTT SCH maximum power
PTT SCH maximum power

Description Upper limit of PTT-SCH transmit power.
Value Range 0~255 , Unit: DGU.
Default 199.
increases considerably, in serious cases HPA will even break off.
If it’s set too low, there may be no sound for PTT enhanced
group call.
Related n PTT SCH initial power
Parameters
n PTT SCH minimum power
Neighbor Cell List

Parameters
Access and access probe handoff
permitted
Description Indication of whether neighbor cell access probe handoff is
permitted or not.

The parameter is a UNLM field.

Value Range 0, 1.
Table 176 describes the value range of Access and access probe
handoff permitted.
T ABLE 17 6 VAL U E R AN GE OF AC C ESS AN D AC C ESS PR O B E H AN D OF F

P E R MI T T E D
Value Meaning
0 Not permitted
1 Permitted
Setting Same as neighbor cell.

Related Access entry handoff permitted indicator
Parameters

indicator
Description Indication whether access entry handoff is permitted or not by
neighbor cell.
The parameter is a UNLM field.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 177 describes the value range of Access entry handoff
T A B L E 1 7 7 V A L U E R A N G E O F A C C E S S E N T R Y H A N D O F F P E R MI T T E D
I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not permitted
1 Permitted
Setting Same as neighbor cell.

Related Access and access probe handoff permitted
Parameters

Additional pilot information included

indicator
Description Indication of whether additional pilot information is included or
not.
The parameter is a GNLM field.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 178 describes the value range of Additional pilot
information included indicator.
T AB L E 17 8 V AL U E R AN G E O F AD D I T I O N AL P IL OT IN F O R MAT I O N I N C LU D E D
I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not included
1 Included
Default 0.
Related n Neighbor configuration and PN offset included
Parameters
n Neighbor Pilot record type
Frequency fields included

Description Indication of whether frequency fields are included or not.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 179 describes the value range of Frequency fields included.
T ABLE 17 9 VALUE RANG E OF FREQUENCY FIELDS INCLUDED
Value Meaning
0 Not included
1 Included
Default 0.
Setting For GNLM, Frequency included indicator is valid only when
Frequency fields included is 1. That is, when Frequency fields

included is 0, Frequency included indicator of all neighbor cells

are invalid. For ENLM and GNLM, Neighbor Band Class and
Neighbor configuration are valid only when the corresponding
Frequency included indicator is 1.
Just accept the default setting.
Related n Neighbor configuration
Parameters
n Frequency included indicator
Frequency included indicator

Description Indication of whether neighbor cell frequency is included or not.
Frequency included indicator is a GNLM field and an ENLM field.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 180 describes the value range of Frequency included
indicator.
T ABLE 18 0 VALUE RANG E OF FREQUENCY INCLUDED INDICAT OR
Value Meaning
0 Not included
1 Included
Default 0.
Related n Neighbor configuration
Parameters
n Frequency fields included
Neighbor configuration and PN offset

included
Description Indication of whether neighbor cell configuration and PN offset
are included or not.
Only applicable to the neighbor cell of this carrier sector.

Value Range 0, 1.
Table 181 describes the value range of Neighbor configuration
and PN offset included.
T AB L E 18 1 VAL U E R AN G E OF NEI GH B OR C ON F I GU R AT I ON AN D PN OF F SET

INCLUDED
Value Meaning
0 Not included
1 Included
Default 0.
Setting Neighbor configuration and PN offset included is ‘0’ at the
foreground.
Related n Neighbor Pilot record type
Parameters
Additional pilot information included indicator
Neighbor configuration
Description Configuration of neighbor cell carrier sector.
Neighbor configuration is a NLM field, an ENLM field and a GNLM
field.
Value Range 0 ~ 7.
Table 182 describes the value range of Neighbor configuration.
T AB L E 18 2 VAL U E R AN G E OF NEI GH B OR C ON F I GU R AT I ON
Value Meaning
If MS hands off to this neighbor cell, its locked frequency or
current working frequency remains the same according to
HASH algorithm, or is the frequency defined by Neighbor
0
Band Class and CDMA Frequency assignment in carrier
parameter. The page channel it monitors also remains
unchanged.
If MS hands off to this neighbor cell, its locked frequency or
current working frequency remains the same according to
HASH algorithm, or is the frequency defined by Neighbor
1 Band Class and CDMA Frequency assignment in carrier
parameter. The page channel it monitors may change, but
MS can learn from the main page channel to determine
which page channel it should monitor.
If MS hands off to this neighbor cell, it obtains frequency
2 configuration information of this neighbor cell from the
current first frequency of CCLM/ECCLM or the frequency

Value Meaning
defined by Neighbor Band Class and CDMA Frequency
assignment in carrier parameter.
If MS hands off to this neighbor cell, it enters System
Determination Substate of Mobile Station Initialization
State, with a new system indication. If the target cell of MS
3 handoff cannot be found in neighbor cell record of the
source cell (i.e., MS cannot obtain Neighbor configuration
information), then MS takes the Neighbor configuration of
the cell as 3.
4~7 Reserved
Default 0.
Related n Frequency included indicator
Parameters
n Frequency fields included

window offset included
Description Indication of whether neighbor pilot channel search window
offset is included or not.
Applicable to this carrier sector.
The parameter is an ENLUM field and a UNLM field.
Value Range 0,1.
Table 183 describes the value range of Neighbor pilot channel
search window offset included.
T AB L E 18 3 VAL U E R AN G E OF NEI GH B OR PI L OT C H AN N EL SEAR C H WI N D OW

OFFSET INCLUDED
Value Meaning
0 Not included
1 Included
Default 0.
Setting Set to 0.

Related Neighbor pilot channel search window offset

Parameters

window offset
Description Size offset of search window of neighbor cell’s pilot channel.
Only applicable to the neighbor cell of this carrier sector.
Value Range 0 ~ 7.
Table 184 for the value range of Neighbor pilot channel search
window offset.
T AB L E 18 4 VAL U E R AN G E OF NEI GH B OR PI L OT C H AN N EL SEAR C H WI N D OW

OFFSET
Value Meaning
0 0
1 Search window size/2
2 Search window size
3 3×Search window size/2
4 -1×Search window size/2
5 -1×Search window size
6 -3×Search window size/2
7 Reserved
Default 0.
Setting Neighbor pilot channel search window offset is valid when
Neighbor pilot channel search window offset included is ‘1’.
Related Neighbor pilot channel search window offset included
Parameters
Neighbor pilot record type

Description Record type of neighbor cell’s pilot information.
Only applicable to neighbor cell of this carrier sector.
Value Range 0 ~ 4.
Table 185 describes the record type of neighbor pilot information.

T AB L E 18 5 R E C O R D T Y P E O F N EI G H B O R P IL OT IN F O R MAT IO N
Value Meaning
0 1X common pilot, transmit diversity
1 1X auxiliary pilot
2 1X auxiliary pilot, transmit diversity
3 3X common pilot
4 3X auxiliary pilot
Default 0.
Related n Additional pilot information included indicator
Parameters
n Neighbor configuration and PN offset included
Neighbor search mode

Description Neighbor cell’s search mode.
The parameter is an ENLUM field, a UNLM field and a CFSRQM
field.
Value Range 0 ~ 3.
Table 186 describes the value range of Neighbor search mode.
T A B L E 1 8 6 V A L U E R A N G E O F N E I G H B O R S E A R C H MO D E
Value Meaning
0 No search priority or search window
1 Use search priority
2 Use search window
3 Use search priority and search window
Default 0.
Setting Pilot Channel search priority is valid when Neighbor search mode
is 1 or 3. Search window size for the Remaining Set/Neighbor
Set/Active Set and Candidate Set in cell parameter is valid when
Neighbor search mode is 2 or 3.
Related n Pilot Channel search priority
Parameters

Neighbor transmit time duration

Description Neighbor cell’s transmit time duration in each period.
This parameter is a GNLM field.
Value Range 3 ~ 15.
Default 3.
Setting Neighbor transmit time offset, Neighbor transmit time duration
and Neighbor transmit time period are valid only when Timing
included indicator is 1. Because Timing included indicator is valid
only when using timing indicator is 1, this parameter group is
invalid currently.
Related n Neighbor transmit time period
Parameters
n Neighbor transmit time offset
n Timing included indicator
n Using timing indicator
Neighbor transmit time offset

Description Neighbor cell’s transmit time offset.
Default 0.
only when Using timing indicator is 1, this parameter group is
invalid currently.
Parameters
n Neighbor transmit time duration
Neighbor transmit time period

Description Neighbor cell’s transmit time period.


Default 0.
only when Using timing indicator is 1, this parameter group is
invalid currently.
Related n Neighbor transmit time offset
Parameters
Pilot channel search priority

Description Neighbor cell’s pilot channel search priority.
The parameter is an ENLUM field, a UNLM field and a CFSRQM
field.
Value Range 0 ~ 3.
Table 187 describes the value range of Pilot Channel search
priority.
T AB L E 18 7 V AL U E R AN G E O F PI L O T C H AN N E L S E AR C H P IR O R IT Y
Value Meaning
0 Low
1 Medium
2 High
3 Very high
Default 0.
Setting Pilot Channel search priority is valid when Neighbor search mode
is 1 or 3. Search window size for the Remaining Set/Neighbour
Set/Active Set and Candidate Set in cell parameter is valid when
Neighbor search mode is 2 or 3.
Related n Neighbor search mode
Parameters
n Search window size for the Remaining Set Neighbor Set
n Search window size for the Remaining Set Active Set and
Candidate Set

Timing included indicator

Description Indication of whether neighbor cell’s timing information is
included or not.
Value Range 0,1.
Table 188 describes the value range of Timing included indicator.
T A B L E 1 8 8 V A L U E R A N G E O F T I MI N G I N C L U D E D I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not included
1 Included
Default
0.
only when Using timing indicator is 1, this parameter is invalid
currently.
Parameters
n Neighbor transmit time offset
Using timing indicator

Description Indication of whether BS timing information is used or not.
The parameter is an ENLUM field and a UNLM field.
Value Range 0 ~ 2.
Table 189 describes the value range of Using timing indicator.
T A B L E 1 8 9 V A L U E R A N G E O F U S I N G T I MI N G I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not used
1 Used
Default 0.

Setting Set to 0.
Related Timing included indicator.
Parameters

This page is intentioannly blank.

Chapter 5
Control Channel
Parameters

n Pilot Channel Parameters
n Sync Channel Parameters
n Paging Channel Parameters
n Access Channel Parameters
n Quick-paging Channel Parameters

Pilot Channel Parameters

Channel index Id
Description Unit Id of CE where F-PICH is located.
This parameter is only applicable to pilot channel.
Related n Unit Id
Parameters
n Chip unit Id
Chip unit Id
Description Chip Id of CSM where F-PICH is located.
Related n Channel Index Id
Parameters
n Unit Id
Pilot channel gain(-7.5dB)

Description F-PICH gain.
The parameter corresponds to CSM5000 chip parameter:
CHANNEL_PWR.
Default 255.
Setting If the parameter is set too high, coverage becomes larger but
forward link capacity decreases; while if it is set too low,
coverage becomes smaller but the forward link capacity
increases.
n QUALCOMM Inc., 80-V1282-1 Rev. C: CSM5000TM Parameter
Settings Guidelines for software Release2.2 Commercial
Patch SM20206.
Unit Id
Description Module Id of CHM where F-PICH is located.

Chapter 5 Control Channel Parameters
Related n Channel Index Id

Parameters
n Chip unit Id
Sync Channel Parameters

Channel index
Description Unit Id of CE where F-SYNCH is located.
This parameter is only applicable to sync channel.
Related n Chip unit Id
Parameters
n Unit Id
Chip unit Id
Description Chip Id of CSM where F-SYNCH is located.
Parameters
n Unit Id
Sync channel gain(-17.5dB)

Description F-SYNCH gain.
CHANNEL_PWR.
Default 185.
Setting If the parameter is set too high, it would be easy for MS to
demodulate sync channel but forward link capacity decreases;
while if it is set too low, it may be impossible for MS to
demodulate sync channel but forward link capacity increases.
The number of leap seconds

Description The number of leap seconds, that is, the difference between
CDMA system time (GPS time) and Coordinated Universal Time,
UTC.

This parameter is only applicable to sync channel but values of

this parameter for the same BSC should be the same.
The parameter is SCHM message field.
Default 13.
Setting The number of leap seconds should be set to 13 before the year
2006. It should be set to 14 on January 1, 2006. It should then
be revised according to Bulletin C of IERS in every June and
December since. Details can be found at IERS url: www.iers.org.
Wrong setting of LPC_SEC does not affect normal
communication, it will bring MS clock errors though.
Related Time to take effect
Parameters
Time to take effect

Description Start time of system time.
Value Range 0 ~ 232-1.
Related The number of leap seconds
Parameters
Unit Id
Description Module Id of CHM where F-SYNCH is located.
Parameters
n Channel Index
Paging Channel Parameters

Channel index Id
Description Unit Id of CE where F-PCH is located.
This parameter is only applicable to paging channel.
Parameters
n Unit Id

Chip unit Id
Description Chip Id of CSM where F-PCH is located.
Related n Unit Id
Parameters
n Channel Index Id
Delete message number threshold

Description CSCHP is reported if the overload slot number threshold is
exceeded. The parameter is a page channel overload alarm
parameter.
If there is no proper page time slot available and page message
sending fails for three consecutive attempts, CES will discard the
page message and count 1. Within the time frame of Report
time interval(min), if number of overload page time slots or
discarded page messages exceeds Overload slot number
threshold, CES sends alarm message to NetNumenTM M3
(ZXC10 BSSB). Moreover, for every 16 page time slots, if
number of overload page time slots exceeds Delete message
number, CES reports page channel overload to CSCHP.
Default 100.
Setting Setting of Overload slot number threshold is related with the
setting of Report time interval(min).
If Delete message number and Overload slot number threshold
are set too high, it may be impossible for NetNumenTM M3
(ZXC10 BSSB)/CSCHP to keep track of the overload status of the
page channel; while if they are set too low, fake alarm may arise.
If Report time interval(min) is set too long, it’s hard to learn
from NetNumenTM M3 (ZXC10 BSSB) about the overload status
of page channel in due time; while if it’s set too short, fake
alarm may arise.
Related n Overload slot number threshold
Parameters
n Report time interval(min)
Overload slot number threshold

Description Alarm will be sent to NetNumenTM M3 (ZXC10 BSSB) if number
of discarded page messages or overload page time slots exceeds

this threshold. The parameter is a page channel overload alarm

parameter.
Default 700.
alarm may arise.
Related n Delete message number
Parameters
n Report time interval(min)
Page channel gain(-9dB)

Description F-PCH gain.
CHANNEL_PWR.
Value Range 0 ~ 255. Unit:DGU.
Default 219.
demodulate page channel but the forward link capacity
decreases; while if it’s set too low, MS may not be able to
demodulate page channel correctly but the forward link capacity
increases.

Report time interval(min)

Description It is the time interval for reporting page channel overload. The
parameter is the page channel overload alarm parameter.
Value Range 0 ~ 65535. Unit:min.
Default 30.
alarm may arise.
Related n Overload slot number threshold
Parameters
n Delete message number
Unit Id
Description Module Id of CHM where F-PCH is located.
Parameters
n Channel Index Id

Access Channel Parameters

Channel index Id
Description Unit Id of CE where R-ACH is located.
Related n Unit Id
Parameters
n Chip Unit Id
Chip unit Id
Description Chip Id of CSM where R-ACH is located.
Related n Unit Id
Parameters
n Channel Index Id
Unit Id
Description Module Id of CHM where R-ACH is located.
Related n Chip Unit Id
Parameters
n Channel Index Id
quick_acc_ch_incl
Description Quick access channel indication.
This parameter is only applicable to quick access channel.
Value Range 0,1
Default 0
Setting Quick access channel contains signs to indicate whether there is
a quick access channel under this carrier/sector. When adding
an access channel, if quick_acc_ch_incl is selected, only quick
access channel can be added. This mechanism ensures configure
normal access channel first, then configure quick access channel
and they can not be configured one by one.

Quick-paging Channel
Parameters
CCI bit gain
Description It is CCI bit gain as relative to PICH in QPCH.
This parameter is only applicable to quick-paging channel.
Parameter PI bit gain corresponds to the field
QPCH_POWER_LEVEL_PAGE in ESPM; while parameter CCI bit
gain corresponds to the field QPCH_POWER_LEVEL_CONFIG in
ESPM.
Value Range 0 ~ 7.
Table 190 describes the value range of CCI bit gain.
T ABLE 19 0 VALUE RANG E OF CCI BIT GAIN
Value Meaning
0 5dB lower than PICH
5 Same as PICH
6 1dB higher than PICH
Default 0.
detect QPCH and MS standby time is prolonged but forward link
capacity decreases; while if it’s set too low, it would be hard for
MS to detect QPCH and MS standby time is shortened but the
forward link capacity increases.
Related PI bit gain
Parameters
Reference 3GPP2 C.S0005-A v6.0: Upper Layer (Layer 3) Signaling

Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems, Release A
Addendum 2.

CCI index
Description Unit Id of CE where F-QPCH is located.
Related n Unit Id
Parameters
n Chip Unit Id
n PI index
CCI support indicator

Description It indicates whether QPCH supports CCI or not.
There are three bits in QPCH: PI, CCI and BI. PI indicates that
MS has page message in the next PCH time slot; CCI informs MS
of system configuration changes and related parameter changes;
and BI indicates that MS has broadcast message on BCCH.
The parameter corresponds to the field QPCH_CCI_SUPPORTED
in ESPM.
Value Range 0 ,1.
Table 191 describes the value range of CCI support indicator.
T A B L E 1 9 1 V A L U E R A N G E O F C C I S U P P O R T I N D I C AT O R
Value Meaning
0 Not supported
1 Supported
Default 1.
Setting If QPCH supports CCI, set the parameter to 1; otherwise set it to
0.
Chip unit Id
Description Chip Id of CSM where F-QPCH is located.
Related n Unit Id
Parameters
n PI index
n CCI index

PI bit gain
Description It is PI bit gain as relative to PICH in QPCH.
Parameter PI bit gain corresponds to the field
QPCH_POWER_LEVEL_PAGE in ESPM; while parameter CCI bit
gain corresponds to the field QPCH_POWER_LEVEL_CONFIG in
ESPM.
Value Range 0 ~ 7.
Table 192 describes the value range of PI bit gain.
T ABLE 19 2 VALUE RANG E OF PI BIT GAIN
Value Meaning
5 Same as PICH
Default 0.
detect QPCH and MS standby time is prolonged but forward link
capacity decreases; while if it’s set too low, it would be hard for
MS to detect QPCH and MS standby time is shortened but the
forward link capacity increases.
Related CCI bit gain
Parameters
PI index
Description Unit Id of CE where PI of F-QPCH is located
Related n Unit Id
Parameters
n Chip Unit Id
n CCI index

QPCH rate
Description Rate of QPCH.
The parameter corresponds to the field QPCH_RATE in ESPM.
Value Range 0, 1.
Table 193 describes the value range of QPCH rate.
T ABLE 19 3 VALUE RANG E OF QPC H RAT E
Value Meaning
0 4800bps
1 9600bps
Default 1.
Slot cycle multiplier

Description Multiplier for time slot cycling.
When BS modifies CONFIG_MSG_SEQ (sequence number of
configuration message), it’s necessary to set PI of each QPCH to
“ON” to modify MS of the modification. The duration T of “ON”
status is N×2MAX_SLOT_CYCLE_INDEX in the unit of 1.28s. “N” in
this formula is slot cycle multiplier.
detect system configuration changes and perform prompt
updates for itself, but MS standby time is shortened; while if it is
set too low, it would be hard for MS to detect system
configuration changes and make prompt update accordingly, but
MS standby time is prolonged.
Unit Id
Description Module Id of CHM where F-QPCH is located.
Related n PI index
Parameters
n Chip Unit Id
n CCI index

Abbreviations
Physical Channel
Abbreviation Full Name
R-ACH Access Channel
F-APICH Dedicated Auxiliary Pilot Channel

F-ATDPICH Auxiliary Transmit Diversity Pilot Channel
F-BCCH Forward Broadcast Control Channel
F-CACH Common Assignment Channel

F/R-CCCH Forward/Reverse Common Control Channel
F-CPCCH Common Power Control Channel
R-DACH Dynamic Access Channel

F/R-DCCH Forward/Reverse Dedicated Control Channel
R-EACH Enhanced Access Channel
F/R-FCH Forward/Reverse Fundamental Channel

F-PCH Paging Channel
F/R-PICH Forward/Reverse Pilot Channel
F-QPCH Quick Paging Channel

F/R-SCCH Forward/Reverse Supplemental Code Channel
F/R-SCH Forward/Reverse Supplemental Channel

F-SYNCH Sync Channel
F-TDPICH Transmit Diversity Pilot Channel

Message
APM Access Parameters Message
BSSREQM Base Station Status Request Message
CAM Channel Assignment Message
CCLM CDMA Channel List Message

CFSCNM Candidate Frequency Search Control Message
CFSRPM Candidate Frequency Search Report Message
CFSRQM Candidate Frequency Search Request Message
CFSRSM Candidate Frequency Search Response

Message
DBM Data Burst Message
DIM Device Information Message
ECAM Extended Channel Assignment Message
ECCLM Extended CDMA Channel List Message

EGSRDM Extended Global Service Redirection Message
EHDM Extended Handoff Direction Message
ENLM Extended Neighbor List Message

ENLUM Extended Neighbor List Update Message
EOM Enhanced Origination Message
EPSMM Extended Pilot Strength Measurement Message
ESCAM Extended Supplemental Channel Assignment

Message
ESPM Extended System Parameters Message
ESTRPM Extended Status Response Message
GHDM General Handoff Direction Message
GNLM General Neighbor List Message
GSRDM Global Service Redirection Message

ITSPM In-Traffic System Parameters Message
MSRM Mobile Station Registered Message
NLM Neighbor List Message
OLRM Outer Loop Report Message

ORCM Origination Continuation Message
ORM Origination Message

Abbreviations

PCNM Power Control Message
PCNPM Power Control Parameters Message

PMRM Power Measurement Report Message
PMRO Pilot Measurement Request Order
PNLM Private Neighbor List Message
PPMRO Periodic Pilot Measurement Request Order

PPSMM Periodic Pilot Strength Measurement Message
PRM Page Response Message

PSMM Pilot Strength Measurement Message
RGM Registration Message
SCHM Sync Channel Message

SCM Service Connect Message
SCRM Supplemental Channel Request Message
SPM System Parameters Message
SRDM Service Redirection Message

STRPM Status Response Message
UHDM Universal Handoff Direction Message
UNLM Universal Neighbor List Message
UZIM User Zone Identification Message
Other
ACCT Access Control based on Call Type
BDS Baseband Digital SubSystem
BI Broadcast Indicator
BSC Base Station Controller
BSS Base Station System
BSSAP Base Station System Application Part
BTF Back to the Future
BTS Base Transceiver Station

CCI Config Change Indicator
CCM Communication Control Module
CDMA Code Division Multi Access


CE Channel Element
CES Channel Element Subsystem

CHM Channel Processing Module
CI Cell Identity
CIC Circle Identify Code
CSCHP Common Signaling Channel Layer 3 Signaling

Process
CSM Cell Site Modem
DGU Digital Gain Unit
DS Direct Spread
DSPM Dedicated Signaling Processing Module
EIB Erasure Indicator Bit
EPN Earliest PN offset
EVRC Enhanced Variable Rate Codec
FSN Frame Sequence Number

GPS Global Positioning System
HPA High Power Amplifier
ICGI IS-41 whole Cell Global Identification
IMSI International Mobile Station Identity

IOS Interoperability Specification
LAC Location Area Code
MS Mobile Station
MSC Mobile Switching Center
NDSS Network and Distributed System Security

NID Network Identification
OMS Operate & Maintain Subsystem
OTD Orthoganal Transmit Diversity
PAR Peak-Average Raio
PATE Packet Arrival Time Error

PCG Power Control Group
PDU Protocol Data Unit
PI Paging Indicator
PN Pseudo noise
PTT Push To Talk
PZID Packet Data Services Zone Identifier

Abbreviations

QIB Quality Indicator Bit
QOF Quasiorthogonal Function

QoS Quality of Service
RC Radio Configuration
RLP Radio Link Protocol
RTD Round Trip Delay

SCCP Signaling Connection Control Part
SDU Service Data Unit

SID System Identification
SMS Short Message Service
SO Service Option
SR Spread Rate
STS Space Time Spreading
SVE Selector & Vocoder Element


Figures
Figure 1 R-ACH Long Code Mask ....................................... 181


Tables
Table 1 Chapter Summary.................................................... i

Table 2 Typographical Conventions....................................... ii
Table 3 Mouse Operation Conventions.................................. iii
Table 4 Value Range of Intercurrent Voice and Data Supported
Indicator ............................................................................ 5
Table 5 Value Range of Preferred Land Circuit Supported ........ 8
Table 6 Value Range of Access Entry Handoff Permitted
Indicator ............................................................................ 9
Table 7 Value Range of Access Handoff Permitted Indicator ..... 9
Table 8 Value Range of DCCH Supported Indication .............. 10
Table 9 Value Range of 5ms Frame Supported Indication ...... 11
Table 10 Value Range of Frame Sequence Number Adjust ..... 12
Table 11 Value Range of Two Frames Ahead........................ 12
Table 12 Value Range of Preference of PTT Support .............. 13
Table 13 Value Range of Walsh Code Alloc Strategy.............. 13
Table 14 Value Range of Use Dormant in Data Handoff ......... 14
Table 15 Value Range of Is LinkFailure to Dormant in Data
Traffic.............................................................................. 15
Table 16 Value Range of MSC Type..................................... 15
Table 17 Value Range of Send Handoff Performed Indicator... 16
Table 18 Value Range of SMS Send Connecting Indicator ...... 16
Table 19 Value Range of BS Service Request Information
Encoding Indicator ............................................................ 17
Table 20 Value Range of Page Slot Cycle Indicator ............... 18
Table 21 Value Range of PLD in Paging Tag Indicator............ 18
Table 22 Value Range of SMS SO Indicator.......................... 19
Table 23 Value Range of Class Mark Information Type 2........ 19
Table 24 Value Range of Ignore Handoff Block Indicator........ 20
Table 25 Value Range of SCCP Included Indicator................. 20
Table 26 Value Range of MSC get GPS Time from BSC Indicator
....................................................................................... 21

Table 27 Value Range of MSC Support Group CIC Operation

Indicator .......................................................................... 22
Table 28 Value Range of Dynamic Handoff Threshold Supported
Option ............................................................................. 22
Table 29 Value Range of Forbid Data Service Hard Handoff
During PPP Negotiation ...................................................... 24
Table 30 bscinterfacetype................................................... 25
Table 31 Timer Length Corresponds to Each Value................. 26
Table 32 ptt_bcpa_trans-mode Value................................... 27
Table 33 frameworktype .................................................... 34
Table 34 paca_supported Value........................................... 34
Table 35 Value Range of MS Power Control Step Size............ 49
Table 36 Value Range of Outer Loop Control Enabled Indicator
....................................................................................... 51
Table 37 Value Range of Reverse Link Attribute Gain value
Included Indicator ............................................................. 63
Table 38 Value Range of FCH/DCCH/SCH0/SCH1 Channel
Adjustment Gain Included Indicator..................................... 64
Table 39 Value Range of Basic Reverse Link Attribute Gain
Value Included Indicator .................................................... 66
Table 40 Value Range of Low rate Reverse Link Attribute Gain
Value Type Indicator.......................................................... 67
Table 41 Value Range of Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment
Gain for Low Rate RC3-RC5 of 20ms Frame Included ............. 68
Table 42 Value Range of Basic Reverse Link Attribute
Adjustment Gain for RC4-RC6 of 20ms frame included........... 71
Table 43 Value Range of High rate Reverse Link Attribute Gain
value included indicator ..................................................... 74
Table 44 Value Range of High rate Reverse Link Attribute
Adjustment Gain value type indicator .................................. 75
Gain for high rate RC3/RC5 of 20ms frame included .............. 76
Gain for high rate RC4/RC6 of 20ms frame included .............. 79
Table 47 Value Range of BS Generates the Parameter Indicator
....................................................................................... 82
Table 48 Value Range of Force Reset when Initializing .......... 84
Table 49 Value Range of Global Neighbor Cell Type .............. 90
Table 50 Value Range of CI Discriminator............................ 90
Table 51 Value Range of Search Window Size of Private
Neighbor Set .................................................................... 94
Table 52 Value Range of BCCH Support Indicator ................. 94

Tables
Table 53 Value Range of Protocol Revision Level .................. 95

Table 54 Value Range of Minimum Protocol Revision Level..... 96
Table 55 Minimum Protocol Revision Level Requirements ...... 96
Table 56 Value Range of Band Class ................................... 96
Table 57 Value Range of Cell Mode ...................................... 98
Table 58 Value Range of BSC Type ..................................... 98
Table 59 Value Range of Hard Handoff Support RC3 and Up
Indicator .......................................................................... 99
Table 60 Value Range of SOWD and TOWD Include Hardware
Delay............................................................................. 100
Table 61 Value Range of Parameters as Search Window are
Default .......................................................................... 100
Table 62 Value Range of Band Class ................................. 101
Table 63 Value Range of CDMA Channel Frequency Assignment
of Band Class 0 ............................................................... 102
Table 64 Value Range of CDMA Channel Frequency Assignment
of Band Class 1 ............................................................... 102
Table 65 Value Range of First List Indicator ....................... 103
Table 66 Value Range of Is Beacon Indicator ..................... 103
Table 67 Value Range of HO1XsupportInd .......................... 104
Table 68 Value Range of HWDelayInd ................................ 104
Table 69 Value Range of SRCHWINParaInd......................... 105
Table 70 Protocol Version ................................................. 106
Table 71 Special Function Number Comparisons.................. 107
Table 72 Value Range of OBSTRUCTPUSH ......................... 108
Table 73 Value Range of Presend AMC Indicator................. 108
Table 74 Value Range of Resend ECAM Indicator ................ 109
Table 75 Value Range of Cancel Hand Shake Indicator ........ 109
Table 76 Value Range of Mobility Limited Type................... 110
Table 77 Value Range of Forward Power Transmit Report
Indicator ........................................................................ 134
Table 78 Value Range of FCH Power Transmit Report Indicator
..................................................................................... 136
Table 79 Value Range of R-SCH Ec/Io Report Indicator ....... 137
Table 80 Value Range of Band Class ................................. 155
Table 81 Value Range of Search Window Size for the Active Set
and Candidate Set........................................................... 156
Table 82 Value Range of Search Window Size for Neighbor Set
..................................................................................... 157

Table 83 Value Range of Search Window Size for Remaining Set

..................................................................................... 158
Table 84 Value Range of Neighbor Set Maximum AGE ......... 159
Table 85 Value Range of Rescan Indicator ......................... 160
Table 86 Value Range of Protocol Revision Level ................ 163
Table 87 Value Range of Encryption Fields Included............ 165
Table 88 Parameter and Value Range ................................ 166
Table 89 Value Range of Handoff Mode ............................. 167
Table 90 Value Range of Overlap LAC1 Mode ..................... 168
Table 91 Value Range of Overlap LAC2 Mode ..................... 170
Table 92 Value Range of Supported Sync Channel Disposal Type
..................................................................................... 172
Table 93 Value Range of Cell Mode ................................... 172
Table 94 Zone Timer Value and Length .............................. 180
Table 95 Value Range of Reselect Included Indicator .......... 184
Table 96 Value Range of Paging Channel Data Rate ............ 186
Table 97 Value Range of Preferred Access Channel Mobile
Station ID Type............................................................... 187
Table 98 Value Range of Daylight Savings Time Indicator.... 188
Table 99 Value Range of Extended System Parameters Message
Indicator ........................................................................ 188
Table 100 Value Range of Extended Neighbor List Message
Indicator ........................................................................ 189
Table 101 Value Range of General Neighbor List Message
Indicator ........................................................................ 190
Table 102 Value Range of Global Service Redirection Message
Indicator ........................................................................ 190
Table 103 Value Range of Private Neighbor List Message
Indicator ........................................................................ 191
Table 104 Parameter Setting ............................................ 192
Table 105 Value Range of Extended Global Service Redirection
Message Indicator ........................................................... 192
Table 106 Value Range of Extended CDMA Chanel List Message
Indicator ........................................................................ 193
Table 107 Value Range of Delete Foreign TMS ................... 194
Table 108 Value Range of Use TMSI Indicator .................... 194
Table 109 Value Range of IMSI_T Support Indicator ........... 195
Table 110 Value Range of Access Entry Handoff Permitted
Indicator ........................................................................ 196

Tables
Table 111 Value Range of Access Handoff List Update Permitted

Indicator ........................................................................ 199
Table 112 Value Range of Broadcast GPS Assist Indicator.... 201
Table 113 Value Range of Short Data Burst Supported Indicator
..................................................................................... 202
Table 114 Value Range of Reverse Power Control Delay Included
Indicator ........................................................................ 203
Table 115 Value Range of Autonomous Message Interval .... 203
Table 116 Value Range of Mobile Station Requests QoS
Parameter Settings in the Origination Message. .................. 204
Table 117 Value Range of Sync ID Supported Indicator....... 205
Table 118 Value Range of Primary Broadcast Channel Supported
Indicator r...................................................................... 206
Table 119 Value Range of MS Initiated Position Location
Determination Supported Indicator.................................... 207
Table 120 Value Range of Pilot Information Request Supported
Indicator ........................................................................ 207
Table 121 Value Range of Allocating CHM Resource Averagely
for RCC1 Call .................................................................. 208
Table 122 Value Range of Threshold Report Mode Indicator. 211
Table 123 Value Range of Periodic Report Mode Indicator.... 212
Table 124 Value Range of Reselect Drop Timer Value (Voice)216
Table 125 Value Range of Reselect Drop Timer Value (Data) 217
Table 126 Value Range of Reselect Handoff Option ............. 219
Table 127 Value Range of Reselect Search Type................. 228
Table 128 Value Range of Reselect this Parameter.............. 229
Table 129 Value Range of Reselect Search Mode ................ 230
Table 130 Value Range of Reselect Align timing indicator .... 230
Table 133 Value Range of Reselect RSCH Handoff Type....... 240
Table 134 Value Range of Reselect Reverse SCH Select Leg
Algorithm ....................................................................... 241
Table 135 Value Range of Reselect Reveres Pilot Intensity
Threshold Report Mode Enabled Indication ......................... 245
Table 136 Value Range of Reselect Periodic Report Indicator 246
Table 137 Value Range of Reselect FSCH Handoff Type ....... 247
Table 138 Value Range of Reselect FSCH Select Cell Algorithm
..................................................................................... 248
Table 139 Value Range of Reverse Power Control Mode....... 254

Table 140 Value Range of Wireless Environment ................ 271

Table 141 Value Range of Correct Factor........................... 272
Table 142 Value Range of FSCH Rate Assign Algorithm ....... 275
Table 143 Value Range of Enable SRDM Indicator............... 284
Table 144 Value Range of Return if Failed Indicator ............ 285
Table 145 Value Range of Delete TMSI Indicator ................ 285
Table 146 Value Range of SRDM Redirect Type .................. 286
Table 147 Value Range of SRDM Record Type .................... 286
Table 148 Value Range of BS Frequency Band .................... 289
Table 149 Value Range of this parameter. ......................... 290
Table 150 Value Range of Reselect Is Preferred Neighbor Cell t
..................................................................................... 290
Table 151 Band Class 0, SR1 Neighbor CDMA Channel
Frequency ...................................................................... 291
Table 152 Band Class 1, SR1 Neighbor CDMA Channel
Arequency...................................................................... 292
Table 153 Value Range of NEighbor Pilot Channel Search Window
Size............................................................................... 292
Table 154 Value Range of Pilot Channel Search Priority........ 294
Table 155 Value Range of Reselect Use Timing Indicator ..... 294
Table 156 RELATIONSHIP among Band, Frequency Assignment
and Frequency ................................................................ 300
Table 157 VALUE Range of Band Class .............................. 301
Table 158 VALUE RANGE OF BAND CLASSES 0, SR1. CDMA
Frequency ASSIGNMENT. ................................................. 302
Table 159 VALUE RANGE OF BAND CLASSES 1, SR1. CDMA
Frequency Assignment ..................................................... 302
Table 160 Value Range of Transmit Power Level................. 305
Table 161 PREFERRED Carrier Frequencies of some Band
Classes .......................................................................... 306
Table 162 Reverse Preamble Length In Case of RC3/4/5 ...... 312
Table 163 Value Range of Forward Power Control Operation
Mode Indicator................................................................ 316
Table 164 Value Range of FCH Target Frame Error Rate(Voice)
..................................................................................... 324
Table 165 Value Range of Forward Power Overload Control
Enabled ......................................................................... 335
Table 166 Default Value of Rating power ........................... 338
Table 167 Default Value of Cell power............................... 339
Table 168 Value Range of Reverse power control mode....... 352

Tables
Table 169 the value range of Reverse power control subchannel

pattern .......................................................................... 352
Table 170 value range of Maximum Rate of FSCH............... 353
Table 171 the value range of Preferring options of FSCH. .. 354
Table 172 Calculations of Reuse Options ........................... 355
Table 173 value range of Maximum Rate of RSCH .............. 356
Table 174 Value Range of Forward Power Control Operation
Mode Indicator............................................................. 379
Table 175 Value Range of PTT SCH target Frame Error Rate 382
Table 176 Value Range of Access and access probe handoff
permitted ....................................................................... 386
Table 177 Value Range of Access entry handoff permitted
indicator ........................................................................ 386
Table 178 Value Range of Additional pilot information included
indicator ........................................................................ 387
Table 179 Value Range of Frequency fields included ........... 387
Table 180 Value Range of Frequency included indicator....... 388
Table 181 Value Range of Neighbor configuration and PN offset
included ......................................................................... 389
Table 182 Value Range of Neighbor configuration ............... 389
Table 183 Value Range of Neighbor pilot channel search window
offset included ................................................................ 390
Table 184 Value Range of Neighbor pilot channel search window
offset............................................................................. 391
Table 185 record type of neighbor pilot information ............ 392
Table 186 Value Range of Neighbor search mode ............... 392
Table 187 Value Range of Pilot Channel search pirority ....... 394
Table 188 Value Range of Timing included indicator............ 395
Table 189 Value Range of Using timing indicator ................ 395
Table 190 Value Range of CCI bit gain .............................. 407
Table 191 Value Range of CCI support indicator ................. 408
Table 192 Value Range of PI bit gain ................................ 409
Table 193 Value Range of QPCH rate ................................ 410


Index
ACCESS ............................. 9 149, 150, 152, 153, 163,

ACK................................ 365 164, 184, 186, 190, 192,
B 102, 291, 301, 305, 306 194, 200, 201, 203, 204,
BAD.................. 210, 211, 212 205, 206, 207, 266, 270,
BAND.............................. 301 271, 283, 284, 285, 286,
BASE ............................... 180 287, 299, 301, 310, 337,
BDS.................. 298, 299, 411 338, 344, 346, 411
BS.5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 16, 17, CAPS................................... ii
19, 82, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, CCM .... 120, 134, 135, 335, 411
95, 97, 112, 117, 155, 156, CDMA 101, 102, 155, 187, 188,
159, 162, 163, 167, 180, 189, 190, 192, 229, 285,
201, 202, 204, 230, 231, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290,
232, 233, 234, 266, 267, 291, 292, 293, 294, 300,
270, 271, 275, 276, 277, 301, 308, 372, 373, 375,
278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 376, 377, 388, 399, 410,
288, 299, 300, 305, 308, 411
309, 311, 312, 313, 342, CDMA2000 . 1, 3, i, ii, 25, 26, 49,
343, 359, 364, 365, 371, 50, 61, 102, 154, 230, 231,
394, 408 232, 233, 234, 324
BSCi, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, CE10, 12, 207, 212, 213, 214,
11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 225, 226, 227, 371, 398,
18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 399, 400, 404, 406, 407,
25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 412
32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, CELL ......................... 98, 165
39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, CHANNEL .......... 398, 399, 402
46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, CHM .. 207, 294, 344, 346, 348,
53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 349, 398, 400, 403, 404,
60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 408, 412
68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, CPU33, 122, 134, 135, 149, 150
75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, CSM .. 346, 398, 399, 401, 404,
82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 406, 412
89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, DATA.............................. 345
96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 102, DBM ........................ 359, 410
103, 104, 105, 106, 107, DELAY ....................... 83, 117
108, 109, 110, 111, 112, DOWN............................... 351
113, 114, 115, 116, 117, DROP ................. 22, 312, 313
118, 119, 120, 121, 122, E 1, 3, 102, 111, 171, 291,
123, 124, 125, 153, 167, 301, 306, 318, 359, 409
168, 169, 170, 218, 251, E1 25
272, 310, 400, 411 EACH....................... 318, 409
BSS.....ii, 1, 89, 101, 112, 113, ENABLE .......................... 357
152, 163, 218, 219, 220, EVii, 6
221, 222, 251, 304, 305, EV-DO ................................ ii
411 F/R .................... 30, 309, 409
BSSB .. 1, 3, i, ii, 25, 26, 49, 50,
F/R-DCCH ....................... 409
61, 154, 324 F/R-FCH..................... 30, 409
BTS .....ii, 33, 35, 36, 127, 129,
F/R-PICH......................... 409
144, 145, 146, 147, 148,

FCH 30, 50, 59, 63, 64, 65, 113, 115, 116, 117, 129, 140,
129, 134, 135, 136, 137, 142, 153, 156, 157, 158,
142, 146, 147, 202, 210, 160, 162, 163, 165, 171,
211, 236, 237, 238, 239, 172, 179, 181, 182, 184,
246, 255, 256, 257, 258, 185, 194, 195, 200, 201,
274, 315, 316, 317, 319, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207,
321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 209, 210, 211, 212, 227,
326, 327, 328, 330, 331, 228, 230, 231, 232, 233,
332, 333, 378, 409 234, 260, 261, 262, 263,
FER4, 5, 22, 37, 38, 39, 40, 62, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268,
63, 68, 71, 76, 79, 81, 209, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273,
210, 267, 268, 269, 270, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278,
318, 323, 324, 329, 330, 279, 280, 281, 282, 284,
331, 332, 333, 379, 380, 292, 299, 300, 302, 303,
381 304, 305, 308, 311, 312,
F-PCH . 94, 185, 365, 400, 401, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317,
402, 403, 409 322, 323, 341, 342, 343,
F-QPCH ......406, 407, 408, 409 344, 351, 352, 357, 358,
FRAMES .......121, 210, 211, 212 359, 360, 361, 362, 363,
F-SCH . 12, 130, 131, 132, 133, 364, 367, 371, 372, 373,
137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378,
143, 144, 145, 236, 237, 379, 388, 389, 399, 400,
238, 239, 241, 242, 243, 402, 405, 406, 407, 408,
246, 250, 274, 275, 276, 412
277, 278, 279, 280, 281, MSC2, 8, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,
282, 315, 316, 319, 320, 21, 22, 25, 90, 92, 93, 99,
325, 327, 329, 330, 331, 110, 115, 116, 119, 123,
332, 333, 335, 342, 350, 153, 167, 168, 169, 183,
352, 353, 384 412
F-SYNCH ...........399, 400, 409 N/A ....... 3, 106, 165, 351, 354
GAIN50, 66, 67, 69, 70, 72, 73, OF.................................. 301
75, 77, 78, 80, 81, 345, 351 OFF .................. 121, 122, 184
GPS .18, 20, 21, 200, 201, 203, OMC .i, 29, 82, 83, 89, 95, 100,
204, 205, 206, 207, 399, 101, 149, 162, 187, 193,
412 340, 401, 402, 403
INDEX
................................408 OTD ........................ 303, 412
INFORMATION ....................... 2 OUT ............................... 348
IOS......................... 7, 8, 412 OUTER ............................ 357
IP 122, 123 P 1, 3, 6, 27, 111, 112, 184,
IS 95, 96, 99, 103, 104, 105, 191
161, 162, 207, 412 PA405, 407
IS-2000................ 95, 96, 162 PAGE ....................... 405, 407
J-STD-008 ............ 95, 96, 162 PARAMETER....................... 191
LARGE.............................. 98 PATTERN ......................... 351
LEGAL................................. 2 PCF ................................ 114
LENGTH ............................174 PCS ......97, 101, 155, 288, 300
LEVEL ......................405, 407 PDSN ...................27, 111, 112
LIST ........................179, 191 PER ..................................87
LOCK ..............................348 PHASE ..................... 312, 313
MAP.................................113 PILOT ............... 154, 312, 313
MAX85, 86, 132, 133, 141, 172, POWER .................... 405, 407
326, 327, 374, 375 PPP15, 23, 24, 25, 26, 108, 123,
MODE ......................... 98, 99 220, 221, 222, 251
MS.3, 6, 11, 14, 15, 18, 19, 24, PRM ........... 194, 199, 204, 411
28, 29, 30, 36, 41, 42, 43, PTT ii, 1, 12, 13, 14, 24, 25, 26,
44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 59, 27, 49, 50, 61, 88, 89, 98,
81, 82, 84, 85, 86, 87, 91, 109, 110, 128, 129, 139,
92, 95, 97, 99, 103, 104, 140, 141, 142, 144, 145,
105, 109, 110, 112, 113, 149, 150, 154, 172, 208,

Tables
251, 309, 324, 378, 379, 161, 164, 236, 237, 238,
380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243,
412 244, 246, 247, 249, 250,
PWR ....49, 121, 132, 133, 141, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259,
398, 399, 402 260, 261, 262, 263, 264,
QUALCOMM ..................... 398 265, 266, 267, 268, 269,
R&D ................................... 3 270, 272, 273, 274, 275,
R1 2, 3 276, 277, 278, 279, 280,
R-ACH 161, 162, 180, 318, 357, 281, 282, 309, 315, 316,
358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 318, 319, 320, 325, 327,
363, 365, 367, 404, 409 329, 330, 331, 332, 333,
RAKE .............................. 162 335, 336, 337, 341, 342,
RANGE ............................ 301 343, 350, 352, 353, 354,
RATE .............................. 408 355, 356, 378, 379, 380,
RELATIONSHIP ................. 299 381, 382, 383, 384, 409
RF 4 SCM ........................ 204, 411
RFE ......................... 339, 340 SLOT........................ 172, 408
RFS ......................... 298, 299 STRENGTH ............... 312, 313
RLS069, 70, 72, 73, 77, 78, 80, STS......................... 303, 413
81, 112 SUPPORTED................ 165, 406
RPC ............................ 66, 75 SYNC ............................. 204
R-SCH... 12, 59, 61, 62, 63, 64, SYSTEM .......................... 184
65, 68, 69, 70, 72, 73, 76, TIME .............................. 184
77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 134, 135, TRX .................. 166, 298, 299
136, 137, 160, 161, 164, TURBO.70, 73, 78, 80, 88, 255,
239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 256, 257, 258, 274, 275,
244, 246, 250, 255, 256, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280,
257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 281, 282, 353, 356
262, 263, 264, 265, 266, TX 356
267, 268, 269, 270, 272, TYPE ..................... 66, 75, 83
273, 309, 354, 355, 356, UP ................................. 351
409 UP/DOWN ....................... 351
RSSI .. 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, URL ....................................1
258, 259 UTC................................ 399
RTT ..................................83 V 3, ii, 25, 26, 49, 50, 61, 85,
SCCP .............. 18, 20, 21, 413 106, 154, 324
SCH ...1, 12, 59, 61, 62, 63, 67, VALUE ..................... 300, 301
68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 76, VERSION........................... 83
77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 88, 89, VLR .................................. 34
121, 128, 129, 130, 131, ZXC101, i, ii, 25, 26, 49, 50, 61,
132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 154, 324
137, 138, 139, 140, 141,
143, 144, 145, 151, 160,

ZXC10 BSSB CDMA2000 Base Station System PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ZXC10 BSSB CDMA2000 Base Station System PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ZXC10 BSSB

CDMA2000 Base Station System

Copyright © 2006 ZTE CORPORATION.

Date Revision No. Serial No. Reason for Revision

Your evaluation Accessibility:

About this Manual ............................................................i

BSC Node Parameters .....................................................1

1X Forward Power Control Parameters.............................. 49

Reverse Power Control Parameters................................... 51

RLP Parameters ............................................................. 82

PTT SCH Parameters ...................................................... 88

BSS Neighbor Cell Parameters......................................... 89

BSC Handoff Parameters............................................... 103

Billing Center Parameters.............................................. 105

Switch Parameters ....................................................... 108

BTS Node Parameters .................................................127

System Parameters...................................................... 179

Power Control Reporting Parameters .............................. 210

Reverse Link Overload Parameters................................. 254

SCH Rate Parameters ................................................... 260

Redirect Message Parameters........................................ 284

Neighbor Frequency Parameters .................................... 289

Power Control Message Parameters................................ 316

Forward Power Overload Parameters .............................. 335

Periodic Pilot Measurement Request Order Parameters ..... 342

Traffic Parameters ....................................................... 345

Neighbor Cell List Parameters........................................ 385

Control Channel Parameters .......................................399

Sync Channel Parameters ............................................. 401

Paging Channel Parameters........................................... 402

Access Channel Parameters........................................... 406

Prerequisite Skill and Knowledge

What is in This Manual

T ABLE 1 CHAPT ER SUMMARY

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION i

ii Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

How to Get in Touch

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION iii

This page is intentionally blank.

iv Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

BSC Node Parameters

This chapter describes:

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 1

2 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

MS MCC (000 ~ 999)

MS MNC (00 ~ 99)

MS IMSI_11_12 (00 ~ 99)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 3

1/2 power offset

1/4 power offset

4 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

1/8 power offset

Intercurrent voice and data

T ABLE 4 VALUE RANGE OF INT ERCURRENT VOICE AND DAT A SUPPORT ED

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 5

Packet data services zone id

6 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Value Range 0 ~ 255.

A interface major version

A interface minor version

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 7

A interface release version

Preferred land circuit supported